Loading...
2015 05 19 CCIIS City Council agendas and staff reports are now available on the City's web page: .la-gWnta. org CITY COUNCIL AGENDA CITY HALL COUNCIL CHAMBERS 78-495 Calle Tampico, La Quinta REGULAR MEETING ON TUESDAY, MAY 19, 2015 2:30 P.M. CLOSED SESSION 1 4:00 P.M. OPEN SESSION CALL TO ORDER ROLL CALL: Councilmembers: Franklin, Osborne, Pena, Radi, Mayor Evans PUBLIC COMMENT ON MATTERS NOT ON THE AGENDA At this time, members of the public may address the City Council on any matter not listed on the agenda. Please complete a "request to speak" form and limit your comments to three minutes. The City Council values your comments; however in accordance with State law, no action shall be taken on any item not appearing on the agenda unless it is an emergency item authorized by GC 54954.2(b). CLOSED SESSION PURSUANT TO GOVERNMENT CODE SECTIONS 54954.5(E) AND 54957, CLOSED SESSION CONSIDERATION OF THE FOLLOWING: PUBLIC EMPLOYEE PERFORMANCE EVALUATION: TITLE: ASSISTANT CHIEF OF POLICE 2. CONFERENCE WITH REAL PROPERTY NEGOTIATORS PURSUANT TO GOVERNMENT CODE SECTION 54956.8 FOR PROPERTY LOCATED AT: SILVERROCK RESORT (APNS 770-200-026; 776-150-021; 776-150-023; 770-060-056; 770-060-057; 770-060-058; 770-060-059; 770-060-061; 770-060-062; 777-490-004; 777-490-006; 777-490-007; 777-490-012 AND 777-490-014); AGENCY NEGOTIATOR: FRANK J. SPEVACEK, CITY MANAGER NEGOTIATING PARTY: SILVERROCK DEVELOPMENT, LLC. UNDER NEGOTIATION: PRICE AND TERMS OF PAYMENT FOR ACQUISITION AND/OR DISPOSITION OF THE PROPERTY IDENTIFIED CITY COUNCIL AGENDA MAY 19, 2015 RECESS TO CLOSED SESSION RECONVENE AT 4:00 P.M. PLEDGE OF ALLEGIANCE PUBLIC COMMENT ON MATTERS NOT ON THE AGENDA At this time, members of the public may address the City Council on any matter not listed on the agenda. Please complete a "request to speak" form and limit your comments to three minutes. The City Council values your comments; however in accordance with State law, no action shall be taken on any item not appearing on the agenda unless it is an emergency item authorized by GC 54954.2(b). CONFIRMATION OF AGENDA ANNOUNCEMENTS, PRESENTATIONS AND WRITTEN COMMUNICATIONS - NONE CONSENT CALENDAR NOTE: Consent Calendar items are routine in nature and can be approved by one motion. APPROVE MINUTES OF MAY 5, 2015 PAGE II 2. APPROVE DEMAND REGISTERS DATED MAY 1, 4 AND 8, 2015 21 3. DENY CLAIM FOR DAMAGES FILED BY JASON SULLIVAN, 39 DATE OF LOSS OCTOBER 15, 2014 4. DENY CLAIM FOR FLOOD DAMAGES FILED BY ROGER 41 VAUGHN, DATE OF LOSS SEPTEMBER 8, 2014 5. DENY CLAIM FOR DAMAGES FILED BY ANN AND HARRY 43 SCHAFFNER, DATE OF LOSS SEPTEMBER 8, 2014 6. DENY CLAIM FOR DAMAGES FILED BY EMIL PACELLI; DATE OF 45 LOSS - OCTOBER 15, 2014 7. APPROVE PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, AND ENGINEER'S 47 ESTIMATE, AND SOLICIT BIDS FOR THE WASHINGTON STREET PAVEMENT REHABILITATION IMPROVEMENTS 8. ADOPT RESOLUTION GRANTING CONDITIONAL APPROVAL OF 51 FINAL MAP AND SUBDIVISION IMPROVEMENT AGREEMENT ASSOCIATED WITH THE LA QUINTA SQUARE DEVELOPMENT (PARCEL MAP NO. 36791) [RESOLUTION 2015-0171 CITY COUNCIL AGENDA 2 MAY 19, 2015 9. REJECT ALL BIDS FOR THE LA QUINTA LIBRARY LIGHT - EMITTING DIODE LIGHTING CONVERSION PROJECT 10. RECEIVE AND FILE TREASURER'S REPORTS DATED FEBRUARY 28, 2015 11. RECEIVE AND FILE TREASURER'S REPORTS DATED MARCH 31, 2015 BUSINESS SESSION 1 . APPROVE LEGISLATIVE POLICY GUIDE UPDATE STUDY SESSION REVIEW OF POLICE SERVICES AND CRIME TRENDS REPORT 2. FISCAL YEAR 2015/2016 PROPOSED BUDGET 3. LOGO UPDATE / BRAND REFRESHMENT REPORTS AND INFORMATIONAL ITEMS 1. CVAG COACHELLA VALLEY CONSERVATION COMMISSION (Evans) 2. CVAG ENERGY & ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES COMMITTEE (Evans) 3. CVAG EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE (Evans) 4. GREATER PALM SPRINGS CONVENTION & VISITORS BUREAU (Evans) 5. LEAGUE OF CALIFORNIA CITIES DELEGATE (Evans) 6. COACHELLA VALLEY WATER DISTRICT POLICY COMMITTEE (Evans) 7. SO. CALIFORNIA ASSOCIATION OF GOVERNMENTS (Evans) 8. CALIFORNIA JOINT POWERS INSURANCE AUTHORITY (Franklin) 9. COACHELLA VALLEY MOUNTAINS CONSERVANCY (Franklin) 10. JACQUELINE COCHRAN REGIONAL AIRPORT AUTHORITY (Franklin) 1 1 . SUNLINE TRANSIT AGENCY (Franklin) 12. CVAG PUBLIC SAFETY COMMITTEE (Osborne) 13. CVAG VALLEY -WIDE HOMELESSNESS COMMITTEE (Osborne) 14. DESERT SANDS SCHOOL DISTRICT COMMITTEE (Osborne & Franklin) 15. IID ENERGY CONSUMERS' ADVISORY COMMITTEE (Osborne) 16. ANIMAL CAMPUS COMMISSION (Pena) 17. COACHELLA VALLEY ECONOMIC PARTNERSHIP (Radi) 18. RIVERSIDE COUNTY TRANSPORTATION COMMISSION (RCTC) (Radi) 19. CVAG TRANSPORTATION COMMITTEE (Radi) CITY COUNCIL AGENDA 3 MAY 19, 2015 PAGE 71 73 87 101 123 251 253 PAGE 20. CHAMBER OF COMMERCE INFO EXCHANGE COMMITTEE (Radi) 21. COMMUNITY SERVICES COMMISSION MINUTES — MARCH 9, 2015 257 DEPARTMENTAL REPORTS 1 . CITY MANAGER A. COACHELLA VALLEY ASSOCIATION OF GOVERNMENTS 261 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE FUNDING PROPOSAL FOR THE CV LINK B. EAST VALLEY COALITION UPDATE 265 2. CITY ATTORNEY 3. COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT REPORT — APRIL 2015 281 4. COMMUNITY SERVICES REPORT — APRIL 2015 285 5. PUBLIC WORKS REPORT — APRIL 2015 293 MAYOR'S AND COUNCIL MEMBER'S ITEMS PUBLIC HEARINGS - 5:00 P.M. For all Public Hearings on the agenda, a completed "Request to Speak" form must be filed with the City Clerk prior to consideration of that item. A person may submit written comments to City Council before a public hearing or appear in support or opposition to the approval of a project(s). If you challenge a project(s) in court, you may be limited to raising only those issues you or someone else raised at the public hearing or in written correspondence delivered to the City at, or prior to the public hearing. ADOPT FIVE RESOLUTIONS TO APPROVE 1) MITIGATED 301 NEGATIVE DECLARATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT AND ASSOCIATED MITIGATION MONITORING PROGRAM FOR ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT, 2) GENERAL PLAN AMENDMENT, 3) SPECIFIC PLAN AMENDMENT, 4) TENTATIVE TRACT MAP, AND 5) SITE DEVELOPMENT PERMIT; AND INTRODUCE AN ORDINANCE TO CHANGE ZONING DESIGNATION FROM MEDIUM HIGH TO LOW DENSITY RESIDENTIAL TO ALLOW DEVELOPMENT OF 82 SINGLE-FAMILY HOMES ON 20.8 ACRES OF LAND LOCATED AT THE NORTHWEST CORNER OF JEFFERSON STREET AND AVENUE 52 [RESOLUTIONS 2015-018, 2015-019, 2015-020, 2015-021 AND 2015-0221 A. TAKE UP ORDINANCE BY TITLE AND NUMBER ONLY AND WAIVE FURTHER READING B. INTRODUCE ORDINANCE NO. 525 ON FIRST READING CITY COUNCIL AGENDA 4 MAY 19, 2015 ADJOURNMENT The next regular meeting of the City Council will be held on June 2, 2015, commencing with closed session at 3:00 p.m. and open session at 4:00 p.m. at the City Hall Council Chambers, 78-495 Calle Tampico, La Quinta, CA 92253. DECLARATION OF POSTING I, Susan Maysels, City Clerk, of the City of La Quinta, do hereby declare that the foregoing Agenda for the La Quinta City Council meeting was posted on the City's website, near the entrance to the Council Chambers at 78-495 Calle Tampico, and the bulletin boards at the Stater Brothers Supermarket at 78-630 Highway 1 1 1, and the La Quinta Cove Post Office at 51-321 Avenida Bermudas, on May 15, 2015 DATED: May 15, 2015 SUSAN MAYSELS, City Clerk City of La Quinta, California Public Notices • The La Quinta City Council Chamber is handicapped accessible. If special equipment is needed for the hearing impaired, please call the City Clerk's office at 777-7103, twenty-four (24) hours in advance of the meeting and accommodations will be made. • If special electronic equipment is needed to make presentations to the City Council, arrangements should be made in advance by contacting the City Clerk's office at 777-7103. A one (1) week notice is required. • If background material is to be presented to the Councilmembers during a City Council meeting, please be advised that eight (8) copies of all documents, exhibits, etc., must be supplied to the City Clerk for distribution. It is requested that this take place prior to the beginning of the meeting. • Any writings or documents provided to a majority of the City Council regarding any item(s) on this agenda will be made available for public inspection at the Community Development counter at City Hall located at 78-495 Calle Tampico, La Quinta, California, 92253, during normal business hours. CITY COUNCIL AGENDA 5 MAY 19, 2015 CONSENT:1 CITY COUNCIL MINUTES TUESDAY, MAY 5, 2015 A regular meeting of the La Quinta City Council was called to order at 3:02 p.m. by Mayor Evans. PRESENT: Councilmembers Franklin, Osborne, Peña, Radi, Mayor Evans ABSENT: None PUBLIC COMMENT ON MATTERS NOT ON AGENDA None CLOSED SESSION CONFERENCE WITH LABOR NEGOTIATOR, TERRY DEERINGER, 1. ASSOCIATION PURSUANT TO GOVERNMENT CODE SECTION 54957.6 MEET AND CONFER PROCESS COUNCIL RECESSED TO CLOSED SESSION AT 3:03P.M. MAYOR EVANS RECONVENED THE CITY COUNCIL MEETING AT 4:00 P.M. WITH ALL MEMBERS PRESENT. NO ACTIONS WERE TAKEN IN CLOSED SESSION THAT REQUIRES REPORTING PURSUANT TO GOVERNMENT CODE SECTION 54957.1 (BROWN ACT). Councilmember Peña led the audience in the pledge of allegiance. PUBLIC COMMENT ON MATTERS NOT ON AGENDA PUBLIC SPEAKER: Jeanne Gatherum, La Quinta Ms. Gatherum, on behalf of La Quinta Middle School, thanked the Council for their donation. PUBLIC SPEAKER: Gregory Mangus, La Quinta Mr. Mangus said that a traffic signal is needed on Jefferson Street between Indio Boulevard. and Fred Waring Drive, and the median landscaping is too overgrown for good visibility. He asked that the fund deposited by the developer for a traffic signal be used, and the City negotiate with the City of Indio to have them contribute their portion. CONFIRMATION OF AGENDA City Manager Spevacek suggested that Public Hearing Item No. 2 be taken up before Public Hearing Item No. 1. Councilmember Osborne requested that Consent Calendar Item No. 12 be moved to Business Session Item No. 3 for discussion and separate vote. Councilmember Franklin requested that consent Calendar Item Nos. 17, 22 and 24 be moved to Business Session Item Nos. 4, 5 and 6 respectively. Council concurred. CITY COUNCIL MINUTES 1 MAY 5, 2015 7 ANNOUNCEMENTS, PRESENTATIONS AND WRITTEN COMMUNICATIONS Mayor Evans presented a proclamation to Sandy Neja in recognition of April as Mental Health Month. Mark Johnson, Director of Engineering for the Coachella Valley Water District, presented a PowerPoint on Valley water resources. CONSENT CALENDAR 1APPROVE MINUTES OF APRIL 7, 2015 . 2. APPROVE DEMAND REGISTERS FOR APRIL 3, 10, 17, 20 AND 24, 2015 3. EXCUSE MEETING ABSENCES FOR INVESTMENT ADVISORY BOARD MEMBER DONAIS AND COMMUNITY SERVICES COMMISSIONER ENGEL 4. DENY CLAIM FOR DAMAGES FILED BY MJP GAL PROPERTIES, DATE OF LOSS SEPTEMBER 8, 2014 5. DENY CLAIM FOR DAMAGES FILED BY HACIENDAS OF LA QUINTA, DATE OF LOSS SEPTEMBER 8, 2014 6. DENY CLAIM FOR DAMAGES FILED BY JANET MAGUIRE, DATE OF LOSS SEPTEMBER 8, 2014 7. DENY CLAIM FOR DAMAGES FILED BY MICHAEL AND LUCINDA ROBSON, DATE OF LOSS SEPTEMBER 8, 2014 8. DENY CLAIM FOR DAMAGES FILED BY PAUL AND JEAN FOCHELLI, DATE OF LOSS SEPTEMBER 8, 2014 9. DENY CLAIM FOR DAMAGES FILED BY RON OLSON, DATE OF LOSS SEPTEMBER 8, 2014 10. DENY CLAIM FOR DAMAGES FILED BY OMAR ADRIAN VIVAS, et al; DATE OF LOSS OCTOBER 11, 2014 11. ADOPT RESOLUTION TO REAFFIRM ADOPTION OF ANNUAL ASSESSMENT FOR COUNTY SERVICE AREA 152, AUTHORIZE RIVERSIDE COUNTY TO CONTINUE TO LEVY ASSESSMENTS, AND INDEMNIFY AND HOLD THE COUNTY HARMLESS FOR LEVYING ASSESSMENTS ON CITY PARCELS \[RESOLUTION 2015-012\] 12. APPROVE CONTRACT pulled and moved to Business Session >>> EXTENSION WITH SANTA FE BUILDING MAINTENANCE FOR FISCAL YEAR 2015/2016 JANITORIAL SERVICES CITY COUNCIL MINUTES 2 MAY 5, 2015 8 13. SOLICIT BIDS FOR JEFFERSON STREET AT AVENUE 52 ROUNDABOUT IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT 14. SECOND READING AND ADOPTION OF ORDINANCE NO. 524 AMENDING MULTIPLE CHAPTERS OF TITLE 1 AND TITLE 2 OF THE MUNICIPAL CODE 15. ACCEPT GRANT OF DRAINAGE EASEMENT AND AGREEMENT FOR DRAINAGE PURPOSES ON HORSESHOE ROAD FROM INDIAN SPRINGS GOLF CLUB 16. APPROVE AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT WITH PSOMAS AND APPROPRIATE FUNDS FOR ON-CALL CONSTRUCTION INSPECTION SERVICES 17. APPROPRIATE FUNDING AND pulled and moved to Business Session >>> AWARD CONTRACT TO GRANITE CONSTRUCTION COMPANY TO CONSTRUCT ADAMS STREET SIGNAL AND STREET IMPROVEMENT PROJECT 18. APPROVE COMMUNITY SERVICES COMMISSION WORK PLAN FOR 2015/2016 19. APPROVE CORRESPONDENCE TEMPLATES FOR BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT INITIATIVES 20. APPROVE SPECIFICATIONS AND BID DOCUMENTS AND AUTHORIZE ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS FOR PARK LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE SERVICES 21. pulled for a separate vote by Councilmember Osborne due to a conflict resulting APPROVE AMENDMENT from a business relationship with NAI consulting >>> NO. 1 TO PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT WITH NAI CONSULTING FOR PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND CONTRACT ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT SERVICES Councilmember Osborne recused himself because of his professional relationship with NAI Consulting. 22. APPROPRIATE FUNDING AND pulled and moved to Business Session >>> INCLUDE MONROE STREET PAVEMENT REHABILITATION PROJECT IN FISCAL YEAR 2014/2015 CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT PLAN 23. REPORT FOR FISCAL YEAR 2015/2016 LANDSCAPE AND LIGHTING ASSESSMENT DISTRICT 89-1, AND 2) DECLARE INTENT TO LEVY ANNUAL ASSESSMENTS FOR LANDSCAPE AND LIGHTING ASSESSMENT DISTRICT 89-1 \[RESOLUTIONS 2015-013 and 2015-014\] CITY COUNCIL MINUTES 3 MAY 5, 2015 9 24. ESTABLISH ADVISORY pulled and moved to Business Session >>> ADVERTISE TO FILL VACANCIES PUBLIC SPEAKER: Tom Brohard, La Quinta Mr. Brohard spoke in support of staff recommendation in Consent Calendar Item No. 22 regarding the Monroe Street pavement rehabilitation project. MOTION A motion was made and seconded by Councilmembers Franklin/Radi to approve Consent Calendar Item No. 21 as recommended. Motion passed: ayes 4, noes 0, abstain 1 (Osborne). Councilmember Osborne stated that the Council is well aware of the negative position in the Landscape and Lighting Assessment District (AD 89-1). He clarified that the cost of parks maintenance and operation is not included in AD 89-1 expenditures; park costs were removed from AD 89-1 about fifteen years ago. Councilmember Radi said it is important to discuss AD 89-1 budget because the deficit must be addressed. He said that new sources of funding must be found because the $35 fee established in 1989, still being assessed, money. He also noted that the $60,000 that AD 89-1 spends on water highlights the need to repurpose the landscaping. Councilmember Franklin said that the Community Services Workplan duties should include more interaction with the Council on items that the Council is trying to promote in the community. She said that there is a need to strengthen the liaison between the Council and the Commission. Councilmember Franklin requested that staff confirm the statement at the end of consent Calendar Item No. 19 template regarding the Chamber of Commerce. Mayor Evans said she had minor edit suggestions to the template and will confirm the statement. MOTION A motion was made and seconded by Councilmembers Osborne/Peña to approve Consent Calendar Items Nos. 1-11, 13-16, 18-20, and 23 as recommended, with Item Nos. 11 and 23 adopting Resolutions 2015-012, 2015-013 and 2015-014 respectively. Motion passed unanimously. BUSINESS SESSION APPROVE AN ART PURCHASE AGREEMENT WITH JANE DEDECKER AND 1. NATIONAL SCULPTORS GUILD FOR DESIGN AND INSTALLATION OF A SCULPTURE AT THE SEELEY DRIVE ROUNDABOUT Deputy City Manager Hylton presented the staff report, which is on file in the City Paula Simons, Member of the Community Services Commission, explained the Commissions review process and selection reasoning. CITY COUNCIL MINUTES 4 MAY 5, 2015 10 MOTION A motion was made and seconded by Councilmembers Franklin/Osborne to approve the Art Purchase Agreement with Jane Dedecker and National Sculptors Guild for design and installation of a sculpture at the Seeley Drive roundabout. Motion passed unanimously. APPROVE SILVERROCK RESORT FISCAL YEAR 2015/2016 ANNUAL PLAN 2. Golf, Parks & Facilities Manager Steve Howlett presented the staff report, which is on MOTION A motion was made and seconded by Councilmembers Radi/Franklin to approve the SilverRock Resort Fiscal Year 2015/2016 Annual Plan. Motion passed unanimously. APPROVE CONTRACT EXTENSION WITH 3. Consent Calendar Item No 12 >>> SANTA FE BUILDING MAINTENANCE FOR FISCAL YEAR 2015/2016 JANITORIAL SERVICES Councilmembers waived the staff report presentation. Councilmembers Osborne, Radi and Peña agreed that it was preferable to rebid the contract rather than extend the existing contract for one year in order to give local firms another opportunity to win the contract. Mayor Evans and Councilmember Franklin office is outside the Valley, all the workers are local; in the last bidding cycle, no local firm had the resources to perform the work; the existing contractor is performing well; and the contract included the ability to extend the term for one year, after which, it must be rebid. MOTION A motion was made and seconded by Councilmembers Osborne/Radi to direct staff to prepare and release a Request for Proposals for public building maintenance, returning to Council with a recommended selection at a July meeting. Motion passed: ayes 3, noes 2 (Franklin and Evans dissenting) APPROPRIATE FUNDING AND AWARD 4. Consent Calendar Item No. 17 >>> CONTRACT TO GRANITE CONSTRUCTION COMPANY TO CONSTRUCT ADAMS STREET SIGNAL AND STREET IMPROVEMENT PROJECT PUBLIC SPEAKER: David Drake, La Quinta Mr. Drake said he was speaking as a representative of the developer, Mr. Shovlin. He expressed concerns that rebidding the project would cause a delay beyond the November 1, 2015 agreed upon completion date. He explained that the retail center tenants would suffer if construction was underway during the last months of the fourth quarter. MOTION A motion was made and seconded by Councilmembers Franklin/Radi to appropriate funding and award a contract to Granite Construction Company to construct the Adams Street signal and street improvements project. Motion passed unanimously. CITY COUNCIL MINUTES 5 MAY 5, 2015 11 APPROPRIATE FUNDING AND INCLUDE 5. Consent Calendar Item No. 22 >>> MONROE STREET PAVEMENT REHABILITATION PROJECT IN FISCAL YEAR 2014/2015 CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT PLAN Councilmember Franklin said that the Monroe Street pavement is not horrible and it does not warrant spending City money on a temporary fix that will be ripped up as developments along the street are completed. MOTION A motion was made and seconded by Councilmembers Osborne/Radi to appropriate funding and include Monroe Street pavement rehabilitation in Fiscal Year 2014/2015 Capital Improvement Plan. Motion Passed: ayes 4, noes 1 (Franklin dissenting) ESTABLISH ADVISORY COMMITTEE TO 6. Consent Calendar Item No. 24 >>> VACANCIES MOTION A motion was made and seconded by Councilmembers Radi/Franklin to vacancies, allowing one member to be a non-resident La Quinta business owner and in January 2016. Motion passed unanimously. PUBLIC HEARINGS WERE TAKEN UP NEXT BY COUNCIL DUE TO THE LATENESS OF THE HOUR. PUBLIC HEARINGS ADOPT RESOLUTION FOR TIME EXTENSION FOR A CONDITIONAL USE 2. AND SITE DEVELOPMENT PERMIT FOR A RETAIL AND MEDICAL OFFICE DEVELOPMENT LOCATED AT THE NORTHEAST CORNER OF WASHINGTON STREET AND FRED WARING DRIVE \[RESOLUTION 2015-016\] COUNCILMEMBER OSBORNE RECUSED HIMSELF DUE TO THE PROXIMITY OF HIS RESIDENCE TO THIS PROJECT AND LEFT THE DAIS Associate Planner Office. MAYOR EVANS DECLARED THE PUBLIC HEARING OPEN AT 6:08 P.M. PUBLIC SPEAKER: Marvin Roos, Developer Representative Mr. Roos explained the reasons the developer needed an extension. MAYOR EVANS DECLARED THE PUBLIC HEARING CLOSED AT 6:12 P.M. CITY COUNCIL MINUTES 6 MAY 5, 2015 12 MOTION A motion was made and seconded by Councilmembers Radi/Franklinto adopt RESOLUTION 2015-016 entitled: A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA, APPROVING A FOURTH TIME EXTENSION FOR A MEDICAL OFFICE COMPLEX AND RETAIL STORES LOCATED ON THE NORTHEAST CORNER OF WASHINGTON AND FRED WARING DRIVE Motion passed: ayes 4, noes 0, absent 1 (Osborne) COUNCILMEMBER OSBORNE RETURNED TO THE DAIS. ADOPT RESOLUTION FOR A MITIGATED NEGATIVE DECLARATION OF 1. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT AND ASSOCIATED MITIGATION MONITORING PROGRAM FOR AN ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT, SPECIFIC PLAN, TENTATIVE PARCEL MAP, TENTATIVE TRACT MAP, AND SITE DEVELOPMENT PERMIT, FOR DEVELOPMENT OF 78 SINGLE-FAMILY HOMES ON 39.8 ACRES, LOCATED ON THE SOUTH SIDE OF AVENUE 54, ONE QUARTER MILE EAST OF MADISON STREET \[RESOLUTION 2015-015\] Principal Planner Wally Nesbit presented the staff report, which is on file in the City Councilmembers questioned staff on the specifics of () approval; the result if canal water is diverted from the project in the future; City responsibility and liability regarding water supplied to the project; findings regarding a deceleration lane; number and location of entrances; irrigation plan; and optimum lake size for irrigation and retention. MAYOR EVANS DECLARED THE PUBLIC HEARING OPEN AT 6:30 P.M. DEVELOPER: (listed below) summarized the project. Paul DePalatis, Director of Planning Services, MSA Consulting, Inc. Ron Gregory, President & CEO, Ron Gregory Associates, Inc. Mark Majer, Director, MDM Investment Group Michael Tidus, Land Use Attorney, Jackson, DeMarco, Tidus, Peckenpaugh Richard McGuire, Principal, Waterscapers Councilmembers questioned the Developer on the irrigation consumption calculations; lake evaporation; lake lining; lake depth; and percentage of lake used for irrigation. PUBLIC SPEAKER: Lynne Rogers, La Quinta Ms. Rogers said she loves La Quinta and approval of this project is irresponsible and would make the City look very bad given the serious drought conditions. PUBLIC SPEAKER: Doug Hassett, La Quinta Mr. Hassett expressed concern about possible future diversion of water from this project and land subsidence issues. He suggested that the science and data need further examination before he would be satisfied with a project that includes a lake. CITY COUNCIL MINUTES 7 MAY 5, 2015 13 PUBLIC SPEAKER: Mishael Patton, La Quinta Ms. Patton said she wants La Quinta to be a model city and forward thinking. She expressed concern that permitting the lake will be an embarrassing decision that will be regretted later. She advised the Council to be cautious and conservative. PUBLIC SPEAKER: Kay Wolffe, La Quinta Ms. Wolffe provided information and data about evaporation for the planned lake and pools, and questioned the need for a 4.7 acre lake since the larger to water surface, the greater the evaporation. Ms. Wolffe questioned the effectiveness of the lake as a retention basis when a large storm event occurs and the possibility of pumping needed Colorado River water directly from the canal. She requested that the Council continue the item so La Quinta can get it right and set an example. PUBLIC SPEAKER: Jeff Smith, La Quinta Mr. Smith, speaking as a representative of the Cove Neighborhood Association, asked that the matter be continued because the image of desert dwellers as water wasters is true to a large degree; the distinction between potable and non-potable water is not relevant; the true purpose of the lake is recreation and as a landscape feature, which is untenable in this historic drought; and a decision should be postponed until the State and CVWD develop standards to address this dynamic situation . PUBLIC SPEAKER: Chris English, La Quinta Mr. English questioned why the Planning Commission and staff approved this project. He provided information on the Colorado River water levels and suggested the Developer build the lake but until Colorado River water recovers, use the lakebed for trails or as a desertscape. In the meantime, he said a small reservoir with pressure tanks for irrigation can be installed. reservoir, -year storm. He said that when stormwater flows into the lake it will be used for irrigation and canal water will be turned off. In response to CouMark Johnson explained process for the project, which is from a water resource standpoint. He said that the ordinance in California and includes calculations on surface water evaporation. Regarding potable versus non-potable water, he said the project reduces the demand on the aquifer, which water management goal of reversing the aquifer overdraft by 2021. Mr. Johnso term until February 2016 whereas CVWD has done long term planning to ensure the Valley has an ongoing supply of water. He explained that an aerial view of the Valley will demonstrate that newer developments are brown; the developments created in the 1970s and 1980s are where the water is going and what needs to be corrected. Mr. Johnson pointed out that the Colorado River water is governed by the U.S. Bureau of Reclamation, it is not a California State resource, nor does the State have any jurisdiction or control over it. Lastly, Mr. Johnson reminded the audience that due to water agreements dating back to the 1930s and 1940s, CVWD is in a supreme position, CITY COUNCIL MINUTES 8 MAY 5, 2015 14 meaning that water delivering to Nevada and Arizona would be reduced well before contracted supply. said that he is confident that the the water the Valley gets from the State Water Project. That amount is currently 20 percent, which the State has not cut back. In response to Mayor Evans, Mr. Johnson explained that this will be the first project in the district to install dual piping one set for domestic and one for non-potable water with two meters for each residence. The sizing of the lake for irrigation and retention is an engineering calculation similar to all the farms in the Valley, which have irrigation ponds to settle out silt, a filter, and a pressurized system to pump the water to fields. In response to Councilmember Osborne, Mr. Johnson said that the U.S. Government agreement dates back to 1934 and 1947 and, government could impose changes or restrictions, it has never done so and the first, and then only if the shortage becomes dire, is the Valley required to cut back. PUBLIC SPEAKER: Doug Hassett, La Quinta Mr. Hassett said that he does not think La Quinta should wait for the state or federal government to impose restriction but to be forward thinking now. DEVELOPER: Mark Majer, MDM Investment Group Mr. Majer explained the innovation of the project and the substantial potable water savings of the design of approximately 15 million gallons or 66 percent annually. MAYOR EVANS DECLARED THE PUBLIC HEARING CLOSED AT 7:40 P.M. In response to Councilmember Osborne, Mr. Johnson said that all 78 homes will be required to have a sprinkler system and the systems are hooked up to the domestic water lines. Councilmember Franklin said she evaluates the project first by the numbers, which show great decreases in potable water use over the existing 100 percent aquifer water use; it meets CVWD around it; continuing the hearing does not accomplish anything because we already ; -potable water is not threatened. forward. Councilmember Radi said he would be more comfortable if CVWD explicitly put the City in the clear should the non-potable water supply cease or decrease clearance and assurance is needed from CVWD especially since this is the first of this type of project and it is the entity controlling the water. Councilmember Peña said that this project warrants a continuance until we know more from the Governor and answers to questions raised. He said he da Quinta CITY COUNCIL MINUTES 9 MAY 5, 2015 15 to become the poster child for misuse of water in California, and although the project is it. The project does not make sense at this time. Mr. Peña said he approaches this cautiously and would like more answers from the State Water Board. He recalled certainly did not include 78 homes on his estate. Another 78 homes right next to the homes at Griffin Ranch is not something the City needs at this point in its development. Councilmember Osborne noted that the holding pond or lake is a design that has worked very well for the farmers out here so he can appreciate what the developer is doing and und-potable water source for irrigation but questions the need for a 4.7 acre lake to do it. Although the numbers speak for themselves regarding potable water savings, perception is a huge issue and the Council cannot be blind to that because the facts regarding potable versus non-potable will be in the small print. Mr. Osborne recalled the Council meeting where Mr. Griffin presented his view for an equestrian-centered project on this site, but times continuance would accomplish anything for anyone because all involved must follow the rules as they are known at this point in time and if they change, then all must comply. He continues to struggle with perception with the country and the state watching the desert and believes the project could do with a lake half the size. Councilmember Radi pointed out that farming use is very different from this multi- purpose lake with a recreation component. He said a continuance may provide time for more information, which would benefit the Council and the 78 future homeowners. Mr. Radi said he hoped it would allow the City to obtain legal assurances from CVWD. MAYOR EVANS DECLARED THE PUBLIC HEARING REOPENED AT 7:58 P.M. In response to Councilmember Radi, Mark Johnson said that this project went through the normal approval process for a development with under 500 units, and received the regular approval document. Mr. Johnson said he would have to consult CVWD legal counsel to see if some additional legal assurances could be given to the City. Councilmember Radi explained that since this is a new system, he is concerned that the Colorado River water will be discontinued for some reason and 78 homeowners will march into City Hall blaming the Council for approving the lake design. He thinks this unique situation calls for more from CVWD beyond the standard approval form. DEVELOPER: Michael Titus of Jackson, DeMarco, Tidus, Peckenpaugh Mr. Titus explained Colorado River water rights arrangements and the engineering reasons for the 4.7 acre size of the lake. He stated that there are four points to consider: (1) when the water district issues a will serve letterater, (2) , he is making representations to the Council, on record that the district has the water forever, (3) one of the conditions of approval on this project says that if something changes in the future, the Developer must abide by it, and (4) final engineering has to go back to CVWD for another look and if staff doesn the City is de minimis because the City is relying on CVWD to supply the water and its CITY COUNCIL MINUTES 10 MAY 5, 2015 16 judgment that it can do it. Mr. Titus said that a City cannot be expected to substitute its expertise with a water district In response to Councilmember Radi, City Attorney Ihrke said that the oral testimony from the representative of CVWD received by the Council tonight is evidence that CVWD has affirmatively said it can serve this project, but it is not a legally binding agreement that addresses what ifs such as a reduction or cut off of non-potable water. DEVELOPER: Paul DePalatis, MSA Consulting, Inc. - Mr. DePalatis said that should the Colorado River water source for the lake ever be reduced, there are two backup sources: existing onsite well and existing domestic water from street lines so the lake will never go dry. He noted that any development option short of a moratorium will use more water. PUBLIC SPEAKER: Kay Wolffe, La Quinta Ms. Wolffe said a continuance would be an opportunity to answer the questions the Council and community have raised and to seek compromise. She explained that this is a wonderful project but is out of proportion with the image desired for the City. Ms. Wolffe suggested that the developer could rework the lake, perhaps make it a little smaller and deeper. DEVELOPER: Mark Majer, MDM Investment Group Mr. Majer explained that the lake must be the size planned because of development constraints such as preservation of estate at its fixed elevation with four high retaining walls surrounding the property, the property must drain to the southeast, there must be minimum differences between pad elevations across the site, and there must be lake capacity for a 100-year storm event, while maintaining the one-foot buffer between the lake surface during a 100-year event and the lowest homesite pad. Councilmember Radi explained that his concerns are all about getting clarity, not about stopping or changing development. MAYOR EVANS DECLARED THE PUBLIC HEARING CLOSED AT 8:17 P.M. Mayor Evans said that if this project came before the Council two months ago, the Council would approve it because the property is zoned for homes in the General Plan, it meets the high quality standards of design, and the Council would be commending the developer for this innovation. Two months ago the Council would have been the stewards, leaders, and trendsetters by approving the first project using this system in Ms. Evans noted that the City- owned Civic Center Park is drawing from the aquifer. xtremely conscious of the perception of what La Quinta represents and how the City embraces advances such as dark skies, no building on the mountain, rejection of all but high quality projects, etc. There is no question that the perception aspect is a concern she said, based on the facts. No guarantees about the meets current City standards, it meets CVWD ordinance, and goes above and beyond. Ms. Evans said that approval of this project takes steps ahead of the Governor; it will be the new norm and will be a challenge to all future developers. She suggested that the source of water should now be a question the Council asks of every new development. Regarding safeguards, she CITY COUNCIL MINUTES 11 MAY 5, 2015 17 noted that the project will not be done before February 2016 when the Governor lifts restrictions, it must still go through another round of reviews and approvals his project as an opportunity for the City to be a leader, to go beyond simple water cutbacks, nonuse of fountains, night watering, etc., because that is not enough. It is a beautiful design; she does not support a continuance. She pointed out that there is already a 2.1-acre lake that has been and the person who built it and wants it preserved as an attraction for the City. Councilmember Peña clarified planned parking accommodations for the development. Councilmember Radi noted that this project presents a choice between doing nothing, an ugly 88-home tract sucking from aquifer or this beautiful project. MOTION A motion was made and seconded by Councilmembers Osborne/Franklin to adopt Resolution No. 2015-015, including the revised language distributed by staff just prior to the meeting: A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA, CERTIFYING A MITIGATED NEGATIVE DECLARATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT AND ASSOCIATED MITIGATION MONITORING PROGRAM AND APPROVING A SPECIFIC PLAN, TENTATIVE PARCEL MAP, TENTATIVE TRACT MAP, AND SITE DEVELOPMENT PERMIT, FOR THE ESTATES AT GRIFFIN LAKE Motion passed: ayes 4, noes 1 (Peña dissenting). STUDY SESSION DISCUSS LOGO UPDATE / BRAND REFRESHMENT 1. MOTION by unanimous voice vote the Council moved this item to the meeting of May 19, 2015. REPORTS AND INFORMATIONAL ITEMS , reported on her participation in the following organizations meeting: CVAG COACHELLA VALLEY CONSERVATION COMMISSION CVAG EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE GREATER PALM SPRINGS CONVENTION & VISITORS BUREAU SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ASSOCIATION OF GOVERNMENTS , reported on her participation in the following organizations meeting: JACQUELINE COCHRAN REGIONAL AIRPORT AUTHORITY SUNLINE TRANSIT AGENCY , reported on his CITY COUNCIL MINUTES 12 MAY 5, 2015 18 EAST VALLEY ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE , reported on his participation in the following organizations meeting: COACHELLA VALLEY ECONOMIC PARTNERSHIP CVAG TRANSPORTATION COMMITTEE HOMELESSNESS COMMITTEE RIVERSIDE COUNTY TRANSPORTATION COMMISSION DEPARTMENT REPORTS office. None ADJOURNMENT There being no further business, a motion was made and seconded by Councilmembers Franklin/Radi to adjourn at 8:47 p.m. Motion passed unanimously. Respectfully submitted, SUSAN MAYSELS, City Clerk City of La Quinta, California CITY COUNCIL MINUTES 13 MAY 5, 2015 19 20 May 19, 2015 AGENDA CATEGORY: CITY / SA / HA / FA MEETING DATE: APPROVEDEMAND REGISTERS DATED ITEM TITLE: BUSINESS SESSION: MAY 1, 4, AND 8, 2015 CONSENT CALENDAR: 2 STUDY SESSION: PUBLIC HEARING: RECOMMENDED ACTION: Approve Demand Registers dated May 1, 4, and 8, 2015. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY: None. FISCAL IMPACT: Demand of Cash: -- City $ 794,507.17 -- Successor Agency of RDA $ 2,360.00 -- Housing Authority $ 4,650.00 -- Housing Authority Commission $ 0.00 $ 801,517.17 BACKGROUND/ANALYSIS: Between City Council meetings, routine bills and payroll must be paid in order to avoid late fees/penalties. Attachment 1 provides the detail for the weekly demand registers from April 25 through May 8, 2015. Warrants Issued: 106864 - 106943} $ 252,509.30 106944} $ 1,740.00 106945 - 107011} $ 221,520.47 Voids} $ (0.00) Wire Transfers} $ 137,549.31 Payroll Direct Deposit} $ 150,369.53 Payroll Tax Transfers} $ 37,828.56 $ 801,517.17 21 The most significant expenditures on the demand registers listed above are as follows: Significant Expenditures: Vendor: Account Name: Amount: Purpose: Bengal Engineering Design $ 60,094.50 Dune Palms Bridge CV Rescue Mission CV Rescue $ 50,000.00 Capital Construction Vintage Associates Landscape $ 42,892.92 Apr-Park Maintenance NAI Consulting Various $ 41,873.65 Apr-Professional Svc. PSOMAS Consultants $ 29,428.00 Mar-Inspections Wire Transfers: Five wire transfers totaled $137,549.31. Of this amount, $44,615.91 was to CalPERS for retirement costs and $86,731.34 to CalPERS for health insurance premiums (see Attachment 2 for a full listing). ALTERNATIVES: City Council may approve, partially approve, or reject the register of demands. Report prepared by: Sandra Mancilla, Account Technician Report approved for submission by: Rita Conrad, Finance Director Attachments: 1. Demand Registers 2. Wire Transfers 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 AGENDA CATEGORY: May 19, 2015 CITY / SA/ HA/ FA MEETING DATE: BUSINESS SESSION: DENY CLAIM FOR DAMAGES FILED BY ITEM TITLE: CONSENT CALENDAR: 3 JASON SULLIVAN ; DATE OF LOSS OCTOBER 15, 201 4 STUDY SESSION: PUBLIC HEARING: RECOMMENDED ACTION: Deny the claim for damages of Jason Sullivan, in its entirety. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY: A claim was filed by Jason Sullivan with a reported date of loss of October 15, 2014 for harassment. It was forwarded to Carl Warren & Company administrator. CW reviewed the claim and recommends denial, as the reported incident involved the Riverside County . FISCAL IMPACT: Stated damages are in excess of $25,000. BACKGROUND/ANALYSIS: The claimant alleges harassment during a probation search on October 15, 2014. CW , as they have agreed to indemnify the City against all claims of this nature. ALTERNATIVES: County indemnifies the City for any and all claims related to the provision of sheriff services. Thus, there is no alternative but to tender this claim to Riverside County. Report prepared by: Terry Deeringer, Human Resources/Risk Manager Report approved for submission by: Frank J. Spevacek, City Manager 39 40 4 41 42 5 43 44 TO: Madam Mayor and Honorable Councilmembers FROM: Frank J. Spevacek, City Manager DATE: May 18, 2015 SUBJECT: Consent Calendar Item No. 5: DENY CLAIM FOR DAMAGES FILED BY ANN AND HARRY SCHAFFNER, DATE OF LOSS SEPTEMBER 8, 2014 Additional background information: Carl Warren recommends denying the claim, stating additionally that the storm occurring on the date of the damage created such a large volume of water that it completely overwhelmed the existing storm drain system which was operable and sufficient under normal storm conditions. 6 45 46 AGENDA CATEGORY: May 19, 2015 CITY / SA / HA / FA MEETING DATE: BUSINESS SESSION: APPROVE PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, AND ITEM TITLE: CONSENT CALENDAR: DMFHMDDQŬRDRSHL@SD+@MCRNKHBHSAHCRENQSGD 7 WASHINGTON STREET PAVEMENT REHABILITATION STUDY SESSION: IMPROVEMENTS PUBLIC HEARING: RECOMMENDED ACTION: @ooqnudsgdok`mr+rodbhehb`shnmr+`mcdmfhmddqŬrdrshl`sd, and authorize staff to advertise the Washington Street Pavement Rehabilitation Improvements for bid contingent upon receipt of Federal funding authorization by Caltrans. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY: As part of the Pavement Management Plan (PMP), the Washington Street Pavement Rehabilitation Improvements will entail placing the pavement on Washington Street, between Calle Tampico and Avenue 52 (Attachment 1). SgdBhsxBntmbhkŬr`tsgnqhy`shnmsn`cudrtise the project as soon as the City is in receipt of the Federal Notice to Proceed will help ensure the project is constructed during the summer months. B`ksq`mrhrqduhdvhmfsgdBhsxŬrrequest for funding obligation and is expected to issue the necessary Federal Notice to Proceed prior to the June 2, 2015 City Council Meeting. FISCAL IMPACT: This project is included in the 2014/2015 Capital Improvements Program and is etmcdc`ro`qsnesgdBhsxŬrOLO-SgdenkknvhmfhrsgdoqnidbsŬr`ooqnudcatcfds and funding sources: PMP General Funds:$332,089 Federal Surface Transportation Program:$249,507 TOTAL APPROVED FUNDING:$581,596 47 The following represents the anticipated project budget: Design:$34,384 Professional:$20,000 Inspection/Testing/Survey:$27,479 Construction:$424,133 City Administration:$25,000 Contingency:$50,600 TOTAL ESTIMATED EXPENDITURES:$581,596 BACKGROUND/ANALYSIS: This project will rehabilitate the pavement on Washington Street, between Calle Tampico and Avenue 52, which will complete the last of six roadway segments scheduled for rehabilitation under the current PMP. This project was successful in its bid for Federal funding in April 2013 in the amount of $249,507; however, B`ksq`mrhrbtqqdmskxqduhdvhmfsgdBhsxŬr request and approval is expected in the near future. Since the project cannot be advertised for construction until after the City receives the Federal Authorization to Proceed, staff recommends the City Council approve the project plans, specifications and dmfhmddqŬrdrshl`sd`mc authorize staff to advertise the project once this occurs. Taking this action now will facilitate constructing the improvements during the summer months. Sgdok`mr+rodbhehb`shnmr+`mcdmfhmddqŬrdrtimate for the project are now complete and available for review in the Public Works Department. Contingent upon City BntmbhkŬr`ooqnu`ksn`cudqshrdsgdoqnidbs for bids, the following is anticipated project schedule: City Council Bid Authorization May 19, 2015 Caltrans Funding Approval May 31, 2015 Bid Period June 130, 2015 Award of Contract July 7, 2015 Sign Contracts and Mobilize July 8 30, 2015 Construction (30 Working Days) August 1 through September 11, 2015 Accept Improvements October2015 ALTERNATIVES: Council may choose to wait until the City receives authorization to proceed from Caltrans. Since this might unnecessarily delay project completion, this alternative is not recommended. Report prepared by: Ed Wimmer, P.E., Principal Engineer Report approved for submission by: Timothy R. Jonasson, P.E. Public Works Director/City Engineer Attachment: 1. Vicinity Map 48 ATTACHMENT 1 V I C I N I T Y M A P CALLE TAMPICO LA QUINTA CITY HALL AVENIDA LA FONDA AVENUE 52 49 50 AGENDA CATEGORY: May 19, 2015 CITY / SA / HA / FA MEETING DATE: BUSINESS SESSION: ADOPT RESOLUTION GRANTING ITEM TITLE: CONDITIONAL APPROVAL OF FINAL MAP AND CONSENT CALENDAR: 8 SUBDIVISION IMPROVEMENT AGREEMENT STUDY SESSION: ASSOCIATED WITH THE LA QUINTA SQUARE DEVELOPMENT PUBLIC HEARING: RECOMMENDED ACTION: Adopt a resolution granting conditional approval of a Final Parcel Map and Subdivision Improvement Agreement associated with Parcel Map No. 36791, and authorize the City Manager to execute said agreement. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY: ACM La Quinta IV-B, LLC, the developer of the La Quinta Square commercial project located on the southwest corner of Highway 111 and Simon Drive, has requested conditional approval of a Final Parcel Map. Final Parcel Map approval is a ministerial action once the conditions of development have been met or secured through agreements. The Final Parcel Map allows 30 days to execute the Subdivision Improvement Agreement. Since the developer has agreed to satisfy all conditions of development within the next 30 days, staff supports the recommended action. FISCAL IMPACT: None. Security of sufficient value will be submitted to secure any incomplete improvements prior to approval of the Final Parcel Map. BACKGROUND/ANALYSIS: La Quinta Square is a commercial development located on the southwest corner of Highway 111 and Simon Drive (Attachment 1). The developer has started demolition 51 of the existing building; however, the on-site improvements have not been constructed. The developer, under the conditions of approval, has paid for the oqnidbsŬre`hqrg`qdnesgdnee,rhsdhloqnuements at Highway 111 and Simon Drive and at Washington Street and Miles Avenue, which will be constructed at a future date. SgdcdudknodqqdptdrsrsgdBhsxBntmbhkŬrbnmchshnm`k`ooqnu`knesgdEhm`kO`qbdkL`o (Attachment 2) and Subdivision Improvement Agreement (Attachment 3). This will allow the developer 30 days to submit performance and labor and materials securities. If the developer fails to submit the securities within 30 days, the map will be rescheduled for City Council consideration only after the securities have been received. The Subdivision Map Act specifically allows subdivision of property ahead of completion of the improvements so long as they are secured by the property owner or developer (the developer will be providing said security as part of this process). Giving the developer 30 days to complete this process now expedites recordation of the final map since no further action is required by City Council. ALTERNATIVES: As postponing approval until after the developer has completed all conditions would unduly delay this project, staff does not recommend an alternative action. Report prepared by: Bryan McKinney, P.E., Principal Engineer Report approved for submission by: Timothy R. Jonasson, P.E. Public Works Director/City Engineer Attachments: 1. Vicinity Map 2. Parcel Map 36791 3. Subdivision Improvement Agreement 52 RESOLUTION NO. 2015 - A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA, GRANTING CONDITIONAL APPROVAL OF FINAL MAP AND SUBDIVISION IMPROVEMENT AGREEMENT ASSOCIATED WITH PARCEL MAP NO. 36791 AND AUTHORIZING A TIME EXTENSION FOR SATISFACTORY COMPLETION OF THE CONDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS TO VALIDATE THE APPROVAL WHEREAS, the City Council conducts only two regular meetings per month and the time interval between these meetings occasionally creates an undue hardship for business enterprises and individuals seeking approval of subdivision maps; and WHEREAS, the City Council, as a matter of policy, allows a subdivider to have City staff present a map for consideration of approval when the requisite items necessary for a final map approval are nearly, but not completely, finished thus yielding to the subdivider additional production time for preparation of those items; and WHEREAS, the subdivider has demonstrated to City staff and the City Council that it has made sufficient progress with items required for final map approval, and it is reasonable to expect the subdivider to satisfactorily complete the items, including City staff review time, within thirty (30) days without adversely impacting other ongoing work commitments of City staff; and WHEREAS, Section 66458(b) of the Subdivision Map Act grants the City Council broad authority to authorize time extensions regarding final map approval, or disapproval, upon receiving it for consideration; and WHEREAS, the City Council relies on City staff to review all required items for conformance with relevant requirements, and it is therefore appropriate for the City Council to approve the final map subject to review and confirmation of the required items by City staff within a reasonable period of time. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED by the City Council of the City of La Quinta, California, as follows: SECTION 1. The Final Parcel Map 36791 is conditionally approved provided the subdivider submits all required items on or before June 18, 2015. 53 Resolution No. 2015- Parcel Map 36279, La Quinta Square Adopted: May 19, 2015 Page 2 RDBSHNM1-SgdBhsxBntmbhkŬr`ooqnu`kne the final map shall not be considered valid until the City Engineer has signed the map indicating that it conforms to the tentative tract map, the Subdivision Map Act, and all ordinances of the City. SECTION 3. The City Engineer shall withhold his signature from the map until the subdivider has completed the following requirements and any other requirements not expressly described here to thdBhsxDmfhmddqŬrr`shre`bshnm9 A.Provide performance and labor & materials securities SECTION 4. The City Clerk shall withhold affixing the City Seal to the map title page, along with her attesting signature, until the City Engineer has signed the map. SECTION 5. The time extension for satisfying the requirements of the conditional approval for this final map shall expire when City offices close for regular business on June 18, 2015. If the subdivider has not satisfied the requirements in Section 3, herein, by the expiration deadline, the final map shall be considered disapproved. Disapproval does not deny any rights the subdivider may have under the Map Act to resubmit the final map for approval, or disapproval. PASSED, APPROVED and ADOPTED at a regular meeting of the La Quinta th City Council held on this 19 day of May 2015, by the following vote: AYES: NOES: ABSENT: ABSTAIN: __________________________ LINDA EVANS, Mayor City of La Quinta, California 54 Resolution No. 2015- Parcel Map 36279, La Quinta Square Adopted: May 19, 2015 Page 3 ATTEST: ________________________________ SUSAN MAYSELS, City Clerk City of La Quinta, California (CITY SEAL) APPROVED AS TO FORM: _________________________________ WILLIAM H. IHRKE, City Attorney City of La Quinta, California 55 56 parcel map no. 36791 la quintasquare V I C I N I T Y M A P NOT TO SCALE 57 58 ATTACHMENT 2 59 60 ATTACHMENT 3 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 9 71 72 AGENDA CATEGORY: May 19, 2015 CITY / SA / HA / FA MEETING DATE: BUSINESS SESSION: : RECEIVE AND FILE TREASURER'S ITEM TITLE REPORT FOR THE MONTH ENDED FEBRUARY 28, CONSENT CALENDAR: 10 2015 STUDY SESSION: PUBLIC HEARING: RECOMMENDED ACTION: Receive and file. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY: the Investment Advisory Board and the City Council for review. This report summarizes all cash and investments of the City, Successor Agency, Housing Authority, and Financing Authority. There is sufficient investment liquidity and anticipated revenues available to FISCAL IMPACT: None. BACKGROUND/ANALYSIS: required by the California Government Code and City Municipal Code. It certifies that all pooled investments are reported accurately and fairly in compliance with the applicable codes and also certifies that there is sufficient estimated expenditures. Due to the fact that the City pools all cash and investments, this report combines all City entities including the Successor Agency, Financing Authority, and Housing Authority. 73 Cash Balances with an ending balance of $112.8 million. The primary transactions affecting this change in balance were: Before factoring in a $6 million transfer into checking from the Local Agency Investment Fund (LAIF), checking account payments exceeded receipts by $8.5 million. $6 million was transferred from LAIF to checking to cover $6 million in bond debt service payments due to the fiscal agent. -annual payments (usually January and May). The largest single payment received in February ($648,900) was for sales tax. The next largest payment received in February $567,382 was from SilverRock golf course green fees and sales. The third largest payment, in the amount of $159,538, was related to cable TV franchise fees. In addition to the usual monthly personnel costs, larger payments that went out were $939,246 to the Riverside County Sheri services from October 16 to November 15, 2014; $323,838 to Coachella Association of Governments for pass through transportation uniform mitigation fees; and $268,403 to Doug Wall Construction for construction work related to the Wellness Center. Investment Activity Average investment maturity in February was 269 days as compared to 268 days in January. During the month of February the LAIF account decreased by $6 million as noted above. Bank fees for the month of January were $983.52 and the sweep account earned $36 in interest income. Portfolio Performance The overall portfolio performance of .36 percent in February was the same as January. Based on recent trends, the future rate is anticipated to remain unchanged. At this time last year, the portfolio yielded .30 percent. Looking Ahead hort term, the Treasurer will invest in negotiable certificates of deposit and LAIF as needed. The Treasurer will also continue to roll over bond proceeds and reserves into U.S. Treasury Bills and mutual funds as needed. 74 ALTERNATIVES: None. Report prepared by: Rita Conrad, Finance Director Report approved for submission by: Frank J. Spevacek, City Manager Attachment: 1 Reports 75 76 ATTACHMENT 1 77 78 79 80 83 84 City of La Quinta Comparative Rates of Interest February 28, 2015 City of La Quinta Commercial Paper Annualized EarningsAverageTreasury Bills/NoteThree Month YearMonthPooled Cash Fiscal Agent OverallMaturity (days)Three Month Six Month One Year Two Year Non-FinancialLAIF Rate FY 10/11July 20100.50%0.15%0.47%1190.16%0.20%0.30%0.63%0.28%0.53% Aug 20100.49%0.15%0.46%1080.15%0.19%0.26%0.38%0.25%0.51% Sept 20100.55%0.15%0.51%1070.16%0.19%0.27%0.38%0.24%0.50% Oct 20100.55%0.15%0.51%880.13%0.17%0.23%0.38%0.23%0.48% Nov 20100.53%0.15%0.49%840.18%0.21%0.28%0.50%0.23%0.45% Dec 20100.57%0.14%0.52%2650.15%0.19%0.30%0.63%0.23%0.46% Jan 20110.51%0.14%0.43%2060.16%0.18%0.28%0.63%0.24%0.54% Feb 20110.55%0.17%0.46%2100.15%0.17%0.31%0.63%0.23%0.51% Mar 20110.54%0.17%0.45%2180.05%0.13%0.26%0.75%0.23%0.50% Apr 20110.59%0.17%0.48%1920.05%0.10%0.28%0.63%0.20%0.59% May 20110.48%0.17%0.41%1560.06%0.12%0.20%0.50%0.16%0.41% June 20110.53%0.00%0.35%1260.03%0.10%0.20%0.38%0.15%0.45% FY 11/12July 20110.53%0.00%0.35%1120.07%0.12%0.15%0.20%0.14%0.38% Aug 20110.60%0.00%0.38%1020.02%0.05%0.10%0.13%0.16%0.41% Sept 20110.58%0.03%0.39%1240.02%0.06%0.09%0.13%0.14%0.38% Oct 20110.53%0.03%0.35%1170.01%0.06%0.12%0.25%0.15%0.39% Nov 20110.52%0.03%0.37%940.03%0.07%0.10%0.25%0.14%0.40% Dec 20110.48%0.03%0.35%860.02%0.06%0.11%0.13%0.14%0.39% Jan 20120.45%0.03%0.34%740.05%0.08%0.11%0.25%0.14%0.39% Feb 20120.49%0.05%0.36%720.12%0.15%0.17%0.25%0.17%0.39% Mar 20120.44%0.05%0.34%740.08%0.14%0.19%0.25%0.18%0.38% Apr 20120.44%0.09%0.35%610.10%0.15%0.19%0.25%0.20%0.37% May 20120.43%0.09%0.34%620.09%0.14%0.19%0.25%0.19%0.36% June 20120.38%0.08%0.29%470.10%0.15%0.21%0.25%0.21%0.36% FY 12/13July 20120.41%0.08%0.31%1120.11%0.15%0.18%0.22%0.22%0.36% Aug 20120.41%0.08%0.29%310.11%0.14%0.20%0.25%0.20%0.38% Sept 20120.43%0.09%0.33%340.11%0.14%0.18%0.25%0.20%0.35% Oct 20120.47%0.10%0.36%220.13%0.16%0.18%0.25%0.19%0.34% Nov 20120.48%0.10%0.36%1610.10%0.15%0.18%0.25%0.20%0.32% Dec 20120.47%0.10%0.36%1370.08%0.12%0.16%0.13%0.20%0.33% Jan 20130.44%0.10%0.34%1110.08%0.11%0.14%0.25%0.16%0.30% Feb 20130.37%0.10%0.29%1050.13%0.14%0.15%0.25%0.17%0.29% Mar 20130.39%0.09%0.30%1230.08%0.11%0.15%0.25%0.15%0.29% Apr 20130.31%0.08%0.25%1860.05%0.08%0.14%0.13%0.12%0.26% May 20130.30%0.06%0.23%1750.05%0.08%0.14%0.25%0.10%0.25% June 20130.30%0.07%0.23%2120.05%0.09%0.16%0.38%0.10%0.24% FY 13/14July 20130.28%0.07%0.21%3360.03%0.07%0.12%0.25%0.11%0.27% Aug 20130.28%0.06%0.21%3030.03%0.06%0.07%0.14%0.09%0.27% Sept 20130.30%0.07%0.23%3210.01%0.04%0.01%0.25%0.08%0.26% Oct 20130.48%0.06%0.31%4270.05%0.08%0.16%0.25%0.11%0.27% Nov 20130.49%0.06%0.31%4440.05%0.08%0.16%0.25%0.09%0.26% Dec 20130.49%0.05%0.31%3960.07%0.09%0.14%0.25%0.09%0.26% Jan 20140.44%0.05%0.32%3810.04%0.06%0.13%0.38%0.09%0.24% Feb 20140.44%0.03%0.30%3570.05%0.08%0.12%0.25%0.10%0.24% Mar 20140.44%0.02%0.30%3520.05%0.07%0.12%0.38%0.10%0.24% Apr 20140.47%0.02%0.33%3680.02%0.05%0.11%0.45%0.10%0.23% May 20140.49%0.02%0.35%3730.04%0.06%0.10%0.39%0.10%0.23% June 20140.44%0.02%0.33%3100.04%0.07%0.11%0.50%0.10%0.23% FY 14/15July 20140.45%0.02%0.34%3050.03%0.06%0.11%0.50%0.10%0.24% Aug 20140.49%0.02%0.36%3130.03%0.05%0.11%0.50%0.11%0.26% Sept 20140.50%0.02%0.36%3250.02%0.04%0.12%0.50%0.10%0.25% Oct 20140.51%0.02%0.36%3230.02%0.06%0.10%0.38%0.10%0.26% Nov 20140.52%0.02%0.37%3170.03%0.08%0.14%0.50%0.10%0.26% Dec 20140.52%0.02%0.37%3040.02%0.07%0.18%0.50%0.13%0.27% Jan 20150.49%0.02%0.36%2680.02%0.07%0.21%0.50%0.12%0.26% Feb 20150.51%0.02%0.36%2690.02%0.08%0.21%0.50%0.12%0.27% 85 86 May 19, 2015 AGENDA CATEGORY: CITY / SA/ HA/ FA MEETING DATE: RECEIVE AND FILE TREASURER'S REPORT ITEM TITLE: BUSINESS SESSION: FOR THE MONTH ENDED MARCH 31, 2015 CONSENT CALENDAR: 11 STUDY SESSION: PUBLIC HEARING: RECOMMENDED ACTION: Receive and file. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY: Board and the City Council for review. This report summarizes all cash and investments of the City, Successor Agency, Housing Authority, and Financing Authority. There is sufficient investment liquidity and anticipated revenues available to FISCAL IMPACT: None. BACKGROUND/ANALYSIS: required by the California Government Code and City Municipal Code. It certifies nd fairly in compliance with the applicable codes and also certifies that there is sufficient estimated expenditures. Due to the fact that the City pools all cash and investments, this report combines all City entities including the Successor Agency, 87 Financing Authority, and Housing Authority. Cash Balances with an ending balance of $106.5 million. The primary transactions affecting this change in balance were: Before factoring in a $1 million transfer into checking from the Local Agency Investment Fund (LAIF), checking account payments exceeded receipts by $667,000. venue sources are made in semi-annual payments (usually January and May). The largest single payment received in March was a sales tax payment in the amount of $555,900. The next largest payment received in March was in Measure A funds (designated for transportation improvement related projects) in the amount of $120,000. The third largest payment received was from Gas Tax funds, which are designated for street maintenance costs. Unlike expenditures, which are fairly consistent over each month, major revenues like property tax, property tax in lieu of motor vehicle license fees, and property tax in lieu of sales tax are only paid in two annual installments. In addition to the usual monthly personnel costs, larger payments that went out in March were: $1.02 million to Arch Insurance Company for work related to the Adams Street Bridge; $934,300 to the Riverside County rvices from November 16, 2014 to December 15, 2014; and, $230,264 to Stotz Equipment for equipment related to SilverRock Golf Course (mowers and other maintenance equipment). Investment Activity Average investment maturity in March was 261 days as compared to 269 days in February. During the month of March the LAIF (account decreased by $1 million as noted above. Bank fees for the month of March were $959 and the sweep account earned $20 in interest income. 88 Portfolio Performance The overall portfolio performance of .37 percent in March was slightly higher than percent. Based on recent trends, the future rate is anticipated to remain unchanged. At this time last year, the portfolio yielded .30%. Looking Ahead The Treasurer , the Treasurer will invest in negotiable certificates of deposit and LAIF as needed. The Treasurer will also continue to roll over bond proceeds and reserves into U.S. Treasury Bills and mutual funds as needed. ALTERNATIVES: None. Report prepared by: Rita Conrad, Finance Director Report approved for submission by: Frank J. Spevacek, City Manager Attachment: 89 90 ATTACHMENT 1 91 /źƷǤ ƚŅ \[ğ vǒźƓƷğ ağƩĭŷ ЋЉЊЎ Cash Balances total size decreased by $6.3 million in March; the month closed with an ending balance of $106.5 million. The primary transactions affecting this change in balance were: Before factoring in a $1 million transfer into checking from LAIF, checking account payments exceeded receipts by $667,000. -annual payments (usually January and May). The largest single payment received in March was a sales tax payment in the amount of $555,900. The next largest payment received in March was in Measure A funds (designated for transportation improvement related projects) in the amount of $120,000. The third largest payment received was from Gas Tax funds which are designated for street maintenance costs. Unlike expenditures which are fairly consistent over each month, major revenues like property tax, property tax in lieu of MLV, and property tax in lieu of sales tax are only paid in two annual installments. In addition to the usual monthly personnel costs, larger payments that went out in March were: $1.02 million to Arch Insurance Company for work related to the Adams Street Bridge; $934,300 contract police services from 11- 16-14 to 12-15-14; and, $230,264 to Stotz Equipment for equipment related to SilverRock Golf Course (mowers and other maintenance equipment). Investment Activity Average investment maturity in March was 261 days as compared to 269 days in February. During the month of March the LAIF (Local Agency Investment Fund) account decreased by $1 million as noted above. Bank fees for the month of March were $959 and the sweep account earned $20 in interest income. Portfolio Performance The overall portfolio performance of .37% in March was slightly %. Based on recent trends, the future rate is anticipated to remain unchanged. At this time last year, the portfolio yielded .30%. Looking Ahead in negotiable certificates of deposit and LAIF as needed. The Treasurer will also continue to roll over bond proceeds and reserves into U.S. Treasury Bills and mutual funds as needed. 92 ECONOMY AT A GLANCE 93 94 97 98 City of La Quinta Comparative Rates of Interest March 31, 2015 City of La Quinta Commercial Paper Annualized EarningsAverageTreasury Bills/NoteThree Month YearMonthPooled Cash Fiscal Agent OverallMaturity (days)Three Month Six Month One Year Two Year Non-FinancialLAIF Rate FY 10/11July 20100.50%0.15%0.47%1190.16%0.20%0.30%0.63%0.28%0.53% Aug 20100.49%0.15%0.46%1080.15%0.19%0.26%0.38%0.25%0.51% Sept 20100.55%0.15%0.51%1070.16%0.19%0.27%0.38%0.24%0.50% Oct 20100.55%0.15%0.51%880.13%0.17%0.23%0.38%0.23%0.48% Nov 20100.53%0.15%0.49%840.18%0.21%0.28%0.50%0.23%0.45% Dec 20100.57%0.14%0.52%2650.15%0.19%0.30%0.63%0.23%0.46% Jan 20110.51%0.14%0.43%2060.16%0.18%0.28%0.63%0.24%0.54% Feb 20110.55%0.17%0.46%2100.15%0.17%0.31%0.63%0.23%0.51% Mar 20110.54%0.17%0.45%2180.05%0.13%0.26%0.75%0.23%0.50% Apr 20110.59%0.17%0.48%1920.05%0.10%0.28%0.63%0.20%0.59% May 20110.48%0.17%0.41%1560.06%0.12%0.20%0.50%0.16%0.41% June 20110.53%0.00%0.35%1260.03%0.10%0.20%0.38%0.15%0.45% FY 11/12July 20110.53%0.00%0.35%1120.07%0.12%0.15%0.20%0.14%0.38% Aug 20110.60%0.00%0.38%1020.02%0.05%0.10%0.13%0.16%0.41% Sept 20110.58%0.03%0.39%1240.02%0.06%0.09%0.13%0.14%0.38% Oct 20110.53%0.03%0.35%1170.01%0.06%0.12%0.25%0.15%0.39% Nov 20110.52%0.03%0.37%940.03%0.07%0.10%0.25%0.14%0.40% Dec 20110.48%0.03%0.35%860.02%0.06%0.11%0.13%0.14%0.39% Jan 20120.45%0.03%0.34%740.05%0.08%0.11%0.25%0.14%0.39% Feb 20120.49%0.05%0.36%720.12%0.15%0.17%0.25%0.17%0.39% Mar 20120.44%0.05%0.34%740.08%0.14%0.19%0.25%0.18%0.38% Apr 20120.44%0.09%0.35%610.10%0.15%0.19%0.25%0.20%0.37% May 20120.43%0.09%0.34%620.09%0.14%0.19%0.25%0.19%0.36% June 20120.38%0.08%0.29%470.10%0.15%0.21%0.25%0.21%0.36% FY 12/13July 20120.41%0.08%0.31%1120.11%0.15%0.18%0.22%0.22%0.36% Aug 20120.41%0.08%0.29%310.11%0.14%0.20%0.25%0.20%0.38% Sept 20120.43%0.09%0.33%340.11%0.14%0.18%0.25%0.20%0.35% Oct 20120.47%0.10%0.36%220.13%0.16%0.18%0.25%0.19%0.34% Nov 20120.48%0.10%0.36%1610.10%0.15%0.18%0.25%0.20%0.32% Dec 20120.47%0.10%0.36%1370.08%0.12%0.16%0.13%0.20%0.33% Jan 20130.44%0.10%0.34%1110.08%0.11%0.14%0.25%0.16%0.30% Feb 20130.37%0.10%0.29%1050.13%0.14%0.15%0.25%0.17%0.29% Mar 20130.39%0.09%0.30%1230.08%0.11%0.15%0.25%0.15%0.29% Apr 20130.31%0.08%0.25%1860.05%0.08%0.14%0.13%0.12%0.26% May 20130.30%0.06%0.23%1750.05%0.08%0.14%0.25%0.10%0.25% June 20130.30%0.07%0.23%2120.05%0.09%0.16%0.38%0.10%0.24% FY 13/14July 20130.28%0.07%0.21%3360.03%0.07%0.12%0.25%0.11%0.27% Aug 20130.28%0.06%0.21%3030.03%0.06%0.07%0.14%0.09%0.27% Sept 20130.30%0.07%0.23%3210.01%0.04%0.01%0.25%0.08%0.26% Oct 20130.48%0.06%0.31%4270.05%0.08%0.16%0.25%0.11%0.27% Nov 20130.49%0.06%0.31%4440.05%0.08%0.16%0.25%0.09%0.26% Dec 20130.49%0.05%0.31%3960.07%0.09%0.14%0.25%0.09%0.26% Jan 20140.44%0.05%0.32%3810.04%0.06%0.13%0.38%0.09%0.24% Feb 20140.44%0.03%0.30%3570.05%0.08%0.12%0.25%0.10%0.24% Mar 20140.44%0.02%0.30%3520.05%0.07%0.12%0.38%0.10%0.24% Apr 20140.47%0.02%0.33%3680.02%0.05%0.11%0.45%0.10%0.23% May 20140.49%0.02%0.35%3730.04%0.06%0.10%0.39%0.10%0.23% June 20140.44%0.02%0.33%3100.04%0.07%0.11%0.50%0.10%0.23% FY 14/15July 20140.45%0.02%0.34%3050.03%0.06%0.11%0.50%0.10%0.24% Aug 20140.49%0.02%0.36%3130.03%0.05%0.11%0.50%0.11%0.26% Sept 20140.50%0.02%0.36%3250.02%0.04%0.12%0.50%0.10%0.25% Oct 20140.52%0.02%0.37%3230.02%0.06%0.10%0.38%0.10%0.26% Nov 20140.52%0.02%0.37%3170.03%0.08%0.14%0.50%0.10%0.26% Dec 20140.52%0.02%0.37%3040.02%0.07%0.18%0.50%0.13%0.27% Jan 20150.49%0.02%0.36%2680.02%0.07%0.21%0.50%0.12%0.26% Feb 20150.51%0.02%0.36%2690.02%0.08%0.21%0.50%0.12%0.27% Mar 20150.52%0.02%0.37%2610.04%0.14%0.27%0.50%0.11%0.28% 99 100 1 101 102 103 104 ATTACHMENT1 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 2015 TENTATIVE LEGISLATIVE CALENDAR COMPILED BY THE OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY OF THE SENATE Revised 01/26/2015 DEADLINES JANUARY S M T W TH F S Jan. 1 Statutes take effect (Art. IV, Sec. 8(c)). 1 2 3 Jan. 5 Legislature reconvenes (J.R. 51(a)(1)). 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Jan. 10 Budget must be submitted by Governor (Art. IV, Sec. 12 (a)). 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Jan. 19 Martin Luther King, Jr. Day. 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Jan. 30 Last day to submit bill requests to the Office of Legislative Counsel. 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 FEBRUARY S M T W TH F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Feb. 16 Presidents Day. 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 Feb. 27 Last day for bills to be introduced (J.R. 61(a)(1), (J.R. 54(a)). 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 MARCH S M T W TH F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Mar. 26 Spring Recess 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 Mar. 31 Cesar Chavez Day. 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 APRIL S M T W TH F S 1 2 3 4 Apr. 6 Legislature reconvenes from Spring Recess (J.R. 51(a)(2)). 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 MAY S M T W TH F S May 1 Last day for policy committees to hear and report to Fiscal 1 2 Committees fiscal bills introduced in their house (J.R. 61(a)(2)). May 15 Last day for policy committees to hear and report to the Floor non-fiscal 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 bills introduced in their house (J.R. 61(a)(3)). 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 May 22 Last day for policy committees to meet prior to June 8 (J.R. 61(a)(4)). 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 May 25 Memorial Day. 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 May 29 Last day for fiscal committees to hear and report to the Floor bills introduced in their house (J.R. 61 (a)(5)). Last day for fiscal 31 committees to meet prior to June 8 (J.R. 61 (a)(6)). Page 1 of 2 * Holiday schedule subject to final approval by Rules committee 112 2015 TENTATIVE LEGISLATIVE CALENDAR COMPILED BY THE OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY OF THE SENATE Revised 01/26/2015 JUNE S M T W TH F S June 1 5 Floor Session only. No committee may meet for any purpose (J.R. 1 2 3 4 5 6 61(a)(7)). 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 June 5 Last day for bills to be passed out of the house of origin (J.R. 61(a)(8)). 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 June 8 Committee meetings may resume (J.R. 61(a)(9)). 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 June 15 Budget must be passed by midnight (Art. IV, Sec. 12(c)(3)). 28 29 30 JULY S M T W TH F S 1 2 3 4 July 3 Independence Day observed. 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 July 17 Last day for policy committees to meet and report bills (J.R. 61(a)(10)). Summer Recess begins 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 has been enacted (J.R. 51(a)(3)). 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 AUGUST S M T W TH F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Aug. 17 Legislature reconvenes from Summer Recess (J.R. 51(a)(3)). 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Aug. 28 Last day for fiscal committees to meet and report bills to the Floor 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 (J.R. 61(a)(11)). 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 Aug. 31 Sept. 11 Floor Session only. No committees, other than conference committees and Rules Committee, may meet for any purpose (J.R. 30 31 61(a)(12)). SEPTEMBER S M T W TH F S 1 2 3 4 5 Sept. 4 Last day to amend bills on the Floor (J.R. 61(a)(13)). 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Sept. 7 Labor Day. 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 Sept. 11 Last day for each house to pass bills (J.R. 61(a)(14)). Interim Study Recess begins (J.R. 51(a)(4)). 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 IMPORTANT DATES OCCURRING DURING INTERIM STUDY RECESS 2015 Oct. 11 Last day for Governor to sign or veto bills passed by the Legislature on or before Sept. 11 s possession after Sept. 11 (Art. IV, Sec.10(b)(1)). 2016 Jan. 1 Statutes take effect (Art. IV, Sec. 8(c)). Jan. 4 Legislature reconvenes (J.R. 51 (a)(4)). * Holiday schedule subject to final approval by Rules committee Page 2 of 2 113 114 ATTACHMENT2 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 1 123 124 125 126 Review of Police Services and Crime Trends CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA FINAL REPORT May 1, 2015 127 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 1 2 OVERVIEW OF POLICE SERVICES AND COSTS 6 3 EVALUATION OF FIELD SERVICES 15 4 EVALUATION OF SPECIALTY WORK UNITS 63 5 EVALUATION OF POLICE OPERATIONS AND THE CURRENT POLICE 80 SERVICES CONTRACT APPENDIX A à SUMMARY OF THE SURVEY OF RESIDENTS 98 APPENDIX B à SUMMARY OF THE COMMUNITY FOCUS GROUPS 113 APPENDIX C à PROFILE OF POLICE SERVICES IN LA QUINTA 116 128 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends 1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY In January 2015 the Matrix Consulting Group began working with the City of La Quinta to conduct a review of police services and crime trends in the City. Police services for La Quinta are provided through a contract with the Riverside County SheriffÈs Office (RCSO). Introductory meetings, interviews, data collection, analysis, and review of interim deliverables occurred from January through April 2015. After the initial meeting with the City Project Committee, the Matrix Consulting Group project team conducted interviews with Riverside County SheriffÈs Department personnel, City of La Quinta management, obtained and reviewed operating procedures, the contract and budget, calls for service data, investigator workloads and other data relevant to this study. The information contained in this report was developed through these interviews, review of internal policies, procedures, the operating budget, call for service data, investigator workloads and other data provided to the project team. The City of La Quinta has seen significant growth and currently has a population of approximately 39,331 residents (2013 U.S. Census estimate) and covers 35.1 square miles. The population of has increased over 65% since 2000 when just 23,694 people resided in the City. As part of this project, the City also wished to survey La Quinta residents regarding their opinions of police services. The project team developed an anonymous survey that was publicized on the CityÈs website and in the City newsletter and made available online. The survey asked a variety of questions regarding residentsÈ Matrix Consulting Group Page 1 129 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends interactions with RCSO staff and regarding residentsÈ perceptions of the provision of services in the community. Over 500 people completed the survey and the results provide a snapshot of residentsÈ beliefs and perceptions regarding police services (a survey summary is in Appendix A). Additionally, the project team hosted three community focus group meetings on two days in March 2015 at City Hall. A total of 28 residents participated and provided their opinions, perceptions, and suggestions (a focus group summary is in Appendix B). The project team provided several interim reports and summaries of the surveys to La Quinta management and they were also reviewed by RCSO staff. These elements yielded the following findings: (1) The crime rate in the La Quinta is low at 1.74 violent crimes per 1,000 residents but has a higher property crimes rate at 38.2 crimes per 1,000 residents. The specific reasons for a low violent crime rate or the higher property crimes rate in certain years cannot be known exactly but the demographics of the community is a strong factor with additional factors including the average income level, employment rate, effectiveness of the police and community programs for youth. The crime rate in La Quinta has been trending downward for the last 10 years. Overall, comparing the 2004-2008 five year period with 2009-2013 the number of violent crimes decreased 9.3% and property crimes decreased 15.9%. The most significant change in individual crimes over the two 5 year periods was a 40% reduction in homicides and a 49% reduction in auto theft. Aggravated Assault also decreased significantly (16%) but robberies have increased over 20%. The property crimes of burglary and larceny also decreased 12% and 13% respectively. (2) The number of community generated calls for service (CFS) per resident in La 1 Quinta it is approximately 0.46 CFS per resident (a total of 17,945 in 2014). This workload level is within the range of the 0.4 to 0.6 CFS typically seen by the project team in other law enforcement studies throughout the United States. This indicates that the need for police services is at an average level compared with other communities. 1 In the 2013 La Quinta Police Department Annual Report the RCSO reported a total of 24,793 call for service in calendar year 2013 but this also includes Officer initiated incidents as well as community generated calls for service. The project team evaluated these elements separately. Matrix Consulting Group Page 2 130 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends (3) Patrol Services provides a very good response time to calls, averaging approximately 4.2 minutes travel time to emergency calls and an overall 2 response time (call processing and travel time) of just 5 minutes. (4) Patrol Officers had a very high overall average level of ÅproactiveÆ time level of 58% in 2014 and good levels of proactive time even during peak call for service workload hours. The Åproactive timeÆ level is a key factor in the determination of the Patrol Officer staffing level that is needed in a community à it is the time remaining after an Officer has handled all of the community generated calls for service, related bookings of persons arrested and documentation of the incident in a report (these workloads are counted as Åcommitted timeÆ). Detailed information regarding the level of La Quinta Police DepartmentÈs level of committed time (i.e. the work that ÅmustÆ be done) and proactive time is presented in the report in Chapter 3. (5) Police services information such as the number of calls for service, Officer initiated activity and other workload information should be provided to La Quinta (and also other contract cities) on a regular basis (every three or six months). LQPD has provided an annual report to the City that contains much of the information but the project team believes that increased discussion (quarterly or semi-annual meetings) between LQPD managers and city staff/elected officials regarding police services is needed to ensure a close working relationship. The meetings should include information sharing, crime trends and discussion regarding the effectiveness of the services being provided and also identify areas that may need focused attention. This report shows that La Quinta is being provided a high level of police services by the SheriffÈs Office through regular Patrol Officers which are supplemented with the work of the Traffic Unit, Special Enforcement Team and civilian Community Service Officers à these units provide significant and comprehensive services to the community. Throughout this report the project team provides evaluation and analysis of these service and, where appropriate, makes suggestions for improvements. The table below 2 For the 223 Priority 1A calls in 2014. Matrix Consulting Group Page 3 131 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends provides a summary list all of the recommendations and/or opportunities for improvement that appear in this report. Recommendations Modify the contract to allow the Chief and Assistant Chief the discretion to allow patrol staffing levels on a particular day to fall below the contracted level up to 15% (currently 23 patrol staff hours). Page 21 The City should work with the SheriffÈs Office and management from gated communities to evaluate the options available to facilitate quick entry of police officers into gated communities. Page 36 The RCSO should quarterly or semi-annually provide La Quinta with data showing the number of calls for service responded to, response times, calls per beat, Officer initiated activity and other activity of the Police Department. Page 43 Review the CAD workload data for a second year to determine the level of Patrol Officer committed time and proactive time; continue annual reviews of Patrol workload. Page 58 Annually review patrol staff workload for each 4-hour time block to ensure that a reasonable number of proactive hours are available throughout the day. Page 58 Adopt a 45% average proactive time level goal for patrol operations. A workload analysis should be conducted annually to determine the actual level of proactive time. Page 62 Expand the regular duty hours of the Traffic Unit to provide coverage from 0600 à 1900 or 2000 hours on weekdays. Page 66 Increase the productivity of the Motor Units to average 10 warnings/citations per shift. Page 66 Modify the work schedule of Community Service Officers to only work during the day and evening hours (0600 hours à 2200 hours) to provide additional alternative call handling options and also address other police related community concerns. Page 83 Reduce the number of daily Patrol Officer hours from 150 daily to 140 hours daily; this results in an annual savings à estimated at $581,965 in FY 2015-16. Page 90 La Quinta staff should work with the SheriffÈs Office to establish a goal that 50% of the Patrol Officers (currently 12 = 50%) and Community Service Officers (3 = 50%) will always be assigned to La Quinta whenever they are working a regular shift. Page 91 La Quinta should work with the RCSO to modify the contract to provide a field Sergeant that is dedicated to the supervision of La Quinta field services. Page 92 Adopt a process to enhance delivery of patrol services during the periods when proactive time is available. The Asst. Chief, Patrol Lieutenant and Sergeants should coordinate the development of plans that identify specific tasks/projects that can be worked on or accomplished when proactive time is available during a shift. Supervisors should actively manage Patrol OfficersÈ proactive time. Page 94 City staff should work with the RCSO to reduce the number of Detectives funded by La Quinta to three Detectives which will result in a cost savings of approximately $586,040 annually; this staffing level will provide sufficient staff to conduct follow-up investigations for La Quinta while providing a moderate caseload level for Detectives that provides capacity to absorb future increases in workload. Page 96 Matrix Consulting Group Page 4 132 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends Recommendations Additionally, City staff should work with the RCSO to revise the methodology of allocating the cost of Investigation Units (the Lieutenant, Sergeants and Detectives) to an appropriate cost sharing percentage for each of the three entities. Page 96 Matrix Consulting Group Page 5 133 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends 2. OVERVIEW OF POLICE SERVICES AND COSTS The following information was obtained through interviews with RCSO personnel, electronic data from the Computer Aided Dispatch system (CAD) and the Records Management System (RMS) as well as any relevant documents associated with patrol (e.g., statistical reports, training records, leave time records, etc.). The first section, which follows, provides a brief introduction and basic overview of law enforcement services in the City of La Quinta. 1. OVERVIEW OF PATROL SERVICES, STAFFING LEVELS AND COSTS. The City of La Quinta, through a contract with the Riverside County SheriffÈs Department (RCSO), provides a wide range of law enforcement services for approximately 39,331 residents (2013 U.S. Census estimate) and covering 35.1 square miles. (1) La Quinta Contracted Positions. There are two law enforcement managers in La Quinta à a Captain who is 3 appointed as the Police Chief and a Lieutenant who is the Assistant Police Chief. The Police Chief is responsible for management and oversight of all police services provided to residents. The Assistant Chief provides the day to day direction to dedicated staff. Both of these law enforcement managers are supported by additional law enforcement professionals and supervisors within the Thermal SheriffÈs Station. Patrol field services account for the majority of the contracted personnel in La Quinta PD à a total of 30.76 Officers. This number is calculated from the 150 hours of 3 La Quinta does not pay any costs for the Captain. Matrix Consulting Group Page 6 134 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends daily field patrol services (150 hours daily x 365 days = 54,750 total yearly hours / 1,780 annual work hours per Officer). La Quinta also contracts for other positions to provide supervision and additional services to the community. Some of the positions are ÅdedicatedÆ positions (La Quinta pays the full 2,080 annual work hours per position and the benefits cost) and some are Ånon-dedicatedÆ positions (La Quinta pays 1,780 hours per position). These positions are: ¥ The Chief (a Captain who is not paid by the City) and a Lieutenant, the Assistant Chief, who is paid through the CityÈs contract. ¥ Two Sergeants à for the Special Enforcement Team (SET) and for the Administrative & Traffic Unit (dedicated positions) ¥ Seven Officers for the Special Enforcement Team à this includes the two Business District Officers (non-dedicated positions) ¥ Four Officers for the Traffic Unit à Motor Officers (dedicated positions) ¥ Two Officers for regional Task Forces à the Violent Crime Gang Task Force and the Coachella Valley Narcotics Task Force (dedicated positions) ¥ Six civilian Community Service Officers, CSO, (dedicated positions) The following table displays the ÅdedicatedÆ and Ånon-dedicatedÆ staff positions. Lieutenant Sergeant Officer CSO Administration 1 Patrol 30.76 4 Admin / Traffic (Motors) 1 4 2 Special Enforcement Team 1 5 Business District Officers 2 Task Forces (2) 2 Total = 52.76 1 2 43.76 6 There are a total of 52.76 staff directly contracted for by the City of La Quinta for police services. This number does not include the three School Resources Officers Matrix Consulting Group Page 7 135 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends working in La Quinta schools as the Desert Sands Unified School District independently contracts for them with the SheriffÈs Department (La Quinta reimburses DSUSD for part of the cost for these Officers). This staff requires additional personnel to support the LQPD that will be discussed in the next section. (2) Additional RCSO Positions Required to Support the La Quinta Police Department. A total of 41.76 of the LQPD positions listed above are designated as ÅsupportedÆ positions by the RCSO, they are the 30.76 Patrol Officers, 4 Motor Officers and 7 Special Enforcement Team Officers. These ÅsupportedÆ positions means that other RCSO personnel are needed to provide supervision, administration and other assistance to carry out their job functions. This includes a total of 14.95 positions which includes Lieutenants, field supervisors (Sergeants) and Investigations personnel. The calculations for the 14.95 supporting positions is shown below: ¥ 1.63 Lieutenants (41.76 x 039); for the other Lieutenants in the Thermal Station . (Patrol, Investigative) ¥ 6.85 Sergeants (41.76 x 164); primarily for the Patrol Sergeants but also . includes the Detective, Training, FTO and Administrative Sergeants ¥ 6.47 Investigators or Detectives (41.76 x 155); for follow-up investigation of La . Quinta cases The multiplying factor (.039, .164, etc.) is determined by the RCSO and is a calculation of the percent of staff positions (assigned to the Thermal Station) that are allocated to La Quinta; this represents the amount of time that the supporting position is working with La Quinta personnel or on La Quinta related case investigations, issues, etc. The cost of these supporting positions is paid by La Quinta through a Åsupported rateÆ charge that is added to the basic Office hourly rate (which equals the total hourly Matrix Consulting Group Page 8 136 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends rate that contract cities pay to RCSO). The following table shows the LQPD staff with these additional positions that support LQPD operations. Lieutenant Sergeant Officer Detective CSO Administration 1 Patrol 30.76 4 Admin / Traffic (Motors) 1 4 2 Special Enforcement Team 1 5 Business District Officers 2 Task Forces (2) 2 Positions Supporting LQPD 1.63 6.85 6.47 Total = 67.71 2.63 8.85 43.76 6.47 6 La Quinta pays for a total of 67.71 personnel to provide police services in the City. This does not include the three School Resources Officers previously discussed. The following page shows the organization chart for La Quinta Police Department. The chart lists the approximate number of supporting positions to LQPD by function (e.g. 5 Sergeants in Patrol and 1 Detective Sergeant) but not all of the supporting functions are depicted on this chart (e.g. the fraction of the Administration Sergeant and the Training Sergeant at the Thermal Station are not shown). Matrix Consulting Group Page 9 137 138 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends (3) Hourly Rate Charges and Estimated FY 1014-15 Budget for Police Services. The RCSO provided the estimated hourly rate costs used to develop the budget for police services in La Quinta. The following table shows the direct and indirect costs that make up the ÅsupportedÆ rate for an Officer. Cost Item FY 13/14 FY 13/14 FY 14/15 FY 14/15 Non-Dedicated Non-Dedicated Dedicated Dedicated Patrol Officer - Basic Hourly Rate $ 76.24 $ 65.25 $ 80.50 68.90 Sworn Support 34.80 29.79 38.35 32.82 Classified Support 9.53 8.16 10.21 8.74 Administration 1.00 0.85 1.20 1.02 Personnel & Recruiting 1.05 0.90 1.22 1.05 Information Services 1.06 0.91 1.21 1.03 Dispatch & Telephone Reporting Unit 10.46 8.95 10.67 9.13 Accounting & Finance 0.74 0.63 0.82 0.70 Technical Services 0.70 0.60 0.95 0.81 Contracts & Grants 0.33 0.29 0.38 0.33 Cost Allocation Plan 1.37 1.17 1.65 1.41 Field Training 1.29 1.11 1.30 1.11 Training Center 0.72 0.61 0.63 0.55 Hourly Rate $ 139.29 $ 119.21 $ 149.09 $ 127.60 Hours Billed per Position 1,780 2,080 1,780 2,080 Position Cost 247,936 247,957 265,380 265,408 It is important to note that the net cost of a Ånon-dedicatedÆ position is almost the same as the cost of a ÅdedicatedÆ position. The mathematical reason is that Ånon- dedicatedÆ positions are billed to the contract city at a higher rate but at 1,780 hours annually while the ÅdedicatedÆ positions are billed at a lower rate but at 2,080 hours. As shown above the net cost per position is within a few dollars. The RCSO explanation for the different costing methodologies is that ÅdedicatedÆ positions are extra positions specific to the requesting city (e.g. the four Motor Officers in La Quinta) and cannot be used anywhere else by RCSO (i.e. RCSO is not responsible for traffic enforcement in unincorporated areas) so the city is required to pay for 100% of the annual 2,080 hours. Additionally, if the Officer staffing one of these dedicated positions were to go off on Matrix Consulting Group Page 11 139 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends long term disability the city would have to pay for the vacant position for several months and may not be able to obtain a replacement Officer. However, the reasoning is still not very clear to the project team and the confusion cause by the different methodologies seem to outweigh the reason for them. Some of the tasks and functions included in these charges for the supporting services are further detailed below: ¥ Communications and dispatching services à emergency call handling and dispatching. ¥ Records services à report filing and copying, front counter walk-in traffic, general questions from members of the public. ¥ Evidence and Property à processing and handling of evidence items and property booked by Officers. ¥ Equipment issuance, maintenance and tracking. ¥ Payroll processing and employee file maintenance. ¥ Personnel recruiting, hiring and basic training; in-service training. There are other services such as the Captain and forensic services (crime scene investigation and processing, evidence collection and storage; crime lab examination and tests) that are ÅfreeÆ and La Quinta does not pay a fee. The following table shows the hourly rates for other positions in the La Quinta Police Department; they are the ÅunsupportedÆ rate except where noted. Position FY 13/14 FY 13/14 FY 14/15 FY 14/15 Non-Dedicated Non-Dedicated Dedicated Dedicated Lieutenant $103.77 $111.40 Sergeants (2) 91.60 98.05 Motor Officers (4; supported) 123.88 132.60 SET Officers (7; supported) $139.29 $149.09 Task Force Deputies (2) 66.10 70.75 Community Service Officers (6; civilian) 44.45 47.58 Matrix Consulting Group Page 12 140 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends The above rates are used to develop the recommended budget for the La Quinta Police Department. The following table shows figures from the FY 2014-15 ÅDetailed Budget Appropriation RequestÆ, a summary sheet provided by the RCSO. It includes the original budget request and the adjusted budget which is calculated after the hourly personnel rates are finalized and other necessary cost adjustments are made. Cost Item Hours Rate Billing Original Adjusted Increased or Units % Budget Budget Expense Patrol Officers (150 hours daily x 365) 54,750 149.09 97% 7,915,157 7,917,797 2,640 Lieutenant 2,080 111.40 100% 230,951 231,712 761 Sergeant à SET 2,080 98.05 97% 197,749 197,826 77 Sergeant - Admin/Traffic 2,080 98.05 97% 203,038 203,038 0 Motor Officers (4) @ 2,080 8,320 132.60 90% 1,005,686 1,005,686 0 SET Officers (7) @ 1,780 12,460 149.09 90% 1,486,434 1,671,895 185,461 School Resource Officers (1.75) @ 1,780 3,115 83.59 98% 255,072 255,175 103 Gang Task Force Deputy 2,080 70.75 95% 139,757 139,802 45 Narcotics Task Force Deputy 2,080 70.75 95% 139,757 139,802 45 CSOs (6) @ 2,080 12,480 47.58 90% 534,217 534,419 208 Sub-Total 12,107,812 12,297,151 189,339 Other Expenses Overtime (Patrol) 2,000 68.97 137,940 137,940 0 Overtime (Detective) 1,000 84.83 84,830 84,830 0 Thermal Station Facility Fee 240,140 240,140 0 Records Management System 4 14,125.00 56,500 56,500 0 CAL ID (fingerprint system) 38,401 1.00 38,401 38,401 0 Booking Fees 0 0 0 Jail Access Fee 39 450.34 17,563 17,563 0 Mileage Cost - Patrol Units 475,000 0.84 399,000 399,000 0 Mileage Cost - Unmarked Units 20,000 0.44 8,800 8,800 0 Motorcycle Fuel 12 90.00 4,860 4,860 0 Special Enforcement Fund 190,000 190,000 0 City Back-end Charges 115,000 115,000 0 Sub-Total 1,293,034 1,293,034 0 Total 13,400,846 13,590,186 189,339 Matrix Consulting Group Page 13 141 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends It should be noted that the cost for the Traffic Sergeant and Officers includes their specialty pay received for these positions. The adjusted costs increased a total of $189,339 for FY 2014-15. Matrix Consulting Group Page 14 142 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends 3. EVALUATION OF PATROL FIELD SERVICES This chapter provides a detailed look at the field staffing levels, Officer availability, calls for service and other workload as wellas calculating ÅcommittedÆ time, ÅproactiveÆ time and the overall staffing needs in La Quinta. 1. FIELD OPERATIONS STAFFING AND WORKLOAD. The following information was obtained through interviews with RCSO personnel, electronic data from the CAD (Computer Aided Dispatch) and RMS (Records Management System) as well as any relevant documents associated with patrol (i.e., statistical reports, training records, leave time records, etc.). The project team collected information regarding the La QuintaÈs workload activities relating to field patrol personnel (i.e., regular Patrol Officers and Sergeants). Specifically, this involved the raw data set that captured all dispatch communication activity for the La Quinta Police Department in calendar year 2014 and included the following types of information: ¥ Call or Event Number ¥ Date and Time of Initial Creation of the CAD Case ¥ Location of Call ¥ Type of Call ¥ Priority of Call ¥ Time of Unit(s) Dispatch ¥ Time of Unit(s) In-route ¥ Time of Unit(s) On-Scene Arrival Matrix Consulting Group Page 15 143 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends ¥ Time of Unit(s) Clearance ¥ Beat Unit Identifiers (e.g., unit numbers) for responding unit ¥ Incident Disposition (e.g., report taken, arrest, citation, etc.) This information serves as the context for analyzing patrolÈs staffing needs and estimating workload activity, including the identification of community-generated calls for service, as well as Officer initiated activity. This summary description of patrol services in La Quinta is organized as follows: ¥ Patrol unit scheduled deployment ¥ Patrol Officer availability ¥ Total calls for service ¥ Calls for service by priority ¥ Calls for service handled by staff ¥ Officer initiated activity The first section provides the current patrol unit deployment, showing by time of day the number of patrol units scheduled. (1) La QuintaÈs Patrol Schedule and Officer Availability in 2014. To provide services to La Quinta, Coachella and the unincorporated areas of Riverside County all Patrol Sergeants and Officers are normally assigned to work one of the following 10 hour shifts, four days a week: ¥ Watch 1 (nights) 2200-0800 hours ¥ Watch 2 (days) 0600-1600 hours ¥ Watch 3 (evenings) 1400-2400 hours Matrix Consulting Group Page 16 144 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends However, due to staffing shortages in the SheriffÈs Department all of the Officers in the Thermal Station are assigned to modify the shift schedule to two 12 hour shifts à Watch 1 and Watch 2. Officers work 10 hours of straight time and 2 hours of mandatory overtime each shift (8 hours weekly or 416 hours in a year): ¥ Watch 1 (nights): 1700-0500 (the early or Åunderlap shiftÆ) or 1900-0700 hours ¥ Watch 2 (days): 0500-1700 (the early or Åunderlap shiftÆ) or 0700-1900 hours During the two hours where both shifts are on duty (0500-0700 hours and 1700- 1900 hours) the oncoming shift attends a briefing and then works their beat to handle the calls so the Officers going off duty can have time to finish any reports and paperwork. La Quinta contracts for an average of 150 hours of Patrol Officer staffing per day. Riverside County SheriffÈs Department provides all services for La Quinta out of the Thermal Station located at 86625 Airport Boulevard. To provide the 150 hours of patrol each day the RCSO has assigned 12 Officers assigned to Watch 1 and 13 Officers assigned to Watch 2. There are specific names on the roster but the Officers assigned to provide patrol services in La Quinta may vary each day out of the ÅpoolÆ of Officers assigned to the Thermal Station à which also provides patrol services for Coachella and unincorporated Riverside County areas. Officers may express a preference for working in La Quinta and the preferences are reflected on the RCSO roster but they may be assigned to any area on any day. The following table lists the staff assigned to La Quinta to show a depiction of Patrol Officer staffing over an average 24 hour day (calculated using the average authorized staffing level of 25 Officers). Patrol Sergeants also respond to calls for Matrix Consulting Group Page 17 145 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends service but they are not included in this table as their primary role is supervision; and they also divide their time between La Quinta, Coachella and the unincorporated areas. Scheduled Patrol Officer Staffing (25 Officers) Hour Watch 1 (Nights) Watch 2 (Days) Hourly 1700-0500 & 0500-1700 & Average 1900-0700 0700-1900 0000 6.9 6.9 0100 6.9 6.9 0200 6.9 6.9 0300 6.9 6.9 0400 6.9 6.9 0500 3.4 3.7 7.1 0600 3.4 3.7 7.1 0700 7.4 7.4 0800 7.4 7.4 0900 7.4 7.4 1000 7.4 7.4 1100 7.4 7.4 1200 7.4 7.4 1300 7.4 7.4 1400 7.4 7.4 1500 7.4 7.4 1600 7.4 7.4 1700 3.4 3.7 7.1 1800 3.4 3.7 7.1 1900 6.9 6.9 2000 6.9 6.9 2100 6.9 6.9 2200 6.9 6.9 2300 6.9 6.9 Average 5.9 6.4 7.1 The above table depicts average number of Patrol Officers on duty during the day if all 25 Patrol Officers work their shift. It is important to note that if all 25 of the Officers actually worked in La Quinta for the day it would equal 171 hours of patrol staffing daily (62,517 hours annually) which exceeds the daily 150 hours of the La Quinta contract by 21 hours (14.3%). However, for a variety of reasons this rarely occurs à Officers may be off on a variety of leaves (sick, vacation, etc.) or may be Matrix Consulting Group Page 18 146 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends assigned to training. Additionally RCSO staff balance the work assignments of the personnel at the Thermal Station between La Quinta, Coachella and the unincorporated areas to make all reasonable efforts to ensure patrol staffing does not exceed 150 hours daily or be under 150 hours daily. To show the actual Patrol Officer staffing deployment the project team reduced the staffing level by 21 hours to 150 hours daily, shown in the 4 following table. Patrol Officer Staffing à 150 Hours Daily Hour Watch 1 (Nights) Watch 2 (Days) Hourly 1700-0500 & 0500-1700 & Average 1900-0700 0700-1900 0000 6.0 6.0 0100 6.0 6.0 0200 6.0 6.0 0300 6.0 6.0 0400 6.0 6.0 0500 3.0 3.3 6.3 0600 3.0 3.3 6.3 0700 6.5 6.5 0800 6.5 6.5 0900 6.5 6.5 1000 6.5 6.5 1100 6.5 6.5 1200 6.5 6.5 1300 6.5 6.5 1400 6.5 6.5 1500 6.5 6.5 1600 6.5 6.5 1700 3.0 3.3 6.3 1800 3.0 3.3 6.3 1900 6.0 6.0 2000 6.0 6.0 2100 6.0 6.0 2200 6.0 6.0 2300 6.0 6.0 Average 5.1 5.6 6.3 4 The staffing levels shown in the previous table were reduced the same percentage for each hour of the day. Matrix Consulting Group Page 19 147 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends This table depicts the average number of Patrol Officers on duty during the day to equal 150 patrol staffing hours(54,750 hours annually) à it results in an average of 6.3 Officers on duty each hour. The Assistant Chief is tasked with managing the 150 hour staffing level to ensure that the budgeted amount of Patrol hours is not exceeded for the year. Currently, the only way to not go over the budget is to staff Patrol with exactly 150 hours per day à this is a very difficult task to accomplish. It is reasonable to allow the Assistant Chief discretion in managing the daily staffing level so that if the Patrol staffing level on a particular day will fall under 150 hours that he/she can decide whether or not to call back Officers on OT to meet the 150 hour goal. The contract should be modified to allow the Chief or Assistant Chief discretion to allow up to 15% below the establishing daily Patrol staffing hours (currently 23 Patrol hours). If the staffing level on a particular day will be more than 15% below the contract hours then the Assistant Chief should notify the City Manager the reason why the contracted staffing level could not be achieved. In La Quinta there are additional field staff that can be used to assist Patrol Officers during busy times of the day. Two Community Service Officers are assigned to Watch 1 and Watch 2 that handle certain calls for service and also assist Patrol Officers as necessary. They work 10 hour shifts (and are not subject to the mandatory 2 hours of overtime. Additionally the Motor Officers and SET Officers are sworn staff so they can assist on any type of call when they are on duty. However, these units do not have a minimum staffing level so there is not a guarantee how many of these Officers will be Matrix Consulting Group Page 20 148 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends working on a particular day and no guarantee that these units will always be available. The work hours for these units are: ¥ Traffic Unit: the 4 Officers work Monday ÃThursday 0600-1600 or Tuesday- Friday 0700-1700 (they commonly flex their shift to work 1000-2000 hours) ¥ Special Enforcement Team (SET): 5 Officers typically work 1400-2400 hours Tuesday-Friday; the 2 Business District Officers work 0800-1800 Tuesday- Friday. To calculate the average availability of these Officers the project team used 1,780 net available work hours. The following table shows the actual sworn staffing level for all uniform personnel who are assigned to work the streets à Patrol Officers, Motor Officers and SET Officers. Recommendation: Modify the contract to allow the Chief and Assistant Chief the discretion to allow the patrol staffing level on a particular day to fall below the contracted level up to 15% (currently 23 patrol staff hours). Matrix Consulting Group Page 21 149 150 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends The total average hourly sworn field staff varies from a low of 6.3 Officers on the weekends to a high of 10.2 Officers Tuesday à Thursday when both the Motor Officers and SET Officers are working. (2) Officer Leave Hours, Training and Administrative Tasks. An employee is scheduled to work 2,080 paid hours in a year. The total number of hours actually worked on their patrol shift is reduced by leave hours used, in-service training and other assigned tasks. The RCSO currently factors 300 leave hours annually per Officer, equaling 1,780 actual work hours charged to contract cities. This figure is used to calculate the number of Officers needed to provide the 150 hours of daily patrol staffing. Officers also attend some training as part of their normal duty hours which reduces their availability in the field à RCSO staff estimate an Officer attends 25-45 hours of training annually, depending on the number of hours of specialized training he/she may receive in a particular year. The following table summarizes the estimated availability of an Officer in 2014 after deducting leave hours, training hours and adding the estimated OT hours worked on patrol. Leave, Training and OT Hours Work Hours and Percentages Total Annual Scheduled Work Hours 2,080 RCSO Calculated Average Leave Usage (300) Average Training Hours (on duty) (40) Work Hours 1,740 % Annual Availability 83.7% Backfill Overtime (2 hours per shift) 416 Net Work Hours 2,156 % Annual Availability 103.7% Administrative Time (90 Min. x 208 shifts) 312 Net Available Work Hours 1,844 % Annual Availability 88.7% Matrix Consulting Group Page 23 151 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends The following points summarize the data above: ¥ Patrol Officers leave usage includes time off for annual leave, administrative leave, compensatory time off, sick leave, etc. ¥ This equals to a total of 1,740 hours, or approximately 84% of the time that a patrol Officer is present at work and working a patrol shift. 5 ¥ For the last two years (in May 2013), due to staffing shortages, Patrol Officers have been required to work 2 hours OT each shift à this equals approximately 416 hours annually and resulted in Patrol Officers working an average of 2,156 hours in 2014. These hours are added to OfficersÈ net work hours. ¥ During the work shift Officers attending briefing, take meal breaks, attend court, gas and check their vehicle, etc. These tasks are defined as Åadministrative timeÆ and take an estimated 90 minutes per shift (208 shifts worked per year). An Officer is almost always available to respond to calls for service while performing administrative tasks but they are not out in the field performing street patrol functions. During ÅnormalÆ years when RCSO staffing is at a higher level and Officers are not required to work OT the average Patrol Officer is at work and available to provide patrol services for approximately 1,740 hours annually, or 84% of their total work hours. In 2014 the average Patrol Officer was at work and available to provide patrol services for approximately 1,844 hours annually, or 89% of their total work hours. (3) Community Generated Workloads. A critical data for the project teamÈs analysis relates to the number of community generated events within the City. As a result, this excludes unit-initiated activity, such as traffic stops, as well as 911 calls that are not responded tobecause they were cancelled before the dispatch of a unit. Data contained in this sectionreflectsthe calls for service received in calendar year 2014.Unless indicatedotherwise,the data 5 RCSO will be returning to their normal 10 hour shift schedule in May 2015. Matrix Consulting Group Page 24 152 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends includes calls that are responded to by any type of unit, including Officers, Sergeants, and CSO units. (3.1) Community Generated Calls for Service by Hour and Weekday. The first table in the series organizes the number of community generated calls for service by hour and day of the week. Community Generated Calls for Service by Day & Hour à All Units Hour Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Total 0000 103524356625776449 0100 94 54 47 48 46 44 86 419 0200 54 55 37 34 45 40 71 336 0300 56 27 28 35 43 39 57 285 0400 38 28 31 25 43 25 36 226 0500 24 38 33 38 35 28 40 236 0600 30 46 48 42 43 43 45 297 0700 43 100 78 87 103 98 66 575 0800 90 128 130 109 95 115 98 765 0900 98 119 143 134 144 132 100 870 1000 121 147 153 166 157 134 136 1,014 1100 111 172 162 141 153 139 153 1,031 1200 121 148 160 154 139 149 118 989 1300 135 160 181 159 156 164 151 1,106 1400 125 156 197 187 160 189 141 1,155 1500 119 161 145 165 183 211 147 1,131 1600 116 151 140 180 153 180 139 1,059 1700 116 149 160 155 155 164 124 1,023 1800 139 135 135 121 146 132 129 937 1900 124 125 126 127 120 164 117 903 2000 121 155 106 132 114 136 139 903 2100 99 103 124 124 126 154 155 885 2200 107 85 85 114 95 132 137 755 2300 61 81 55 79 90 108 122 596 Total 2,245 2,575 2,547 2,612 2,606 2,777 2,583 17,945 Ave/day 43 50 49 50 50 53 50 49 LQPD responded to 17,945 unique community generated calls for service, approximately 49 calls per day. Except for Sunday the number of calls for different days Matrix Consulting Group Page 25 153 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends of the week ranged from 49 à 53 calls per day, the busiest day of the week being Friday with an average of 53 calls. The distribution of calls throughout the day was as follows: ¥ 15.7% occurred during the nighttime hours (midnight à 0800) ¥ 44.9% occurred during the daytime hours (0800-1600 hours) ¥ 39.3% occurred during the afternoon/evening hours (1600-midnight) The following graph shows a graphical depiction of the hourly call volume. The following table shows the most common types of calls for service in 2014. Most Common Call Types Type of Call # of Calls % of Total 20.1% Audible Burglary Alarm 3,609 8.5% 911 Call From Cellular/Mobile Phone 1,531 4.2% 911 Call From Business 758 2.7% Disturbance (Noise) 480 2.7% Disturbance 480 2.4% Follow Up 432 2.4% Assist Other Department 437 2.4% Suspicious Person 425 2.3% 911 Call From Residence 413 2.0% Suspicious Circumstance 358 50.3% All Other Calls 9,022 Total 17,945 100.0% Matrix Consulting Group Page 26 154 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends As shown above, the 10 most frequent calls for service account for 8,923 calls which is 49.7% of the total number of calls for the year. (3.2) Sworn Officer Call for Service Workload. Sworn officers are the primary responding units to the vast majority of calls for service. The table below shows the calls that were handled by an Officer or Sergeant, excluding CFS where a Community Service Officer was the primary unit. CFS Handled by Sworn Staff Hour Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Total 0000 96 45 39 50 55 43 69 397 0100 89 48 41 44 39 37 78 376 0200 52 54 37 28 42 39 67 319 0300 56 27 26 33 42 39 57 280 0400 38 28 31 25 43 25 36 226 0500 23 38 33 38 35 28 40 235 0600 27 43 47 38 43 43 42 283 0700 39 88 66 74 96 97 60 520 0800 81 116 111 88 88 106 91 681 0900 79 109 129 112 131 116 94 770 1000 104 134 137 143 144 123 124 909 1100 106 159 151 120 144 126 142 948 1200 104 129 147 138 133 140 111 902 1300 121 147 164 144 147 154 141 1,018 1400 120 148 188 173 153 178 139 1,099 1500 113 156 141 154 173 206 142 1,085 1600 115 145 137 179 151 180 139 1,046 1700 116 145 153 150 153 161 123 1,001 1800 134 120 130 108 135 128 116 871 1900 120 121 115 113 112 152 111 844 2000 115 139 95 112 108 125 133 827 2100 93 86 108 106 116 142 149 800 2200 91 78 73 89 88 124 128 671 2300 54 71 44 66 76 105 117 533 Total 2,086 2,374 2,343 2,325 2,447 2,617 2,449 16,641 Ave/day 40 46 45 45 47 50 47 46 LQPD sworn staff responded to 16,641 unique community generated calls for service, approximately 46 per day. The calls handled by Officers represents 92.8% of Matrix Consulting Group Page 27 155 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends the total community generated call activity in La Quinta à the 10 most frequent type of calls is exactly the same order as shown above, only the numbers are a few less. (3.3) Call for Service Handled by Community Service Officers (CSO). CSOs were the primary responding unit to 1,304 community-generated calls for service in the past year, representing approximately 7.0% of all incidents. The following table displays the calls by hour and weekday. CFS Handled by Community Service Officers Hour Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Total 0000 7 7 4 6 7 14 7 52 0100 5 6 6 4 7 7 8 43 0200 2 1 - 6 3 1 4 17 0300 - - 2 2 1 - - 5 0400 - - - - - - - - 0500 1 - - - - - - 1 0600 3 3 1 4 - - 3 14 0700 4 12 12 13 7 1 6 55 0800 9 12 19 21 7 9 7 84 0900 19 10 14 22 13 16 6 100 1000 17 13 16 23 13 11 12 105 1100 5 13 11 21 9 13 11 83 1200 17 19 13 16 6 9 7 87 1300 14 13 17 15 9 10 10 88 1400 5 8 9 14 7 11 2 56 1500 6 5 4 11 10 5 5 46 1600 1 6 3 1 2 - - 13 1700 - 4 7 5 2 3 1 22 1800 5 15 5 13 11 4 13 66 1900 4 4 11 14 8 12 6 59 2000 6 16 11 20 6 11 6 76 2100 6 17 16 18 10 12 6 85 2200 16 7 12 25 7 8 9 84 2300 7 10 11 13 14 3 5 63 Total 159 201 204 287 159 160 134 1,304 Ave/day 3 4 4 6 3 3 3 4 LQPD Community Service Officers responded to 1,304 unique community generated calls for service, an average of 4 per day, which is 7.3% of the total number Matrix Consulting Group Page 28 156 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends of LQPD calls for service. This is a fairly low number of calls for service for all four CSOs and will be further discussed later in this report. The following graph shows a graphical depiction of the hourly call volume. The following table shows the most common types of calls for service in 2014. Most Common CSO Calls Type of Call # of Calls % of Total 15.8% Area Check 206 12.7% Parking Violation 166 9.0% Traffic Hazard 117 8.7% Traffic Collision (Non-Injury) 113 6.1% Petty Theft (cold) 80 5.4% California Vehicle Code Violation 71 5.4% Malicious Mischief/Vandalism (cold) 70 4.4% Public Assist 57 2.8% Grand Theft (cold) 37 2.6% Burglary (cold) 34 27.1% All Other Calls 353 Total 1,304 100.0% As shown above, the 10 most frequent calls for service account for 73% (951 calls) of the total number of calls during the year. Matrix Consulting Group Page 29 157 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends (4) Calls for Service by Patrol Beat. The following table shows the distribution of calls for service handled by sworn Officers by the beat areas. The beats are numbered beginning in the northern portion of the City with Beat 40, 41 and 42; Beat 43 is primarily in the ÅCoveÆ residential area with Beat 44 east of Beat 43 and Beat 45 in the south portion of La Quinta à refer to the map on the next page. CFS by Hour and Patrol Area à Sworn Staff Hour 40 41 42 43 44 45 Unk. Other Total 397 0000 49 66 73142 36 25 5 1 376 0100 55 75 58117 34 30 6 1 319 0200 47 63 5094 19 32 10 4 280 0300 36 61 5273 25 22 11 0 226 0400 26 50 3860 27 20 5 0 235 0500 26 70 4047 23 27 2 0 283 0600 43 77 4766 21 29 0 0 520 0700 89 119 82126 41 53 8 2 681 0800 118 158 105 159 55 66 18 2 770 0900 128 173 125 174 79 61 29 1 909 1000 134 195 157 219 71 96 33 4 948 1100 129 251 144 215 67 102 38 2 902 1200 145 227 150 191 74 83 29 3 1,018 1300 143 267 141 240 91 96 37 3 1,099 1400 150 320 159 264 77 93 30 6 1,085 1500 171 320 163 242 75 71 41 2 1,046 1600 133 321 140 270 74 71 32 5 1,001 1700 151 287 129 274 76 54 21 9 871 1800 138 209 129 267 60 52 15 1 844 1900 123 215 103 267 63 51 20 2 827 2000 136 225 97236 60 57 12 4 800 2100 113 206 111 251 62 42 13 2 671 2200 100 134 88264 37 34 14 0 533 2300 74 121 70179 42 28 11 8 2,457 4,210 2,451 4,437 1,289 1,295 440 62 16,641 Total 14.8% 25.3% 14.7% 26.7% 7.7% 7.8% 2.6% 0.4% 100.0% % Patrol beats 41 and 43 are the busiest beats in La Quinta accounting for 52% of all calls for service. Matrix Consulting Group Page 30 158 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends The next section examines field patrol workloads by priority type. Matrix Consulting Group Page 31 159 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends (5) Calls for Service by Priority Type. The Riverside County SheriffÈs Department used the following six ÅPriorityÆ types to classify a call for service. ¥ Priority 1 à Involve circumstances that pose, or did pose in the immediate past, a clearly defined threat to human life or property and which involve a high level of violence or which have the potential for serious injury. ¥ Priority 1A à Involve circumstances that pose, or did pose in the immediate past, a clearly defined threat to human life or property. ¥ Priority 2 à Involve circumstances of an urgent but not life threatening nature. They are generally disturbances with a potential for violence, minor assaults and batteries, unknown or suspicious circumstances, and certain thefts. ¥ Priority 3 à Involve circumstances which are neither urgent nor life threatening. Many of these calls are simple disturbances of the peace. ¥ Priority 4 à Incidents occurring in the past or ÅcoldÆ calls; except some felonies. ¥ Priority 5 à 911 cell phone calls without a location (often misdialed calls). Calls by Priority Type CFS Priority Number % of Total 1 27 0.2% 1A 223 1.3% 2 7,203 43.3% 3 6,274 37.7% 4 2,902 17.4% 6 5 12 0.1% Total 16,641 100.0% As shown above, 1.5% of the calls for service in 2014 were Priority 1 or Priority 1A. The great majority of the calls, accounting for over 80% of the total number, were Priority 2 (43%) and Priority 3 (38%) calls. These percentages for the different Priority types are within the ranges typically seen by the project team in other police studies. 6 There was an additional 1,232 calls that came into the communications center that were handled by the Dispatcher without a response by an Officer. Matrix Consulting Group Page 32 160 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends (6) Average Times for Response and Handling of Calls for Service in 2014. The response to and handling of community generated calls for service is one of the primary tasks of any municipal police agency and one that frequently is the subject of inquiry from city leaders and members of the community. The project team calculated the average times using all of the calls for service reported to the RCSO in 2013. The following table shows three individual time components and two overall time components for a community generated call for service: ¥ Call processing time à begins when the call was received in Dispatch and ends when the Officer is dispatched. ¥ Travel time à from the time the call was dispatched until the arrival of the first police unit; it includes delays Officers may have during nighttime hours getting through locked security gates of gated communities (Officers do not have keys or codes). ¥ Call ÅresponseÆ time à the call process time + travel time. This is the time citizens are most often interested in à from the time they call 9-1-1 until an Officer arrives at the scene of the reported incident. ¥ On scene time à from the time of arrival to the time the last unit cleared the call. ¥ Call handling time à sum of the travel time and on scene time. The table below shows the number of Priority types of CFS and the average processing and call handling times (in minutes) for the calls for calendar year 2014. Pri CFS Call Travel Response Time On Call Handling Call Handling Processing Time Time Scene (Travel + On Hours Time Scene) 1 27 1.0 5.6 6.5 140.1 145.6 66 1A 223 0.8 4.2 5.0 67.5 71.7 266 2 7,203 3.1 9.0 12.1 24.7 33.7 4,049 3 6,274 6.2 10.6 16.8 19.5 30.1 3,149 4 2,902 7.6 11.1 18.7 31.5 42.6 2,061 5 12 3.4 4.0 7.3 5.2 9.1 2 Totals 16,641 5.0 9.9 14.9 24.6 34.6 9,593 Matrix Consulting Group Page 33 161 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends As shown above, the average call processing time for all community generated calls for service is 5 minutes, and the average travel time is 9.9 minutes. This equals an overall average ÅresponseÆ time for the first RCSO unit to arrive at the scene of a call for service of 14.9 minutes à this is an excellent overall response time and shows that even low priority calls in La Quinta receive a fairly fast response by the PD. OfficersÈ travel time to the most serious calls for service, Priority 1 and 1A, are significantly faster at 5.6 and 4.2 minutes overall response time à these travel times are very good average response times to emergency calls and is also within the 4 to 6 minute range commonly seen by the project team in other law enforcement studies (as are the call processing times of 1.0 and .08 minutes). The average ÅOn SceneÆ time of 24.6 minutes for all calls and an overall average ÅCall HandlingÆ time of approximately 34.6 minutes is within the average range of handling times for calls for service commonly seen by the project team. The total time required to handle community generated calls for service by sworn staff was 9,532 hours for the primary Officer (the time required for back-up Officers is shown later). The following table shows the percentage of calls for service responded to (travel time) within various time ranges: Priority Travel Time CFS CFS % Type 0:00Ã4:59 5:00Ã6:59 7:00Ã9:59 Above No Time 10:00 Stamps 1 2 16 3 2 4 27 0.2% 1A 10 149 38 16 10 223 1.3% 2 1,064 1,930 1,015 1,204 1,990 7,203 43.3% 3 706 1,606 814 969 2,179 6,274 37.7% 4 335 770 320 397 1,080 2,902 17.4% 5 11 1 0 0 0 12 0.1% Total 2,128 4,472 2,190 2,588 5,263 16,641 100% % of CFS 12.8% 26.9% 13.2% 15.6% 31.6% 100.0% Matrix Consulting Group Page 34 162 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends RCSO responded to over 39% of the calls in fewer than seven minutes of travel time and just 15.6% of the calls resulted in a travel time of over ten minutes. The calls listed as Åno time stampsÆ are the calls where neither a dispatch time nor arrival time was listed in the CAD record. The most common reason for this lack of data is a situation when an Officer is dispatched to a call, but is cancelled while Åin routeÆ to the call à an ÅarrivalÆ time stamp is appropriately not entered for his or her response. Additional reasons for missing time stamps in the CAD record also include Officer, Dispatcher, or equipment errors. One circumstance that impedes travel time is responses into gated communities after normal business hours when security officers are not on duty to open the gates for Police Officers. The responding Officer must call the reporting party to open the gate and the same process must be repeated for any additional Officers that respond to the incident. This is not a significant concern on calls of low priority calls but on more urgent calls and when the reporting party may not be able to open the gate for Officers (e.g. a domestic violence incident) it is important for Officers to be able to quickly access the property. A similar problem is encountered by Fire Departments but several decades ago a solution was implemented (the ÅKnox BoxÆ) that provides keys to enter gated communities and locked buildings. A similar solution may be possible and the City, SheriffÈs Office and representatives from several gated communities and should review the options and technology available to facilitate and allow police personnel quick entry into gated communities. This should include review of the feasibility of implementing regulations or an ordinance. Matrix Consulting Group Page 35 163 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends Recommendation: The City should work with the SheriffÈs Office and management from gated communities to evaluate the options available to facilitate quick entry of police officers into gated communities. (7) Officer ÅBack-UpÆ Time, Reports Written and Bookings. Officers also respond as backup units to assist the primary officer on many calls for service. The backup Officer data was not able to be exported from the CAD system so the project team used normative values to estimate the number of backup responses and the amount of time spent by the back-up Officer(s) on the incident. The project team has developed a methodology that calculates the number of backup Officer responses at a 50% rate and the time spent on these incidents at 75% of the primary 7 OfficerÈs total handling time. The following table shows the primary Officer call handling time and the number of back-up OfficersÈ responses to the calls and their handling time: Responses Call Handling Time Call Handling Hours (Travel + On Scene) Primary Unit 16,641 34.6 9,593 Backup Officers 8,321 25.9 3,597 Total Responses 24,962 NA 13,180 As shown above, there was a total of 8,321 responses by backup Officers who assisted the primary Officer at a call for service. In 2014, back-up Officers spent a total of 3,597 hours assisting the primary Officer at a call. Combined with the primary unitÈs handling time, Officers spent a total of 13,180 hours handling community generated calls for service. The project team considers this figure the minimum number of hours La Quinta Officers spent handling the Åcommunity demandÆ workload (i.e., calls for service and related tasks). 7 This methodology is based on the project teamÈs experience in hundreds of other law enforcement studies. Matrix Consulting Group Page 36 164 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends In 2014 RCSO reported that LQPD wrote a total of 10,248 reports which is just under 62% of the number of calls for service. This is an extremely high number of reports written as a percentage of calls for service as the typical range seen by the project team in other police studies conducted by the project team is between 25% and 40%. However, RCSO requires reports to be written on more incidents than other police departments. The project team estimated that Patrol Officers wrote 80% of the reports (8,139 equaling 6,149 hours of report writing time), Patrol CSOs wrote 15% (1,537 reports) and 5% of the reports (512) were written by Detectives, Business District and other SET Officers. La Quinta Officers also made 912 arrests and booked 512 of the arrestees into jail. Prisoner handling time is captured in the CAD record (the Officer is still typically listed in an Åon sceneÆ status). Additionally, Community Service Officers commonly transport arrestees to the jail for booking which allows Officers to return to an ÅavailableÆ status. However, the project team included an additional 30 minutes of prisoner handling time to capture any time that might not have been included in the CAD record à this equals 256 hours. These hours of committed time will be used to complete the staffing calculations later in this report. The next section provides information on incidents initiated by La Quinta Officers. Matrix Consulting Group Page 37 165 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends (8) Self-Initiated Field Activity. In addition to responding to calls for service, Patrol Officers also engage in a number of self-initiated activities during their work hours, such as vehicle stops, pedestrian stops, area checks, investigative follow-up, assisting the public, etc. à these incidents are captured by the CAD system. Community Service Officers also conduct self-initiated activity but as civilian employees their self-activity was almost exclusively writing parking citations. The CAD record shows a total of 8,352 self-initiated incidents in 2014 for all LQPD units à which includes the Motor Officers (4,437 incidents) and CSOs (320 incidents). Patrol and other Officers accounted for the remaining 3,595 incidents. The following table shows the day of week and hour of day for these incidents recorded in weekday. The Patrol Officer self-initiated activity is a fairly low for the high level of ÅproactiveÆ time that Officers had in 2014 à just 21.6% of the number of community generated calls for service. The project team almost always sees the number of Officer initiated incidents at least 50% of the number of community generated calls for service and often at 80% or 90%. However, there must be activity that is appropriate for Officers to make contact which is most often vehicle or pedestrian contacts/stops. During proactive time Officers may also make non-enforcement contacts with members of the public and business owners which is also considered self-initiated activity. It is important that during available time Sergeants and Officers are active in addressing crime related problems in the City and residentsÈ concerns (discussion on these topics follows in the next sections). Matrix Consulting Group Page 38 166 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends LQPD Self-Initiated Incidents Hour Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Total 0000 33241420152844178 0100 26 29 12 14 15 25 27 148 0200 24 13 15 13 6 10 12 93 0300 6 8 12 6 3 8 12 55 0400 6128545242 0500 4 7 5 2 2 2 1 23 0600 6 22 51 41 48 39 8 215 0700 15 46 127 158 126 136 27 635 0800 29 89 163 169 170 166 39 825 0900 30 80 131 178 190 127 35 771 1000 44 81 102 133 164 96 45 665 1100 45 91 74 96 94 73 51 524 1200 34 91 120 88 81 87 41 542 1300 39 83 142 90 94 82 51 581 1400 37 92 128 106 112 86 47 608 1500 37 75 82 98 103 100 58 553 1600 34 29 30 71 74 84 61 383 1700 33 18 26 36 41 78 32 264 1800 28 13 25 24 29 52 29 200 1900 25 13 11 24 28 39 29 169 2000 22 24 20 19 22 42 64 213 2100 32 17 24 35 35 39 46 228 2200 36 15 24 25 34 43 57 234 2300 31 13 30 27 21 40 41 203 Total 656 985 1,376 1,478 1,511 1,487 859 8,352 Ave/day 13 19 26 28 29 29 17 23 LQPD staff initiated an average of 23 incidents daily. The following graph shows a graphical depiction of the hourly call volume. Matrix Consulting Group Page 39 167 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends The following table shows the most common types of Officer Initiated incidents. Officer Initiated Incidents Type of Incident # of Incidents % of Total Traffic Stop (Citation Issued) 3,057 36.6% Traffic Stop 2,594 31.1% Area Check 588 7.0% Attempt Warrant Service 441 5.3% Follow Up 326 3.9% Public Assist 199 2.4% Health & Safety Code Violation 140 1.7% California Vehicle Code Violation 123 1.5% Assist Other Department 83 1.0% Suspicious Circumstance 72 0.9% All Other Types 729 8.7% Total 8,352 100.0% The CAD data does not clearly specify if incidents are community generated or initiated by Officers so the project team counted incidents with a travel time of 10 seconds or less as Åself-initiatedÆ incidents (all incidents with 10 seconds or more of travel time were counted as Åcommunity generatedÆ calls for service). The most common incidents were traffic stops à a total of 5,651 (a report number was obtained on 3,057 of the stops, indicating that a citation was issued). Matrix Consulting Group Page 40 168 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends The CAD record shows a total of 8,032 initiated incidents in 2014 à for sworn staff only. The following table shows the day of week and hour of day for these incidents recorded in weekday. Officer Initiated Incidents Hour Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Total 0000 31 22 13 12 8 24 38 148 0100 23 25 11 11 12 17 24 123 0200 23 12 11 11 5 10 12 84 0300 68106281252 0400 6 12 8 5 4 5 2 42 0500 4 7 5 2 2 2 1 23 0600 6 22 51 41 48 39 8 215 0700 15 46 127 158 126 136 27 635 0800 27 88 163 166 170 166 39 819 0900 28 74 130 172 190 127 35 756 1000 36 77 97 129 164 96 45 644 1100 38 86 70 91 94 73 51 503 1200 32 84 111 86 81 87 41 522 1300 37 83 139 86 94 82 51 572 1400 27 89 124 100 112 86 47 585 1500 35 68 82 97 103 100 58 543 1600 33 29 30 70 74 84 61 381 1700 31 18 26 36 41 78 32 262 1800 27 13 24 20 28 52 29 193 1900 25 13 7 17 28 38 27 155 2000 21 17 14 14 21 39 59 185 2100 28 14 20 23 34 38 45 202 2200 33 11 19 20 30 40 53 206 2300 31 13 22 20 19 38 39 182 Total 603 931 1,314 1,393 1,490 1,465 836 8,032 Ave/day 12 18 25 27 29 28 16 22 Sworn Officers initiated a total of 8,032 incidents, approximately 22 incidents per day. The following table shows the most common types of Officer Initiated incidents. Matrix Consulting Group Page 41 169 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends Officer Initiated Incidents Type of Incident # of Incidents % of Total Citation 2,741 34.1% Traffic Stop 2,594 32.3% Area Check 588 7.3% Attempt Warrant Service 441 5.5% Follow Up 326 4.1% Public Assist 199 2.5% Health & Safety Code Violation 140 1.7% California Vehicle Code Violation 123 1.5% Assist Other Department 83 1.0% Suspicious Circumstance 72 0.9% All Other Types 725 9.0% Total 8,032 100.0% The following table shows the LQPD work unit initiating the incident. Officer Initiated Incidents by Work Unit Unit # of Incidents % of Total Traffic Officers 4,437 53.1% Patrol & Other Officers 3,142 37.6% Community Service Officers 320 3.8% School Resource Officers 374 4.5% SET Officers 79 1.0% Total 8,352 100.0% The next sections provide information related to best practices for patrol operations and staffing and also the project teamÈs methodology used to conduct the staffing analysis. This call for service information, response times and basic Officer workload activity should regularly be provided (quarterly or semi-annually) by the RCSO to La Quinta so City officials have an good understanding of the workload activity level of the Patrol Officers and other work units such as the Motor Units and the Special Enforcement Team. It is also important to provide information on specific crime Matrix Consulting Group Page 42 170 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends problems, special community policing related projects and issues that have been addressed by the PD. Recommendation: The RCSO should quarterly or semi-annually provide La Quinta with data showing the number of calls for service responded to, response times, calls per beat, Officer initiated activity and other activity of the Police Department. 2. PATROL FIELD SERVICES PRINCIPLES AND BEST PRACTICES. The orientation toward the provision of field patrol services in municipal law enforcement agencies has changed and evolved over the last 60 years. The historic law enforcement approach to field services involved a Police Officer who walked a particular beat or neighborhood. A traditional beat officer knew people in the area and was in a position to know potential problems before they occurred, or likely suspects for crimes committed on the OfficerÈs beat. As cities grew and metropolitan areas spread the motorized officer became the normal transportation mode to respond to calls for service. The Police DepartmentÈs focus changed to one of responding quickly (i.e., in a patrol car) to all types of calls in a wider geographic area and overall, fewer officers assigned to foot or vehicle patrol duties. At the same time, society at large and city residents developed rising expectations of the services that would be provided by the Police Department, such as increased focus on domestic violence crimes and youth crimes. Over time these factors resulted in a beat officer having less local neighborhood knowledge and less frequent contact with the residents in his/her service area but with a higher expectations among the general public that the Police Department could address and solve neighborhood crime and quality of life problems. Matrix Consulting Group Page 43 171 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends Initiatives over the last four decades have attempted to once again provide policing services more tangible to the community. This law enforcement focus has been under the general umbrella of Åcommunity policingÆ Ã a return to providing a wide range of services identified by citizens and more frequent contact with Officers and more proactive law enforcement in neighborhoods and schools. The project team supports local community policing efforts, especially ones that involve Patrol personnel when they have uncommitted Åpro-activeÆ time during their shift. These efforts should also involve the active participation of supervisors, managers and other specialty units (e.g. the Special Enforcement Team and School Resource Officers). Over the course of several hundred Police Department studies the Matrix Consulting Group has developed a list of key elements in the effective provision of field patrol services in a community, including the responsibility of Officers to be proactive during their shifts (to identify and resolve problems) and not just reactive in handling calls for service. These general policing elements are summarized on the next several pages. Task or Item Comments Patrol Requirements ¥ Responding to citizen requests (or calls) for service is the primary mission for ÅReactiveÆ Tasks and the most critical element of successful patrol services. ¥ The Department should have clearly defined areas of responsibility (beats) and clearly defined response policies; including prioritization of calls, response time targets for each priority type and supervisor responsibilities. ¥ The time spent responding to community generated calls for service and the time spent on tasks related to these calls (i.e. writing reports, booking prisoners) is an OfficerÈs Åcommitted timeÆ. ¥ This reactive workload should average between 50% and 60% of an OfficerÈs time per shift (on average). Matrix Consulting Group Page 44 172 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends Task or Item Comments Patrol Requirements ¥ ÅProactive timeÆ is all other activity not in response to a citizen generated for ÅProactiveÆ call. It includes items such as traffic enforcement, directed patrol, bike and Activities foot patrol. It is also sometimes referred to as a part of an OfficerÈs ÅuncommittedÆ time. ¥ The Department should have clearly defined uses for Åproactive timeÆ Ã Officers should know what they are expected to do with their time when not responding to calls for service. This may include targeted preventive patrol for general visibility, traffic enforcement, developing relationships with members of the community, visiting schools or parks. ¥ ÅProactiveÆ time on Patrol should make up between 30% and 50% of an OfficerÈs day (on average) as research and experience has shown the 30% à 50% range to be reasonable Åproactive timeÆ levels: - Less than 30% Åproactive timeÆ typically does not allow for sufficient ÅbundlingÆ of available time as the time increments during the shift are in intervals too short to be effectively utilized for meaningful activity. - ÅProactive timeÆ of more than 50% results in less efficient use of Officer resources as it is difficult to have sufficient meaningful work tasks and manage personnel a significant amount of Åproactive timeÆ. - A level of 50% Åproactive timeÆ or higher is typically seen in smaller suburban or rural communities; a level of 35-40% is more common in larger cities. Problem Identification ¥ Effective proactive patrol for municipal law enforcement requires the rapid and Resolution identification of problems and issues, development of an action plan to address the issue(s), implementation of the potential solution and evaluations to determine if the approach successfully addressed the issue. ¥ This approach should be used on crime, crime related, traffic and other quality of life problems reported to the agency or discovered by Officers during the course of their patrol duties. ¥ Officers have the primary role in accomplishing proactive tasks and field projects, e.g. Problem Oriented Policing, etc. ¥ Formal and informal mechanisms for capturing and evaluating information should be used. This should be primarily handled by Officers and supervisors but managers must also have involvement and oversight. Management of Patrol ¥ A Åbest practiceÆ supervisor to staff ratio is between 1:6 and 1:9. Resources ¥ Patrol supervisors and managers must take an active role in management of patrol. This includes developing and utilizing management reports that accurately depict activity, response times to calls for service and the current issues and problems being handled by patrol units. ¥ Resources must be geared to address actual workload and issues. This includes ensuring that patrol staffing is matched to workload, that patrol beats or sectors are designed to provide an even distribution of workload. ¥ This also includes matching resources to address issues in a proactive manner. This may include adjusting Officer responsibilities during a shift to handle special assignments, assigning Officers to targeted patrols, assigning traffic enforcement issues, etc. ¥ Staffing should be related to providing effective field response to calls for service, providing sufficient proactive time and ensuring Officer safety. ¥ Supervisors should be both an immediate resource to field Officers (for advice, training, back-up) and field managers (to handle basic administrative functions). Matrix Consulting Group Page 45 173 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends Task or Item Comments Measurement of ¥ Data should be used to plan and manage work in Patrol and other field Success and work units. Performance ¥ Effective field patrol should be measured in multiple ways to ensure that the Department is successful in handling multiple tasks and functions. ¥ Examples of effective performance measurement include: response time, time on scene, number of calls handled by an Officer, back-up rate, citations/warnings issued, and the overall level of crime and clearance rate. ¥ Managers and supervisors should track and review performance measures on a regular basis to know what level of service is being provided to the community and for use as one of the tools to ensure that services are effective and efficient. The matrix above summarizes the basic elements of an effective patrol service in a community à responding to community generated calls for service and proactive work by Patrol Officers. During these times of limited or decreasing budgetary resources it becomes critically important for managers of the patrol function to make the best use of OfficersÈ time to provide effective policing and meet community expectations. The following points summarize the key elements identified above in the effective provision of field patrol services: ¥ Effective law enforcement requires a field patrol force which provides both a reactive and a proactive response to law enforcement issues in the community. The Department must effectively deploy personnel and other resources to meet ¥ these needs. Between 50% and 70% of an OfficerÈs time should be committed to handling all of the elements of reactive patrol. The remaining 30% to 50% should be spent on proactive patrol activities, specific field tasks/projects and other community policing activities. A lower percentage of proactive time may be reasonable when the agency has other work units (e.g. the Neighborhood Response Teams) that also conduct targeted proactive activities. ¥ When an Officer has a block time available (e.g. during a slow day) the activities planned/conducted during this time should be part of a Patrol plan and not left unstructured and random. Effectively addressing issues in the community requires tasks be accomplished as part of a plan à addressing specific problems in pre-determined ways. The plans should be overseen by management but planned and accomplished at the Officer, Sergeant or Watch Commander level. ¥ Any effective proactive approach to patrol requires that the information be managed formally and that a formal effort be put into evaluating that information. Matrix Consulting Group Page 46 174 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends This evaluation should lead to specific actions to address issues/problems in a community. In addition, attempts to address problems should be evaluated formally to determine if the efforts made have been effective. These basic elements represent the essential ingredients of effective and efficient municipal field law enforcement in United States today. 3. FACTORS THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED WHEN DETERMINING AN APPROPRIATE PATROL STAFFING LEVEL. The project team uses an analytical approach to determine the staffing level required in a community such as La Quinta. The approach is characterized by several key factors that provide the basis for objective evaluation of a patrol force: ¥ Staffing should be examined based on the ability of current staff to handle the calls for service generated by the community (and the related work such as report writing and processing arrestees); as well as providing sufficient time for proactive activities such as directed patrol, traffic enforcement and addressing on-going issues/problems in a neighborhood. ¥ Staffing is dependent on the time officers are actually available to perform the work required of the patrol function. In this evaluation, leave hours usage and time dedicated to administrative functions are examined. ¥ The number of patrol staff deployed should be the result of policymakers (City leaders) selecting a level of policing that is desired by the community and coordinating with the RCSO to provide the desired level of service. Establishing a targeted average level of proactive, or uncommitted, time is an effective method to determine the policing level that will be provided and provides appropriate guidance to the police chief. ¥ The project teamÈs analysis does not include the utilization of ratios such as officers per thousand residents because it does not account for the unique characteristics of communities (e.g. demographics, workload, unique community needs, and deployment). Although these ratios are interesting, they do not provide a comprehensive measure of staffing needs for a specific community, nor should policymakers use them as a basis to make decisions regarding patrol staffing. The project teamÈs approach is supported by the International Association of Chiefs of Police (IACP) that views officer per thousand ratios as 8 Åtotally inappropriate as a basis for staffing decisionsÆ. 8 International Association of Chiefs of Police, Patrol Staffing and Deployment Study, 2004, document 7218. Matrix Consulting Group Page 47 175 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends Other significant factors for policy makers to consider when determining staffing levels include, but are not limited to, the following: ¥ The type, severity and volume of crime in a community. ¥ The ability of the Police Department to meet response time goals to calls for service and to solve crimes that occur in the community. ¥ The desired level of Police Department involvement in providing non-traditional police services such as neighborhood problem solving, graffiti removal, community meetings and events and teaching/role modeling in the schools. ¥ The desired level of proactive efforts such as traffic safety and parking enforcement, narcotics enforcement, addressing Åquality of lifeÆ issues, enforcement of vice crimes such as prostitution and liquor laws. ¥ Providing for basic officer safety and risk management of a patrol force. In some police agencies, primarily smaller ones, the desired level of proactive time may not be the primary measure to determine the minimum number of patrol officers needed. It may be driven by officer safety concerns and the need to provide reasonable community coverage 24 hours a day, seven days a week. For example, a staffing level needed to meet basic officer safety concerns may result in a proactive time that may be significantly above the 50% level for a portion of the day (when this occurs it is typically during the early morning hours). The following summary is provided in order to illustrate what may be expected from a Patrol Operations work group at various targeted proactive time levels: ¥ 25% Proactive Time Level or Below: An agency with this overall average proactive time level reflects a patrol staff that is essentially fully committed most of the time (except during the low CFS hours of the day). Estimating this level as being fully committed is based on the fact that the CAD system does not capture all work tasks, functions and administrative duties that are performed by officers. At this high level of committed time (75%) the average travel times to high priority community-generated calls for service may be above 8 or 9 minutes and on- scene times may be below 30 minutes due to calls ÅstackingÆ and the need to respond to other incidents. This may not be enough time to conduct a thorough investigation of the incident or provide a high quality level of service. At this level of proactive time during most hours of the shift Officers will be responding to CFS and will not have time for any consistent proactive or project- oriented activity. The blocks of time will be generally too short (less than 20 Matrix Consulting Group Page 48 176 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends minutes) to allow meaningful targeted patrol, working on beat projects, or neighborhood issues. ¥ 40% Proactive Time Level: An agency with this overall average proactive time level is generally experiencing blocks of time during most shifts when Officers can conduct targeted patrol and identified beat projects to address community issues. Average travel times to high priority community-generated calls for service should commonly be less than 5 minutes and on-scene times should commonly be above 30 minutes, sufficient to allow thorough investigations and sufficient time to provide a high quality level of service. ¥ 50% Proactive Time Level: An agency with this overall average proactive time level on most workdays is experiencing several hours during their shift where they have the time to conduct targeted patrol, work on specific projects to address community issues and perform other officer-initiated activities. Average travel times to high priority community-generated calls for service will still commonly be less than 5 minutes and on-scene times should commonly be above 30 minutes, sufficient to allow thorough investigations and sufficient time to provide a high quality level of service. ¥ Above a 50% Proactive Time Level: An agency with this overall average proactive time level will be challenged to keep officers busy with meaningful work and engaged in the job and consistent field supervisory presence and leadership is critical. For communities that do have this high level of proactive time a very high level of Officer initiated activity should be expected (100% or more of the call for service volume) and Officers should be regularly engaging the community and conducting Åcommunity oriented policingÆ and problem oriented policing projects. It is important to plan for productive work and measure the results. Each community can choose an appropriate target level of proactive time desired for its patrol staff based on its unique needs, available funding, and policing model. An overall average proactive time level of 40% to 50% is a reasonable target/goal for a community that desires a patrol force which can provide a consistent level of proactive services to the community. Policymakers should determine the policing level for their community and understand the impacts of higher and lower proactive time levels. Higher targeted proactive time levels will require more staff but also ensure that the police force is able to provide a higher level of service to the community through Matrix Consulting Group Page 49 177 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends proactive policing and will also allow patrol officers to be more involved in issues/problems in the neighborhoods in which they serve. Communities with a proactive time level above 50% have the luxury of patrol staff handling more community problems/issues and unique needs. However, in these situations it is very important for patrol supervisors and managers to plan the use of proactive time to accomplish identified needs. This requires that Officers and Sergeants make good use of their available proactive time and have accountability measures in place for evaluation. Sergeants and Officers on a given shift should be involved in determining individual productivity goals, receive regular feedback from their supervisor, and measure accomplishment of those goals throughout the year as part of the departmentÈs performance evaluation and accountability system. With this system, supervisors should be provided regular (i.e., monthly) statistical reports showing each individual officerÈs productivity, such as reports written, investigations conducted, arrests made, field contacts (e.g., vehicle and pedestrian stops), citations or warnings issued, foot patrol, problems/issues addressed on their beat, community meetings attended, and the number of calls for service handled. This information can and should be part of the information used by the supervisor to evaluate an officerÈs overall performance for the month and year. It is important to note that any evaluation of an OfficerÈs performance should not just be from quantitative statistical/productivity measures but also must include qualitative measures. Personnel accountability is important, but truly effective policing is achieved by developing engaged employees who have a positive attitude, build relationships with community members, project a positive image of the department, and Matrix Consulting Group Page 50 178 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends provide other intangibles to the community resulting from their motivation to serve people. Policymakers should use the above factors to determine appropriate staffing levels for all functions within the police department. The goal of a patrol staffing analysis is to ensure sufficient patrol resources on duty 24 hours a day and available to providing a high level of service to the community. The ability of a police department to achieve a high level of service depends on knowing and evaluating the community demand workload à the number of community-generated calls for service, reports, and bookings of arrested persons. These are the factors used by the project team to evaluate the number of Patrol Officers needed in a community to achieve a staffing level that will provide the level of pro-activity desired by a community. 4. PATROL OFFICERS ÅCOMMITTEDÆ AND ÅPROACTIVEÆ TIME LEVELS. An OfficerÈs committed time is the time he/she spends responding to and handling community generated calls for service and the tasks related to the calls (i.e. writing reports, booking arrested persons). Proactive time is the amount of time remaining after handling the community generated workload. Determining the workload demand (committed time) during various hours of the day and the resulting proactive time level of a patrol staff is the most significant factor to determine the level of staffing needed throughout the day. However, fielding a minimum number of Officers to provide for basic safety of Officers while on patrol and the ability of the Department to handle at least one critical incident are also significant factors to consider in the staffing and deployment of police resources. Matrix Consulting Group Page 51 179 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends The following sections review the data and assumptions that were used by the project team to conduct the staffing calculations and determine the level of committed and proactive time for La Quinta Patrol Officers in 2014. (1) Data Used to Calculate Committed and Proactive Time Levels. The table below provides a brief description of the data and assumptions used in the calculations to determine an appropriate staffing level. These items include some ÅnormativeÆ values used in this analysis which are based on the project teamÈs experience in several hundred other law enforcement studies. Factors in Calculation of Summary Discussion ÅProactive TimeÆ Calls for Service Actual call data obtained from the LQPD CAD system allowed the project team to determine the number of community generated calls for service (reactive time of patrol officers). Call Handling Time Generally, an average call handling time of 30-40 minutes is needed to efficiently and effectively handle a community generated call for service. The handling time includes an OfficerÈs travel time and on-scene time, not including report writing time. A handling time that is higher than 40 minutes may indicate that Patrol Officers are not handling calls in a timely manner; possible errors in the CAD data or possibly that officers are completing all or a portion of their report while still logged on the call. A handling time lower than 30 minutes indicates Patrol Officers may not be providing an appropriate amount of attention to all calls for service. Back-Up Frequency / An average of 1.4 à 1.6 patrol units responding to handle a community Number of Units per Call generated call for service. Duration of Time On-An average of 75% (or less) of the primary/initial unitÈs handling time for Scene by Back-Up back-up officers is common and not excessive. Number of Reports For most incidents requiring a report the Officer will gather preliminary information while on-scene handling the call and spend additional time later in the shift, at the end of the shift or the next day. The project teamÈs experience with other municipal law enforcement agencies has found that some type of report is written on 25% - 40% of the community generated calls for service. Time to Complete a An average of 45 minutes is used to determine the time required for Report completing incident reports resulting from a call for service or self-initiated activity; this time is included as part of reactive workload time. The actual report writing time is not captured by the CAD system. Number of Arrests The number of arrests is based on the level of crime and apprehension rate in a community. An agency normally tracks the number of arrests made which is used by the project team. Matrix Consulting Group Page 52 180 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends Factors in Calculation of Summary Discussion ÅProactive TimeÆ Time to Complete an An average of the actual time it takes for an officer to book an arrestee at Arrest Booking the PD or a nearby jail facility. In La Quinta this time is typically included as part of the officerÈs Çon sceneÈ time documented in the CAD system. The project team used an additional 30 minutes per arrest to account for any undocumented time handling prisoners. Net Available Time of The number used in the calculations is the average net available hours for Officers a Patrol Officer à the actual hours worked by an Officer. Availability of The staffing needs analysis determines the number of Officers needed to Supervisors to Handle handle the community-generated calls for service. Sergeants are not Field Workloads included as primary responders to calls for service as Sergeants should primarily be responsible for supervision, oversight, and other tasks, not primarily used for response to calls for service. The methodology of using a police departmentÈs actual workload data avoids the problems in other comparative staffing models (e.g., Åofficers per thousandÆ ratio mentioned above) that do not take into consideration the variations in workload from one community to another. This approach also provides a methodology that can easily keep pace with future growth that may occur in the city (by factoring in a percentage growth in call for service demand)and also provides managers and policy makers with an easily understood measure of the capability of the patrol workforce to provide proactive law enforcement. Finally, this approach allows managers/policy makers to select a Åproactive timeÆ target that is desired (e.g., 40%, 45% or 50% proactive time level) and then determining the number of Patrol Officers needed based on thereactive work that be done (i.e., community generated calls for service) and the proactive time level that is desired. (2)Assumptions Utilized to Calculate Workload Levels. There are several analyticalassumptions that were utilized in the calculation and analysis of OfficersÈ committed and proactive time levels ¥Using the actual community generated calls for service obtained from the CAD data for a 12 month time period. This number excludes: calls handled by non- Matrix Consulting Group Page 53 181 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends Patrol units and civilian Patrol units, all Officer initiated activities (such as traffic stops), administrative activities and calls cancelled prior to an Officer being dispatched (calls where the Officer is cancelled after being dispatched but before arrival at the scene are included). ¥ A normative value of a 50% back-up rate (i.e. an average of 1.5 Officers per call for service) was used as CAD data for back-up Officers was not available. ¥ Meals and other breaks are taken evenly across all hours of a shift. ¥ Administrative time is estimated at 90 minutes per shift; including tasks such as attending roll call, meal breaks, vehicle servicing and meeting with a supervisor. ¥ The volume of calls for service throughout the day (the percentage for each 4 hour time period) was used to allocate the number of reports written. ¥ Patrol Officers wrote 80% (8,198) of the 10,248 reports written in 2014. ¥ Personnel are available on an average hourly basis (i.e. there are no heavy or light shift days). ¥ The total number of hours of Patrol Officer staffing was assumed to be the 150 hours daily per the contract with the RCSO. The resulting calculation shows the average level of both an OfficerÈs ÅcommittedÆ and ÅproactiveÆ, or discretionary, time during a shift. During their proactive hours they are available to handle general proactive policing efforts in the field, traffic enforcement, targeted patrol efforts to address a specific problem, walking patrol and other tasks initiated by the Officer or directed by an OfficerÈs supervisor. Various administrative tasks are also included in this time category. It is important to note that although the use of CAD data is the most comprehensive method to calculate Patrol OfficersÈ work tasks the CAD record does not capture all of the duties and tasks performed by Officers during their shifts. The reasons for this include: 1) the fact that sometimes Officers do not report a task they are doing to Communications so it will not be documented as a CAD incident, 2) human Matrix Consulting Group Page 54 182 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends error (by Dispatchers and Officers) and 3) incomplete data in the CAD call for service records (e.g., missing time stamps and sometimes Dispatchers are not able to track all patrol tasks for all Officers). This is especially true in the first year of thoroughly reviewing the CAD call for service data and will be true for subsequent years unless the agency makes concerted and consistent efforts to correct mistakes and improve accuracy. This is not unique to La Quinta, the project team has found that this is common in other law enforcement agenciesÈ data. To account for the work not captured by CAD the project team estimates that 5% - 10% should be added to the Åcommitted timeÆ percentage (calculated in the next section). This additional percentage should be 9 considered as an additional factor in determining an OfficersÈ workload. (3) Patrol Operations Committed Time and Proactive Time Analysis. The following table shows the overall percentage of time that Patrol OfficersÈ were committed to the various reactive elements and the remaining percentage of Åproactive timeÆas well as the percentages for four hour blocks of time during the day. 9 The 5% - 10% figure is applicable to La Quinta but it was not specifically derived from the La Quinta CAD data; it is a general number applicable to all police departments. Matrix Consulting Group Page 55 183 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends Committed and Proactive Time à Patrol Officers Patrol Task 0000 -0400 -0800 -1200 -1600 -2000 à Total 0400 0800 1200 1600 2000 2400 PatrolStaff Allocation16.0%16.7%17.3%17.3%16.7%16.0%100.0% Hours Staffed (ST or OT) 8,760 9,127 9,488 9,488 9,127 8,760 54,750 Administrative Time 1,294 1,348 1,401 1,401 1,348 1,294 8,085 Available Work Hours 7,466 7,779 8,087 8,087 7,779 7,466 46,665 Calls for Service (CFS) 1,372 1,264 3,308 4,104 3,762 2,831 16,641 % of Total CFS 8.2% 7.6% 19.9% 24.7% 22.6% 17.0% 100% 1st Officer Minutes / CFS 34.6 34.6 34.6 34.6 34.6 34.6 34.6 1st Unit Hours 790 728 1,905 2,364 2,167 1,631 9,585 Back-Up Unit Responses 686 632 1,654 2,052 1,881 1,416 8,321 Back Up Minutes / CFS25.925.925.925.925.925.925.9 Back Up Officer(s) Hours 296 273 715 887 813 612 3,595 Reports Written 676 623 1,630 2,022 1,853 1,395 8,198 Report Writing Time 507 467 1,222 1,516 1,390 1,046 6,149 Bookings 42 39 102 126 116 87 512 Prisoner Handling Time 21 19 51 63 58 44 256 Total Committed Hours 1,615 1,488 3,893 4,830 4,427 3,332 19,585 Total ÅProactiveÆ Hours 5,852 6,291 4,194 3,257 3,352 4,135 27,080 Committed Time Percent 21.6% 19.1% 48.1% 59.7% 56.9% 44.6% 42.0% ÅProactive TimeÆ Percent 78.4% 80.9% 51.9% 40.3% 43.1% 55.4% 58.0% These calculations show that Patrol Officers spent approximately 42% of their on duty hours handling community generated calls for service and the related tasks, leaving an overall average of 58% of Åproactive timeÆ. This overall average level is a significant level of proactive time and exceeds an average targeted ÅproactiveÆtime of 45% thatthe project team believes is appropriate for La Quinta. However, it is important toadd 5% -10% of work not captured by CAD which equals an overall committed time of 47% -53%. In addition to the overall proactive time level it is important to review the differences in the amount of time committed time for the various four hour time periods of the day as it greatly varies from the ÅslowestÆ period of the day ÅbusiestÆ time period. Matrix Consulting Group Page 56 184 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends Overall, the busiest hours of the day for LQPD and almost all other police agencies are the ÅdaytimeÆ hours from 0800 to 2000 hours. In La Quinta, approximately 67% of calls occur during these hours, and OfficersÈ committed time during these hours was approximately 63%, leaving 37% of their time available for ÅproactiveÆ activities (time for administrative tasks is already included). The following table illustrates the workload imbalance between the ÅdaytimeÆ and ÅnighttimeÆ hours. Workload 0800-2000 2000-0800 Day Time Number > Night Time Patrol Officer Work Hours 23,953 22,712 1,241 Calls for Service 11,174 5,467 5,707 Calls for Service % of Total 67.1% 32.9% Committed Time à Hours 13,151 6,434 6,717 Committed Time - % 54.9% 28.3% Uncommitted Time à Hours 10,803 16,278 (5,475) Uncommitted Time % 45.1% 71.7% In 2014 there was 1,241 more work hours scheduled during the day time hours but the workload during these hours required 6,717 more hours than the nighttime workload demand. The workload varies by as much as by as much as 40% percentage points from the ÅslowestÆ period of the day (0400 à 0800 hours) to the ÅbusiestÆ time period (noon Ã1600 hours). This pattern is typical for police departments Ãa higher volume of daytime calls results in a higher level of committed time during the day. Correspondingly, a lower volume of nighttime calls results in a lower level of committed time and a higher level of proactive time. This issue will be further addressed in the management section below. At 58% overall proactive time Officers regularly have an exceptionalamount of time available during their shift to conduct a significant amount of proactive activities such as preventive patrol, traffic enforcement, neighborhood problems/quality of life Matrix Consulting Group Page 57 185 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends issues and other problem oriented or Åcommunity oriented policingÆ concerns in La Quinta (at this level it is reasonable for the number of Officer initiated incidents to be 100% or more of the number of calls for service). LQPD is involved in some of these tasks but does not have a methodology in place to formally identify community issues, address them and report back to the community on what they have done to address the issues, progress made and/or resolution. The desire for this type of process was voiced by residents in the focus groups and survey. Even at a lower level of proactive time (i.e. 45%) LQPD should have the time available for these activities. Overall, this high proactive time level is greater than needed in La Quinta and can reasonably be reduced à options to consider will be presented in the next section. This information provided by the CAD data workload analysis provides police managers with valuable information regarding workload demand but reviewing/analyzing the CAD data for a second and third year is important as it will show multi-year trends and highly reliable workload results. In subsequent years the RCSO should continue to evaluate and conduct data analysis for La Quinta to determine the workload, performance, and productivity level of Patrol Operations staff. It is particularly important to evaluate the levels of committed time and proactive time during the 4 hour time blocks throughout the day to assist in decisions on deployment. Recommendations: Review the CAD workload data for a second year to determine the level of Patrol Officer committed time and proactive time; continue annual reviews of Patrol workload. Annually review patrol staff workload for each 4-hour time block to ensure that a reasonable number of proactive hours are available throughout the day. Matrix Consulting Group Page 58 186 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends 5. DETERMINING PERSONNEL STAFFING REQUIREMENTS FOR PATROL. The tables in the previous section described the current patrol staffing level and the number of hours required to handle the community-generated work (calls for service, reports, and bookings) in La Quinta and the current level of proactive time overall and at various hours of the day. This section utilizes the same the workload data from 2014 and one normative 10 value to calculate the number of Patrol Officers needed at targeted 50%, 45% and 40% proactive time levels. The results areshown in the following table. 1. Community Generated Workload Calls for Service (one year) 16,641 st Handling Time à 1 Unit from Dispatch until Clear 9,585 Handling Time à Backup Officers 3,595 Number of Reports Written (@ 40% of CFS) 6,656 Time for Report Writing 4,992 Number of Bookings 512 Time to Process Bookings 256 Total Hours 18,428 2. Additional Hours for Preventive Patrol & Officer Initiated Activity Proactive Time Target of 50% 18,428 Proactive Time Target of 45% 15,078 Proactive Time Target of 40% 12,286 3. Total Hours Required for Reactive & Proactive Work Proactive Time Target of 50% 36,857 Proactive Time Target of 45% 33,506 Proactive Time Target of 40% 30,714 4. Availability of Staff Annual Paid Work Hours 2,080 Leave Hours and On-Duty Training (340) Administrative Time (90 minutes / shift) (312) 10 As explained earlier in this report the number of reports written by LQPD was 62% of the number of CFS which is higher than the 25% - 40% range seen by the project team in other police studies; for the projected staffing calculations the project team will use a normative 40% value for projecting report volume. Matrix Consulting Group Page 59 187 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends Net Available Hours 1,428 5. Officers Required to Handle Workload (12 hour shifts) Proactive Time Target of 50% 26 Proactive Time Target of 45% 23 Proactive Time Target of 40% 22 6. Officers Required to Handle Workload (10 hour shifts) Proactive Time Target of 50% 30 Proactive Time Target of 45% 27 Proactive Time Target of 40% 25 This table shows the number of Officers required to handle the call for service workload and administrative tasks without the use of overtime at three targeted Åproactive timeÆ levels. When Officers are working 12 hour shifts, a targeted overall average proactive time target of 40% requires approximately 22 Patrol Officer positions, a 45% proactive time target requires 23 Officers and a 50% proactive time target requires 26 Officers. The higher proactive time targets will provide more time for Officers to conduct proactive patrol, address community identified issues on their beat, initiate contacts and enforcement stops and perform other assigned tasks. Although a 50% proactive time target is not unreasonable for La Quinta, the project team believes the City will be well served with a targeted 45% proactive time level for Patrol Officers. This level will provide a significant amount of available time for Officers to address needs in their assigned beatand any additional community needs. One significant factor in recommending a 45% level is that Patrol Officers are also assisted by the six Community Service Officers(four assigned to field duties), four Traffic Units, two Business District Officers and the Special Enforcement Team (1 Sergeant and 5 Officers)that are LQPD dedicated proactive field units. As mentioned in the previous section the current 58% proactive time level is a very high level and it is Matrix Consulting Group Page 60 188 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends reasonable to target a lower overall proactive time level, especially with the additional field work units whose primary duties are proactively oriented. It is interesting to note that in 2014 the 25 Officers assigned to patrol duties had an average proactive time level of 58% - the primary reason this was achieved is the two hours of mandatory OT Officers worked during the year (it takes fewer Officers working 12 hour shifts to achieve the same proactive time level than Officers working 10 hour shifts). This patrol workload analysis is a valuable tool for police managers when making staffing and deployment decisions. However, as mentioned earlier in this report it is important to analyze a second year of workload data as it will show if patrol workload is trending up, down or remaining about the same. This is especially true in La Quinta due to the incomplete call for service data from the CAD system. In addition to this workload analysis, other factors also need to be evaluated when determining an appropriate staffing level à these factors include the desired and planned proactive tasks to be accomplished by Officers when on duty (e.g. traffic safety enforcement, security checks, foot patrol, addressing issues in their district, etc.), their involvement in community policing efforts, the size and geography of patrol areas (districts), the frequency of emergency calls of a serious nature, the number of critical incidents, the level of criminal activity, the number of new Officers in the field training program, general community safety perceptions/concerns, recommendations from staff based on their experience and prudent risk management, additional tasks that may be required of Patrol in the near future and a staffing level throughout the day that reasonably meets officer safety requirements. Matrix Consulting Group Page 61 189 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends Recommendation: Adopt a 45% average proactive time level goal for patrol operations. A workload analysis should be conducted annually to determine the actual level of proactive time. Matrix Consulting Group Page 62 190 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends 4. EVALUATION OF SPECIALTY WORK UNITS The La Quinta Police Department has other staff that provide services to the City à both ÅdedicatedÆ positions that La Quinta specifically contracts for and also ÅsupportingÆ positions such as Detectives (paid for as part of the overhead cost or ÅsupportedÆ rate). The LQPD ÅdedicatedÆ positions are those in the Administrative/Traffic Unit and the Special Enforcement Team. The Investigations Unit is staffed with positions paid for through the ÅsupportedÆ rate. 1. ADMINISTRATIVE AND TRAFFIC SAFETY UNIT. This unit is staffed with one Sergeant, four Officers and two Community Service Officers à all of these positions are LQPD dedicated staff. The Sergeant supervises the personnel, the School Resource Officers, LQPD Volunteers and is assigned a variety of administrative duties (e.g. complaint investigations, special events, etc.). (1) Traffic Safety Unit. The four Officers are assigned full time to traffic safety duties and all are trained to ride motorcycles and use it as their primary duty vehicle. Motor Officers are assigned to day shift, either Monday-Thursday 0600-1600 hours or Tuesday- Friday 0700-1700 hours. Although not regularly assigned to later weekday hours (a shift ending at 1900 or 2000 hours is typical weekday coverage) the Motor Officers vary their work schedule to provide coverage through the commute hours and later into the evening. The primary role of the Motor Officers is to provide enforcement of the traffic safety laws and frequently work intersections and streets where there have been a high number of traffic accidents in an effort to reduce the frequency of motor vehicle Matrix Consulting Group Page 63 191 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends accidents. They also respond to complaints from members of the public and provide appropriate traffic enforcement in response to these complaints. Motor Officers also assist Patrol Officers as necessary in handling calls for service during their shift. The project team obtained the number and type of citations written by the Motor Officers in 2014, shown in the following table. Traffic Citations Issued Violation Number Average / Officer Failure to Yield 23 6 Unsafe Speed 1,802 451 Unsafe Turning 112 28 Signs/Signals 181 45 Pedestrian Violation 43 14 Bicycle Violation 3 2 Other Hazard 85 21 Other (Unk) 2,262 566 Seat Belts 129 32 Child Seats 45 11 Parking 126 32 Total 4,811 1,203 The Motor Officers worked 174 shifts during the year (1,740 net work hours / 10 hour shifts) which equals a shift average of 6.9 citations for each Motor Officer in 2014. The monthly productivity for the proactive traffic enforcement for this year is somewhat low à for example a commonly used and reasonable productivity guideline for a dedicated traffic unit is an average of 10 warnings/citations per shift and typically Traffic Officers will make 12-14 traffic stops a shift that result in citations/warnings being 11 issued. In La Quinta the Motor Officers also respond to and investigate major injury traffic accidents and investigate the collisions so this metric should reasonably be reduced to 10 citations/warnings per shift. 11 The project team recognizes that LQPD does not currently issue written warning notices but initiating this practice would provide Officers with an option to a traffic citation. Matrix Consulting Group Page 64 192 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends La Quinta Motor Officers are present at work for approximately 33 hours per week (or 1,740 hours annually à calculated earlier in this report). Using these estimates the following table shows the calculations for what the project team believes are reasonable productivity numbers for the for Motor Officers. Work TaskPer OfficerUnit TotalCurrent % Number Increase Shift Week Month Month Year Year Warning / Citation 10 33 132 528 6,336 4,811 32% If the Motor Officers wrote 10 warnings or citations per shift it would result in an annual total of approximately 6,336 citations/warning issued which is a 32% increase over the 2014 average. This is a reasonable productivity level when all four Motor Officers have received their basic motorcycle training, are assigned to the unit for the entire year and none of the Officers have been off on extended periods of leave. It is appropriate to establish reasonable productivity levels for all personnel, including Motor Officers, however a requirement to write a certain number of citations cannot be set as it is a violation of the California Vehicle Code. The following table shows the total number of traffic accidents investigatedby La Quinta PD in 2014 by accident type. The Motor Officers investigated 37 traffic accidents during the yearor less than one per week. Accident Type Number Fatal 1 Injury 120 Property Damage Only 295 Total 416 The accidents investigated by the Traffic Unit are the most serious crashes and can consume a significant number of work hours for one or more Officers. Matrix Consulting Group Page 65 193 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends There is not a specific recommended number of Motor Units in a city such as La Quinta that comprises a best practice but it is a best practice for the police department to specifically and adequately address traffic safety in the community. This is most often accomplished by assigning personnel full time to traffic safety enforcement tasks. Traffic safety is also very important to La Quinta residents as expressed in the community focus groups and the community survey as speeding, traffic light/stop sign violations, enforcement in hot spot areas and traffic accidents were several of the top concerns of residents. Additionally, residents expressed a desire to see more Officers patrolling the streets and Motor Officers making traffic stops are very visible to other motorists driving by and a reminder to follow traffic laws. The project team recommends that La Quinta continue to contract for four Motor Officers but if budgetary restrictions require cutbacks the community could still be adequately served with three or two Motor Officers. Recommendations: Expand the regular duty hours of the Traffic Unit to provide coverage from 0600 à 1900 or 2000 hours on weekdays. Increase the productivity of the Motor Units to average 10 warnings/citations per shift. (2) Crime Prevention Unit. This unit is comprised of two Community Service Officers that provide a wide variety of crime prevention, communication and alternative services to the La Quinta community. The CSOs have the following job duties: ¥ Event coordination: Tip-a-Cop, Bike Rodeo (March), City Picnic and Birthday Bash (April), Coffee with a Cop (monthly), Christmas toy drive, Safety Fairs (e.g. La Quinta Resort, Boys & Girls Club) and other events when LQPD is requested to participate Matrix Consulting Group Page 66 194 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends ¥ Public Outreach à staffing a booth at the downtown FarmerÈs Market to provide crime prevention information and interact with the public ¥ Neighborhood Watch program (about one meeting per month) and regular follow- up with group captains. ¥ Social media coordinator for the PD (Facebook page, etc.) ¥ Business District meetings (quarterly) ¥ Law Enforcement and Private Security (LEAPS) à collaboration and coordination ¥ LQPD Quarterly Report and Annual Report Ãobtaining and publishing the information ¥ Internet crime reports à contacting the reporting party and completing the report for entry into the Records Management System ¥ Citizens on Patrol (COP) à coordination of the program and volunteers ¥ LQPD Volunteers à program coordination ¥ Crime Prevention through Environmental Design (CPTED) program à also conducting home and business crime prevention surveys as requested These two office based CSOs coordinate these programs, assist the PD in field work as necessary for special events in support of all other work units in the PD. They also perform any other task that are needed to be accomplished. It would also be appropriate for these CSOs to formally coordinate with City of La Quinta code enforcement staff to work on specific neighborhood or business issues where both Departments should coordinate to resolve the issue. 2. THE SPECIAL ENFORCEMENT TEAM (SET). One important and fairly unique proactive and investigative functions that La Quinta staffs is the Special Enforcement Team (SET) à it is a team made up of 1 Sergeant and 7 Officers and all are LQPD dedicated positions. Two of the Officers are Matrix Consulting Group Page 67 195 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends assigned to work as Business District Officers and primarily work dayshift hours (typically 0800-1800 hours); the Sergeant and other five Officers will be referred to as the Special Enforcement Team and they primarily work swing shift hours (typically starting their shift between 1200 hours and 1400 hours). Their primary duties of the SET involve proactive field policing to provide proactive patrol during their shift, address specific crime problems, visit and conduct searches of persons on probation and parole. They also work to address crime trends in the communities or a series of crimes that may have occurred (e.g. residential or auto burglary trend) by searching for suspects and/or conduct surveillance over multiple days. SET Officers also work with the La Quinta Investigators to coordinate investigations of crimes that have occurred and discuss possible suspects. This includes conducting time sensitive follow-up in the field (e.g. surveillance of a suspect in the case) and also being informed of crimes that have occurred where leads need to be developed on cases where a suspect may not be known but the crime(s) fit the behavior of known criminal suspects in the La Quinta area. The following table shows the documented activities for the SET for the year. SET Activities in 2014 Activity Annual Total Monthly Programs 20 2 Vehicle Stops 641 53 Pedestrian Checks 453 38 Investigative Follow-up 565 47 City Park Checks 235 20 Citations 138 12 Search Warrants 45 4 Probation/Parole Searches 181 15 Arrest Warrants Served 122 10 Arrests (Misdemeanor & Felony) 350 29 Matrix Consulting Group Page 68 196 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends The above list is not a comprehensive list of all work accomplished by the SET during the year but a list of items that can be quantified. Appropriate workload levels for a proactive street crimes unit are hard to quantify as it depends on the workload level existing in the City and during the hours when the unit is on duty. The main mission of street crimes unit is to assist in the identification of suspects in criminal cases (which requires becoming familiar with habitual criminals in the La Quinta area), be very proactive when out on the streets by initiating many contacts with people, contact persons on parole and probation to ensure they are complying with the terms of their parole/probation, attend homeowners association meetings to provide, conduct crime prevention talks when requested, work with the Narcotics and Gang Task Forces on related issues and respond to assist Patrol Officers when needed. The most important factor in a successful unit is selecting a supervisor who is well suited to coordinate this type of unit à active and energetic to seek out appropriate work tasks and spend most of their on duty hours working the streets. The two SET Officers designated as Business District Officers work primarily in the retail business areas of La Quinta. Their primary goals are to provide high visibility patrol along the Highway 111 corridor, downtown and other business areas in La Quinta and handle theft related crimes in the business areas. The following table shows the activities of this unit in 2014. Matrix Consulting Group Page 69 197 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends Business District Officers à Activities in 2014 Activity Annual Total Monthly Programs 69 6 Vehicle Stops 111 9 Pedestrian Checks 160 13 Investigative Follow-up 287 24 Citations 28 2 Search Warrants Served 35 3 Business Checks/Meetings 935 78 Arrest Warrants Served 13 1 Arrests (Misdemeanor & Felony) 71 6 These Officers also speak at community events (e.g. Coffee with a Cop) and business group / association meetings on a variety of crime prevention and safety awareness topics such as robbery prevention and loss prevention. The also meet and coordinate with loss prevention officers working at retail stores. As with the other Officers in the SET the Business District Officers are also used to assist Patrol as necessary and provide security at special community events. The activity levels shown in the two tables above for the Business District Officers and the Special Enforcement Team indicate that both of these work units were appropriatelyactive in 2014. 3.INVESTIGATIONS UNIT. The Thermal Station Investigations Unit is staffed with one Lieutenant, two Sergeants, 12 Detectives, one Office Assistant, twoProperty Officers (CSOs) and one Crime Analyst. The City funds through the ÅsupportedÆ positions rate a total of 6.47 Detectives out of the 12 Detectives assigned for FY 2014-15 (in FY 2013-14 it was 5.97 Detectives). These Detectives are not specifically assigned to La QuintaÈs crime cases but any Detective may work cases from Coachellaor the unincorporated area. It is more difficult to evaluatethe staffing levels required forcriminal Matrix Consulting Group Page 70 198 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends investigations because, unlike patrol, more subjective and qualitative determinants of workload and work practices need to be considered. Patrol operations has the benefit of several quantitative measures, such as calls for service and proactive time, to assist in the evaluation of staffing requirements, whereas investigative services have fewer such reliable measures. Comparisons with other agencies are also difficult given the vagaries of conducting investigative business among differing law enforcement agencies. Factors making comparative analyses difficult include: ¥ What is actually investigated varies by agency. The extent to which agencies assign misdemeanor level property crime cases to Detectives varies. Also, the extent to which patrol performs preliminary or primary case investigation varies widely and thereby impacts Detective caseloads. ¥ Approaches used to screen, assign, and monitor cases are different among law enforcement agencies. For example, La Quinta relies on the Lieutenant and Sergeant reading through and assigning cases to Detectives where other PDs may use a crime analysis function to initially screen cases based on various formalized solvability factors. ¥ Work practices vary tremendously among agencies, relating to interviewing techniques, mix of telephone and in-person interviews, use of computer technologies, time devoted to administrative tasks, whether detectives respond to the initial crime scene in the field, whether they have prosecutorial investigator assistance, etc. ¥ Complexity of caseloads is also a critical factor to consider when examining quantitative factors relating to investigative activity. Each case is different in terms of workable leads, suspect description, evidence availability, victim/witness cooperation, quality of information provided by the original report taker, and numerous other factors. The way information in a single case may combine with information on other cases (e.g., serial crime) also impacts investigative actions. ¥ Additional duties and responsibilities performed by detectives beyond caseload work. Such activities may include being a specialized trainer, assisting on warrant arrests or various other administrative duties detracting from casework. Many agencies assign collateral duties to Detectives and this is the case in La Quinta. ¥ Finally, the nature of the community itself and its mix of crime types is a factor in evaluating investigative workload and staffing needs. Citizen expectations Matrix Consulting Group Page 71 199 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends translate into service levels impacting Detectives in terms of what is investigated and how investigations are conducted. Another factor is the joint investigative process used by RCSO where all 12 Detectives may be used to assist with the investigation of a major case. All of these considerations result in an evaluation of investigative workloads with typically more qualitative considerations compared to those of quantitatively-driven Patrol workloads. Analytically, investigative workload and staffing requirements typically employ a series of broad indicators to determine the extent to which core investigative staffing and general workload in the Department compare to ranges observed in other departments. This information is used to determine if the La Quinta Police Department is within the ranges measured by those indicators. The comparative measures that can be employed are displayed in the following table: Comparative Measures for Investigations Comparative Measures Comparative Industry Patterns Part I Offenses per ÅlineÆ Detective in core The Average distribution of Part I Offenses per investigative functions such as persons and ÅlineÆ Detective developed in police services property crimes Detectives. This does not include studies in the U.S. generally ranges from 200- those assigned to ÅproactiveÆ units such as 400 Part I Offenses per investigator. narcotics or vice. Case Clearance Rate for Part I Crimes. The Uniform Crime Report provides data on average case clearance by major crime type for various sized jurisdictions. 2014 clearance rates nationally for Cities the size of La Quinta averaged 20.2% for property crimes and 48.5% for person crimes. Active cases assigned to ÅpropertyÆ crimes 15 to 20 active cases per month based on other Detectives (e.g., burglary/theft). law enforcement studies conducted by the Matrix Consulting Group over the last several years. Active cases assigned to ÅpersonÆ crimes 8 to 12 active cases per month based on our Detectives. experience; 3 to 5 active cases for complex person crimes such as felony assaults. Active cases assigned to ÅgeneralistÆ crimes 12 to 15 active cases per month based. Detectives. Matrix Consulting Group Page 72 200 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends These Åcases per DetectiveÆ numbers are not considered a best practice and are only one of several factor to consider when determining appropriate investigative staffing levels. The most important factor is the number of cases assigned to the investigative unit and Detective workload. RCSO provided the project team with the number of La Quinta cases assigned to a Detective for follow-up investigation in 2014. These numbers are shown in the following table. Detective Case Assignments Case Type Annual Total Monthly Homicide (assigned to Central Homicide Unit) 2 0.2 Robbery 9 0.8 Aggravated Assault 19 1.6 Burglary 7 0.6 Grand Theft 6 0.5 Fraud/Embezzlement 30 2.5 Sex Crimes 25 2.1 Child Abuse 16 1.3 Elder Abuse 7 0.6 Vandalism 3 0.3 Weapons Offenses 4 0.3 Missing Persons/Runaways 26 2.2 Death Investigation (unattended deaths) 15 1.3 Other (Assist Other PD, Suspicious Circumstances) 12 1.0 Total 181 15.1 A total of 181 La Quinta cases were assigned to Detectives during the year, an average of 15 cases per month. La Quinta paid for six Detectives to work these cases à an average of just 2.5 cases per Detective per month. This is a very low workload for six Detectives and an excessive cost born by La Quinta. A staff of 3, and possibly 2, Detectives is sufficient to handle this investigative workload (in addition to a Detective Sergeant). Matrix Consulting Group Page 73 201 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends The cost of the 12 Detectives assigned to the Investigations Unit is paid for by La Quinta, Coachella and the County (for the unincorporated areas) based on calculations of the RCSO. The following table shows the number and percent of cases for each of the three entities and the corresponding number of Detectives (out of the 12 assigned) that should be appropriated to each entity based on the percentage of assigned cases. Detective Case Assignments City Total for Year % of Cases # of Detectives Based on Caseload La Quinta 181 20.5 2.5 Coachella 395 44.6 5.4 Unincorporated 309 34.9 4.2 Total 885 100.0% 12.0 La Quinta generated approximately 21% of the cases assigned to Detectives in 2014 but is paying for 54% of the Detectives (6.5 out of 12) which is a significantly higher cost for La Quinta than is reasonable. La Quinta staff should work with RCSO to revise the methodology of allocating the cost of Investigations Units (Lieutenant, Sergeants and Detectives) to an appropriate cost sharing percentage for each of the three entities (recommendation provided in Chapter 5). The project team has also been provided the FBI Uniform Crime Reports crime occurrences and crime clearances by the RCSO for calendar years 2004 thru 2013. Ten years of data was obtained to evaluate the level of crime that has occurred in La Quinta over the last decade and any crime patterns or trends. The first two tables show the number of crimes reported in La Quinta in five year periods. Matrix Consulting Group Page 74 202 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends Crimes Reported 2004 - 2008 Crime 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 Total Avg. Per Year Homicide 1 0 1 1 2 5 1.0 Rape 5 9 2 9 5 30 6.0 Robbery 16 21 31 26 31 125 25 Aggravated Assault 73 98 67 172 164 574 115 Burglary 482 621 558 555 526 2,742 548 Larceny & Auto Burglary 1,072 1,290 1,164 943 913 5,382 1,076 Auto Theft 171 164 163 122 124 744 149 Arson 4 1 4 6 7 22 4.4 Total: 1,824 2,204 1,990 1,834 1,772 9,624 1,925 Violent Crime 95 128 101 208 202 734 147 Property Crime 1,729 2,076 1,889 1,626 1,570 8,890 1,778 The following table shows the 2009-2013 five year period as well as the percentage change in the number of crimes reported. Crimes Reported 2009 - 2013 Crime 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 Total 5 Yr. % Change in 5 Avg. Yr. Periods Homicide 1 1 1 0 0 3 0.6 -40.0% Rape 8 9 3 5 5 30 6.0 0.0% Robbery 22 25 33 45 26 151 30 20.8% Aggravated Assault 92 102 151 100 37 482 96 -16.0% Burglary 537 447 477 541 402 2,404 481 -12.3% Larceny & Auto Burglary 958 777 901 1,033 1,002 4,671 934 -13.2% Auto Theft 78 64 50 95 90 377 75 -49.3% Arson 4 12 1 1 4 22 4.4 0.0% Total: 1,700 1,437 1,617 1,820 1,566 8,140 1,628 -15.4% Violent Crime 123 137 188 150 68 666 133 -9.3% Property Crime 1,577 1,300 1,429 1,670 1,498 7,474 1,495 -15.9% The most significant change in individual crimes over the two 5 year periods was a 40% reduction in homicides and a 49% reduction in auto theft. Aggravated Assault also decreased significantly but robberies have increased over 20%. The property crimes of burglary and larceny also decreased 12% and 13% respectively. Overall, violent crimes decreased 9.3% and property crimes decreased 15.9%. Matrix Consulting Group Page 75 203 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends The table below compares the 2013 (the most recent year available from the FBI) violent crimes (for homicide, rape, robbery and aggravated assault) by type of crime for selected regional agencies à from the lowest rate to the highest rate. City Pop. Violent Violent Homicide Rape Robbery Agg. Crimes Crime Assault 12 Rate Indian Wells 5,174 7 135 0 0 2 5 Rancho Mirage 17,816 26 146 0 1 8 17 La Quinta 39,150 68 174 0 5 26 37 Palm Desert 50,456 110 218 2 7 30 71 Coachella43,330118272225658 Palm Springs 46,282 255 551 0 19 99 137 Indio 80,243 468 583 1 34 120 313 Desert Hot Springs 27,936 277 992 2 3 63 209 ¥ La Quinta has one of the lowest violent crime rates in the region. The only two cities with a lower rate are Indian Wells and Rancho Mirage. ¥ La QuintaÈs principal major violent crime problem is robbery. La QuintaÈs experience related to major property crimes (burglary, larceny and auto theft) is somewhat different, ranking in the middle of the regional cities. The table, below, summarizes these crimes in the same comparative context as was described for the violentcrimesÃfrom the lowest rate to the highest rate. City Pop. Property Property Burglary Larceny / Auto Theft Crimes Rate Fraud Coachella 43,330 1,372 3,166 358 634 380 Indian Wells 5,174 172 3,324 48 116 8 Indio 80,243 2,699 3,364 792 1,335 572 Rancho Mirage 17,816 636 3,570 156 443 37 La Quinta 39,150 1,494 3,816 402 1,002 90 Desert Hot Springs 27,936 1,103 3,948 487 475 141 50,456 2,215 4,390 572 1,511 132 Palm Desert Palm Springs 46,282 2,350 5,078 712 1,342 296 12 The standard FBIÈs Uniform Crime Reports (UCR) reporting of crime rates per 100,000 population from violent crime and property crimes are used in this report. Matrix Consulting Group Page 76 204 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends ¥ Contrasted to violent crimes La QuintaÈs has a higher rate of property crimes, exceeded only by Palm Desert and Palm Springs. It is important to keep in mind that the high number of larceny crimes could be related to a higher service level provided in La Quinta (by the assignment of two Officers to the Business District) which results in a higher number of these crimes being reported. One primary measure of effectiveness of an investigative unit is the percentage of crimes the PD is able to ÅclearÆ per FBI-UCR guidelines. The RCSO provided number of crimes cleared by the La Quinta Police Department for the last 10 years à the first table shows the number and percentage of crimes cleared in two 5 year time periods. Crimes Cleared 2004 - 2008 Crime 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 Total 5 Year Clearance Rate Homicide 0 0 1 0 2 3 60.0% Rape 0 0 0 3 1 4 13.3% Robbery 2 4 11 7 11 35 28.0% Aggravated Assault 29 51 30 92 68 270 47.0% Burglary 49 83 90 146 130 498 18.2% Larceny & Auto Burglary 93 90 102 117 104 506 9.4% Auto Theft 15 9 6 5 10 45 6.0% Arson 1 0 0 0 2 3 13.6% Total: 189 237 240 370 328 1,364 14.2% Violent Crime 31 55 42 102 82 312 42.5% Property Crime 158 182 198 268 246 1,052 11.8% The following table shows the 2009-2013 five year period as well as the percentage change in the number of crimes cleared by the La Quinta Police Department. Matrix Consulting Group Page 77 205 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends Crimes Cleared 2009 - 2013 Crime 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 Total 5 Year % Change in Clearance 5 Yr. Periods Rate Homicide 1 0 1 0 0 2 66.7% -33.3% Rape 2 2 2 0 0 6 20.0% 50.0% Robbery 7 8 8 17 6 46 30.5% 31.4% Aggravated Assault 54 60 100 56 27 297 61.6% 10.0% Burglary 154 97 92 126 108 577 24.0% 15.9% Larceny & Auto Burglary 146 117 99 138 184 684 14.6% 35.2% Auto Theft 8 6 4 10 10 38 10.1% -15.6% Arson 1 0 0 0 0 1 4.5% -66.7% Total:3732903063473351,65120.3%21.0% Violent Crime6470111733335152.7%12.5% Property Crime 309 220 195 274 302 1,300 17.4% 23.6% The percentage of crimes cleared by LQPD increased over the last 5 years with the exception of auto theft, arson and homicide (the number of homicides are so low to make the percentage change statistically irrelevant). Most auto theft cases are not assigned to the Detectives but RCSO participates in the regional Auto Theft Task Force that focuses on these crimes. The table below shows the most recent year clearance rate comparison between La Quinta and the national average as reported by the FBI for cities with a population between 25,000 and 49,999 residents. Matrix Consulting Group Page 78 206 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends 2013 Clearance Rate à La Quinta Compared to National Clearance Rate Crime 2013 Crimes 2013 LQ Clearance National LQ Clear Rate: Clearances Rate Clearance Higher or Rate (Lower) Homicide 0 0 NA 65.2% NA Rape 5 0 0% 34.0% (100%) Robbery 26 6 23.1% 33.4% (30.9%) Aggravated Assault 37 27 73.0% 59.8% 22.0% Burglary 402 108 26.9% 14.3% 87.9% Larceny & Auto Burglary 1,002 184 18.4% 27.3% (32.7%) Auto Theft 90 10 11.1% 15.4% (27.8%) Arson 4 0 0% 23.7% (100%) Total:1,56633521.4%NANA Violent Crime683348.5%50.2%(3.3%) Property Crime 1,498 302 20.2% 24.0% (16.0%) The La Quinta Police DepartmentÈs clearance rate is 3.3% lower than the national violent crimes clearance rate and 16% lower than the national property crimes clearance rate. The LQPD Investigations Unit should be expected to have higher clearance rates considering the number of Investigators available to work these crimes. Over the last 10 years the total number of Part 1 crimes has decreased by 15% (comparing the two 5 year periods shown above) and correspondingly the number of cases requiring follow-up investigation also decreases. The current workload averaging 2.5 cases per Detective per month does not justify the number of Detectives La Quinta is funding, especially with a clearance rate lower than the national average. The project team believes that three Detectives working La Quinta cases are sufficient and recommends La Quinta staff work with the RCSO to reduce the number of Detectives. The project team will make a recommendation regarding this in the next chapter. Matrix Consulting Group Page 79 207 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends 5. EVALUATION OF POLICE OPERATIONS AND THE POLICE SERVICES CONTRACT Police managers have the responsibility to ensure sufficient resources are dedicated to patrol operations, that the available resources are optimally deployed, that staff provide high quality services to the community and also proactively respond to community concerns and issues when time is available during the work shift. However, managers are often limited in their ability to achieve desired outcomes due to other factors such as employee contracts and fixed staffing schedules. This chapter explores several issues and options related to effective and cost efficient police operations in La Quinta. The first issue is the related to the goal of balancing workload in patrol operations. 1. THERE ARE SEVERAL OBSTACLES THAT IMPEDE BALANCING PATROL STAFF WORKLOAD. One of the primary items managers are responsible for is the optimum deployment of sworn staff throughout the day to provide balance workload of both Officers and CSOs. As shown above, there is a significant workload imbalance between the nighttime and daytime hours. Ideally police managers would deploy staff to provide a more even balance between committed and proactive time for all hours of the day but there are several obstacles that make this difficult to achieve. The call for service workload varies significantly throughout the day and Officers are also assigned to work a fixed shift with regular scheduled days off. The fixed deployment schedules used by all police departments do not allow a manager the ability to reduce the staffing level during a ÅslowÆ night, or routinely call in additional Officers to work if a shift Matrix Consulting Group Page 80 208 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends becomes busy. Although the highest workload hours still provide a sufficient amount of proactive time the current two shift schedule (start times of 0700 and 1900 hours) only provides the same level staffing throughout the day (with the exception of two hours at shift change). However, this is not the normal RCSO Patrol shift schedule and when RCSO returns to the normal three shift schedule (start times of 0600, 1400 and 2200 hours) in May 2015 it will provide a more equitable staffing/workload balance. There may also be some flexibility of adjusting some shift hours to increase the staffing level slightly during the daytime hours when the workload is higher (e.g. start time of 0700 hours rather than 0600 and a start time of 1300 hours instead of 1400). Additionally, re-deployment of the two nighttime Community Service Officers to daytime hours is another workload balancing option. 2. REDEPLOYMENT OF THE COMMUNITY SERVICE OFFICERS TO DAYSHIFT CAN HELP BALANCE WORKLOAD. There are four Community Service Officers are assigned to field patrol duties full time à two on Watch 1 (nights from 1700 - 0300) and two on Watch 2 (days from 0700- 1700). They respond to low risk calls for service in place of a Patrol Officer, assist Patrol Officers at other types of calls, transport prisoners for Officers and conduct a variety of other self-initiated tasks. The overall workload for the CSOs that the project team was able to document includes the following: ¥ 1,304 calls for service (average of 34.6 minutes each) required 752 work hours. ¥ 1,537 reports (estimated at 15% of the total number of reports written by LQPD) required approximately 1,153 work hours. ¥ 320 self-incidents (average of 4.2 minutes each) required 22 work hours. ¥ 384 bookings (estimating CSOs completed 75% of the total number) that took an average of two hours each required 768 work hours. Matrix Consulting Group Page 81 209 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends This activity level averages the following daily workload for all four CSOs: four calls for service, about five reports, one self-initiated incident and approximately one booking. These tasks equal 2,695 work hours à less than the approximate number of work hours of 1 full time positions. It is likely that the number of reports written by CSOs were higher (and also where a CSO assisted Patrol Officers the calls for service) than is shown by the CAD data as it only documented the primary Officer handling the incident and did not include secondary units, such as a CSO, that may have assisted the primary Officer. However, none of the top 10 most frequent types of Patrol OfficersÈ calls were calls appropriate to initially assign to a CSO, but some of the calls were appropriate for a CSO to assist the primary Officer. 13 Currently two CSOs are assigned to both the day watch and the night watch. The project team does not see any need to staff CSOs on the night watch (after 2000 or 2200 hours) as the calls for service the CSOs are able to handle are fewer and the low level of Patrol Officer committed time will easily allow them to handle any calls or prisoner bookings that would have been handled by a CSO. La Quinta has two reasonable options to consider Ãthe elimination of the nighttime CSO positions or re-deployment of the CSOs to other hours where they can be more productive. The project team recommends deploying all four CSOs during the daytime and evening hours Ãfrom 0600 to no later than 2200 hours for routine duties. Deploying CSOs only during the day and evening hours provides additional staff to handle the higher call for service volume during these hours and also address other 13 The CSOs will also return to their normal shifts of 0700-1700 and 1500-0100 in May 2015 when Patrol Officers switch back to three shifts. Matrix Consulting Group Page 82 210 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends issues such as abandoned vehicles, graffiti and police related Åquality of lifeÆ concerns expressed by residents in the community survey and focus group meetings. This change will provide a high level of CSO proactive time and to make effective use of the time it is important for supervisors to manage their time to ensure that it is productive and addresses the specific community issues and problems that concern residents. The effective use of available time discussed in the next section regarding Patrol Officers is also applicable to CSOs. Recommendation: Modify the work schedule of Community Service Officers to only work during the day and evening hours (0600 hours à 2200 hours) to provide additional alternative call handling options and also address other police related community concerns. 3. PATROL OFFICER STAFFING ALTERNATIVES. La Quinta currently contracts for 150 hours of Patrol Officer staffing daily. As shown earlier in this report this equals an average of 6.3 Officers on duty every hour of the day throughout the year and in 2014 resulted in an overall Officer proactive time level of 58% with higher proactive levels during the night/early morning hours and lower levels during the day/evening hours. There is no need to maintain a 58% proactive time level in La Quinta and there are alternatives available that will reduce the proactive time level to the recommended targeted 45% and result in significant savings to the City. The City should evaluate reducing the number of contracted Patrol hours to 140 hours or 130 hours daily. The first option of 140 hours will result in the reduction of the average hourly staffing level from 6.3 Officers to 5.8 Officers as shown in the following table. Matrix Consulting Group Page 83 211 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends Patrol Officer Staffing à 140 Hours Daily Hour Watch 1 (Nights) Watch 2 (Days) Hourly 1700-0500 & 0500-1700 & Average 1900-0700 0700-1900 0000 5.6 5.6 0100 5.6 5.6 0200 5.6 5.6 0300 5.6 5.6 0400 5.6 5.6 0500 2.8 3.0 5.8 0600 2.8 3.0 5.8 0700 6.1 6.1 0800 6.16.1 0900 6.16.1 1000 6.1 6.1 1100 6.1 6.1 1200 6.1 6.1 1300 6.1 6.1 1400 6.1 6.1 1500 6.1 6.1 1600 6.1 6.1 1700 2.8 3.0 5.8 1800 2.8 3.0 5.8 1900 5.6 5.6 2000 5.6 5.6 2100 5.6 5.6 2200 5.6 5.6 2300 5.6 5.6 Average 4.8 5.2 5.8 This table shows at 140 patrol staffing hours daily (51,102hours annually)results in an average of 5.8Officers on duty each hour.This equals approximately 23 Officers deployed on the two shifts and working the current schedule (10 hour shifts + 2 hours OT). The following table shows the increases in the committed time andthe corresponding reduction in the proactive time levels that can be expected if patrol hours are reduced to 140 hours daily. Matrix Consulting Group Page 84 212 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends Time 0000 - 0400 - 0800 - 1200 à 1600 à 2000 à Total Block 0400 0800 1200 1600 2000 0000 Current (150 Hours) 21.6% 19.1% 48.1% 59.7% 56.9% 44.6% Committed 42.0% 78.4% 80.9% 51.9% 40.3% 43.1% 55.4% Proactive 58.0% Impact of Reduction to 140 Hours 23.0% 20.3% 51.1% 63.4% 60.5% 47.4% Committed44.6% 77.0% 79.7% 48.9% 36.6% 39.5% 52.6% Proactive55.4% Reducing daily patrol hours to 140 results in an overall reduction of proactive time of approximately 3 percentage points. It also results in an estimated annual savings of $581,965 (3,648 fewer Officer hours x the FY 2015-16 hourly rate of $159.53) A second option of 130 hours daily patrol hours will result in the reduction of the average hourly staffing level from 6.3 Officers (150 hours daily) to 5.4 Officers as shown in the following table. Matrix Consulting Group Page 85 213 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends Patrol Officer Staffing à 130 Hours Daily Hour Watch 1 (Nights) Watch 2 (Days) Hourly 1700-0500 & 0500-1700 & Average 1900-0700 0700-1900 0000 5.2 5.2 0100 5.2 5.2 0200 5.2 5.2 0300 5.2 5.2 0400 5.2 5.2 0500 2.6 2.8 5.4 0600 2.6 2.8 5.4 0700 5.6 5.6 0800 5.65.6 0900 5.65.6 1000 5.6 5.6 1100 5.6 5.6 1200 5.6 5.6 1300 5.6 5.6 1400 5.6 5.6 1500 5.6 5.6 1600 5.6 5.6 1700 2.6 2.8 5.4 1800 2.6 2.8 5.4 1900 5.2 5.2 2000 5.2 5.2 2100 5.2 5.2 2200 5.2 5.2 2300 5.2 5.2 Average 4.5 4.8 5.4 This table shows at 130 patrol staffing hours daily (47,448 hours annually) results in an average of 5.4 Officers on duty each hour. This equals approximately 21 Officers deployed on the two shifts and working the current schedule (10 hour shifts + 2 hours OT). The following table shows theincreases in the committed time and the corresponding reduction in the proactive time levels that can be expected if patrol hours are reduced to 130 hours daily. Matrix Consulting Group Page 86 214 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends Time 0000 à 0400 à 0800 - 1200 à 1600 - 2000 à Total Block 0400 0800 1200 1600 2000 0000 Current (150 Hours) 21.6% 19.1% 48.1% 59.7% 56.9% 44.6% Committed 42.0% 78.4% 80.9% 51.9% 40.3% 43.1% 55.4% Proactive 58.0% Impact of Reduction to 130 Hours 24.7% 21.8% 54.9% 68.1% 64.9% 50.9% Committed47.9% 75.3% 78.2% 45.1% 31.9% 35.1% 49.1% Proactive52.1% Reducing daily patrol hours to 130 results in an overall reduction of proactive time of approximately 6 percentage points. It also results in an estimated annual savings of $1,164,888 (7,302 fewer Officer hours x the FY 2015-16 hourly rate of $159.53). A third option to contract for 120 hours daily patrol hours will result in the reduction of the average hourly staffing level from 6.3 Officers (150 hours daily) to 5.0 Officers as shown in the following table. Matrix Consulting Group Page 87 215 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends Patrol Officer Staffing à 120 Hours Daily Hour Watch 1 (Nights) Watch 2 (Days) Hourly 1700-0500 & 0500-1700 & Average 1900-0700 0700-1900 0000 4.8 4.8 0100 4.8 4.8 0200 4.8 4.8 0300 4.8 4.8 0400 4.8 4.8 0500 2.4 2.6 5.0 0600 2.4 2.6 5.0 0700 5.2 5.2 0800 5.25.2 0900 5.25.2 1000 5.2 5.2 1100 5.2 5.2 1200 5.2 5.2 1300 5.2 5.2 1400 5.2 5.2 1500 5.2 5.2 1600 5.2 5.2 1700 2.4 2.6 5.0 1800 2.4 2.6 5.0 1900 4.8 4.8 2000 4.8 4.8 2100 4.8 4.8 2200 4.8 4.8 2300 4.8 4.8 Average 4.1 4.5 5.0 This table shows at 120 patrol staffing hours daily (43,800hours annually) results in an average of 5.0Officers on duty each hour. This equals approximately 19Officers deployed on the two shifts and working the current schedule (10 hour shifts + 2 hours OT). The following table shows the increases in the committed time and the corresponding reduction in the proactive time levels that can be expected if patrol hours are reduced to 120 hours daily. Matrix Consulting Group Page 88 216 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends Time 0000 à 0400 à 0800 - 1200 à 1600 - 2000 à Total Block 0400 0800 1200 1600 2000 0000 Current (150 Hours) 21.6% 19.1% 48.1% 59.7% 56.9% 44.6% Committed 42.0% 78.4% 80.9% 51.9% 40.3% 43.1% 55.4% Proactive 58.0% Impact of Reduction to 120 Hours Committed26.6%23.6%59.3%73.6%70.1%55.0%51.7% Proactive73.4%76.4%40.7%26.4%29.9%45.0%48.3% Reducing daily patrol hours to 120 results in an overall reduction of proactive time of approximately 10 percentage points. It also results in an estimated annual savings of $1,746,853 (10,950 fewer Officer hours x the FY 2015-16 hourly rate of $159.53). The 2014 proactive time equaled approximately 58% (or approximately 53% if and estimated five percentage points of work not documented in CAD is included) which is above the 45% proactive time level recommended for La Quinta by the project team. This leads to a recommendation to reduce the current daily patrol staffing from 150 hours to 140 hours à this change should not result in a reduction in the calls for service response and other any other policing service as the proactive time level will still remain at a high level. The project team believes this is a moderate recommendation is a small step and feasible without any reasonable risk to the community while yielding significant savings to the City. Additionally, a reduction to 130 hours daily is also a reasonable step to take if the budgetary restrictions call for it. The project team is not recommending it at this time to evaluate the implementation of the moderate staffing reduction to determine if there are any negative consequences resulting from a reduction in hours. Matrix Consulting Group Page 89 217 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends Recommendation: Reduce the number of daily Patrol Officer hours from 150 daily to 140 hours daily; this results in an annual savings à estimated at $581,965 in FY 2015-16. 4. CONSISTENCY OF PATROL OFFICER STAFF IN LA QUINTA. As mentioned before in this report the Thermal Station has three service areas à La Quinta, Coachella and a regional unincorporated area of the County. The RCSO Deputies are initially assigned to all three areas to ensure that they are familiar with the geography and different policies and practices that may exist. Additionally, Deputies may express a preference for working in one of the three areas but it is not guaranteed that they will spend a majority of their shifts consistently working in their desired area. One of the benefits of a municipal police department is the consistency of staff that work in the City and develop a familiarity and relationships with members of the community. In striving toward a goal of Åcommunity policingÆ it is very important that that the Officers policing the community become very familiar with their ÅbeatÆ. An Officer that regularly works the same beat for months and years can get to know the people, their concerns, the crime problems and issues in his/her beat and surrounding beats. The project teamÈs experience in most contract cities is that the same Officers are assigned to the contract city for years. There will always be a degree of rotation and turnover in any agency but a relatively consistent staff is the ÅnormÆ for almost all police departments and it should be a goal of La Quinta to work with the SheriffÈs Office to regularly field the same Patrol Officers and CSOs. A reasonable goal is to have at least 50% of the Patrol Officers and CSOs always be assigned to La Quinta whenever they are working a regular shift. Matrix Consulting Group Page 90 218 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends Recommendation: La Quinta staff should work with the SheriffÈs Office to establish a goal that 50% of the Patrol Officers (currently 12 = 50%) and Community Service Officers (3 = 50%) will always be assigned to La Quinta whenever they are working a regular shift. 5. FIELD SUPERVISION IS A SIGNIFICANT NEED IN LA QUINTA. There is one significant issue and concern regarding the current Patrol Operations in La Quinta à the lack of a Sergeant specifically assigned to La Quinta on 14 each shift. The Patrol Sergeant(s) that are on duty are equally responsible for La Quinta, Coachella and the unincorporated area patrolled by the Thermal Station. Typically there are two Sergeants on duty each shift and they often separate primary responsibilities for the three service areas but both of them do not necessarily spend most of their time in the field as they have additional administrative tasks (e.g. shift scheduling, training) that often keeps at least one Sergeant in the station. This results in an inconsistent supervisory presence in La Quinta to oversee field operations. The project team believes that a Åbest practiceÆ supervisor to staff ratio of between 1:6 and 1:9 is applicable for LQPD and would provide sufficient direct supervision and accountability for field operations. LQPD should have a dedicated Patrol Sergeant that spends most of his/her shift in the field supervising and coordinating the work of the 6Ã7 Patrol Officers, Motor Units and Community Service Officers (the SET unit does have a Sergeant assigned when they are working). Important functions of the Sergeant include managing the tasks and projects that should be accomplished during available time and also appropriately assisting when the 14 There may be a Corporal working in La Quinta and performing some supervisory functions but they are also primary responders to calls for service. Matrix Consulting Group Page 91 219 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends workload level is high. During the busiest hours of the day (1200 - 2000 hours) Officers will have fewer blocks of time to perform preventive patrol and other Åcommunity policingÆ activities but at 40% - 43% proactive time level will still have time available to regularly perform many of these activities. During these times of the day when Officers have more time committed to handling calls for service it is important that Sergeants are in the field and actively managing response to calls for service to ensure that sufficient, but not excessive, resources are assigned to handle calls for service; and also maintain availability of Officers throughout the City for additional incidents that may occur. Additionally, during these times, Sergeants should be assisting in handling calls as reasonably necessary, keeping in mind their primary supervision responsibility. Regular and consistent field supervision is a critical component of effective patrol operations as it is the SergeantÈs primary responsibility to ensure delivery of quality services to the community, provide accountability for field units, be accessible to the public and coordinate the work of Officers when they have proactive time available. The project team recommends that La Quinta work with the RCSO to modify their contract to provide for a field Sergeant that is dedicated to supervision of La Quinta field services à this will require five positions to provide one Sergeant on duty 24/7. This should not result in any significant net cost increase but it will mean that Sergeants will be funded directly rather than as part of the ÅsupportedÆ rate (the supported rate should decrease as it will no longer fund the Patrol Sergeants positions). However, this will require a change in the way RCSO budgets for Patrol Sergeants for a contract city. Recommendation: La Quinta should work with the RCSO to modify the contract to provide a field Sergeant that is dedicated to the supervision of La Quinta field services. Matrix Consulting Group Page 92 220 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends 6. EFFECTIVE MANAGEMENT OF PROACTIVE TIME. Patrol supervisors and managers should take steps to ensure that current Patrol staff is used effectively to handle the call for service workload and that proactive time is planned and managed to address identified needs in the community. This is a best practice and very important to residents who desire a police force that is responsive to their needs and concerns. Patrol OfficersÈ proactivity is a very important part of field operations in communities such as La Quinta, where the call for service volume can vary significantly during hours of the day and Åhigh seasonÆ and Ålow seasonÆ months. The higher levels of Åproactive timeÆ from midnight to 0800 and the higher level of committed time during the day is common in police agencies. During certain hours and months, very little time may be available for proactive initiatives, while on other days significant time may be spent on directed and officer-initiated activity. When the level of proactive time is high it is important that police managers and supervisors have planned activities for Officers that address crime problems and community concerns. The regular high levels of proactive time from midnight to 0800 (and during other hours when the CFS volume is low) require that a significant portion of OfficersÈ time should be used to conduct prescribed, productive tasks rather than conducting random Åroutine patrolÆ and performing other tasks without a plan or anticipated results. The on duty Sergeant should be involved in planning and supervising these activities during the shift. Routine tasks should not be exclusively enforcement activities but also ÅqualitativeÆ tasks such as visiting businesses that are open during the night hours, security checks, addressing specific beat problems/issues and other activities where Officers have an opportunity to meet members of the Matrix Consulting Group Page 93 221 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends community. Obviously, some of these proactive activities are limited by the hour of the day. Planning and establishing patrol goals and specific pro-activity targets are important for effective management of a patrol operations force and to ensure that patrol officers are being used to accomplish desired tasks in meeting established goals. In most communities, the expectations placed on the police department to ensure a safe and orderly community are fairly high. Effectively managing proactive tasks of all field personnel is one significant method to demonstrate the department is taking the necessary steps toward the goal of creating and/or maintaining a safe community and a perception of safety among residents. It is important to note that this is the first evaluation of Patrol workload and it was completed without the actual CAD data of all units responding to a call for service à this analysis should be done when all call for service data can be obtained from the CAD system. A workload analysis using 2015 data will augment the degree of confidence that the results closely reflect the actual patrol workload time commitment. Recommendation: Adopt a process to enhance delivery of patrol services during the periods when proactive time is available. The Assistant Chief, Patrol Lieutenant and Sergeants should coordinate the development of plans that identify specific tasks/projects that can be worked on or accomplished when proactive time is available during a shift. Supervisors should actively manage Patrol OfficersÈ proactive time. 7. THE NUMBER OF LA QUINTA FUNDED DETECTIVES SHOULD BE REDUCED. As shown earlier in this report the La Quinta case workload does not support the assignment (and funding) of approximately 6 Detectives to La Quinta. These positions are not directly requested by La Quinta but are based on the overall number of Matrix Consulting Group Page 94 222 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends staff assigned by RCSO to the Investigations Unit. While RCSO is the ultimate determiner of an appropriate staffing level the appropriate level should only be determined after consultation and discussion with La Quinta and the other contract cities that are providing the funding for this unit. It is also important for La Quinta to understand what services the City is receiving in exchange for the approximately $1.1 million annual cost ($167,440 salary & benefits cost per position). The La Quinta case investigation workload only justifies, at most, three Detectives and if staffed at that level would result in an annual cost savings of approximately $586,040. The project team encourages La Quinta to work with the RCSO to reduce the staffing level in the Investigations Unit so that La Quinta is only funding the number of Detectives reasonably needed for the La Quinta workload. Recommendations: City staff should work with the RCSO to reduce the number of Detectives funded by La Quinta to three Detectives which will result in a cost savings of approximately $586,040 annually; this staffing level will provide sufficient staff to conduct follow-up investigations for La Quinta while providing a moderate caseload level for Detectives that provides capacity to absorb future increases in workload. Additionally, City staff should work with the RCSO to revise the methodology of allocating the cost of Investigations Units (the Lieutenant, Sergeants and Detectives) to an appropriate cost sharing percentage for each of the three entities. 8. APPROPRIATE USE OF TECHNOLOGY IN LAW ENFORCEMENT TO ENHANCE SERVICES TO THE COMMUNITY. The level of technology uses in municipal and regional law enforcement agencies has significantly increased over the last several decades. Some of the technologies and systems have proven to have very valuable uses and others have proven to be ineffective or too costly to maintain. Several technologies have been mentioned in this Matrix Consulting Group Page 95 223 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends report and recommendations made (e.g. obtaining backup Officer data from the CAD system, developing a method to open security gates for police officers) and two other items being evaluated by many law enforcement agencies, including RCSO, are discussed in this section. The first item is Automatic Vehicle Locator (AVL) technology. This system provides GPS tracking of patrol vehicles and is integrated with the dispatching system so that the closest police unit to a call for service is known and identified by the computer system and ÇrecommendedÈ as the police unit to be dispatched to the call. This technology can help reduce the time it takes for an Officer to arrive at community generated calls for service. RCSO has completed installation of this system in patrol cars and is taking the steps needed to move toward implementing it in the field. The second item is the use of body cameras worn by Police Officers. RCSO is evaluating their usage and looking to implement them agency wide in the near future. The use of body cameras has received significant media attention recently and the widespread interest in quickly purchasing and implementing body camera technology may appear to be a readily available solution to a complex problem. However, it requires a cautious and careful approach rather than a reactionary adoption and implementation of this tool. Recently an article in the Harvard Law Review cautioned that ÅMoreover, body cameras are a powerful à and indiscriminate à technology. Their proliferation over the next decade will inevitably change the nature of policing in unexpected ways, quite possibly to the detriment of the citizens the cameras are Matrix Consulting Group Page 96 224 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends 15 intended to protect.Æ It is very important for law enforcement agencies and communities to be aware of the use and limitations of this technology. Proponents of body cameras point out that a camera will provide an unbiased account of police-civilian contacts and encounters (which will likely lower the rate of police misconduct and improve resolution of complaints against Officers), improve training, provide evidence at trials and increase accountability and transparency of police agencies. Frequently mentioned concerns related to the cameras include personal privacy, not knowing who will have access to the recordings, costs of the systems, storage of the data (and for how long) and that the cameras are another form of increasing government surveillance of citizens. As RCSO moves forward to implement body cameras there should be significant discussion with policy makers and members of the public before this technology is implemented. 15 Harvard Law Review, April 10, 2015, Vol 128, p. 1796 Matrix Consulting Group Page 97 225 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends APPENDIX A à SUMMARY OF THE SURVEY OF RESIDENTS REGARDING POLICE SERVICES As part of this study for the City of La Quinta the project team conducted a community survey of the police services provided by the Riverside County SheriffÈs Office. Citizens were able to access the survey on SurveyMonkey.com through a link provided on the CityÈs website. The survey, which was anonymous, began by asking respondents to identify how long they have lived in the community, if they had been in contact with the police department within the last year, and whether or not this contact, if applicable, had been the result of a traffic stop. A total of 541 people completed the survey. 1. INTRODUCTION TO THE PURPOSE AND STRUCTURE OF THE SURVEY The survey consisted of two sections. The first section contained 14 statements to which respondents were asked to select one of the following responses: Åstrongly agree,Æ Åagree,Æ Ådisagree,Æ and Åstrongly disagree.Æ For those that were neutral, this additional selection was also provided as well as Ånot applicableÆ responses. The statements in this section of the survey were designed to provide an understanding of the perceptions, attitudes, and issues according to La Quinta Residents with respect to level of service, overall responsiveness, and communication with the La Quinta Police Department. The second section of the survey asked the residents to identify the kinds of crimes or services that are of greatest need in the community of La Quinta. Matrix Consulting Group Page 98 226 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends While the survey was confidential, respondents were asked in the beginning to indicate their length of residency in La Quinta and other information. The tables on the following page present the length of residency of survey respondents, whether they reside in a gated community, if they reside in the ÅCoveÆ area of La Quinta and if theyÈve had any contact with police staff in La Quinta. Length of Residency in La Quinta No. of % of Total Respondents Responses Less than 1 year 29 5% 1-2 years 48 9% 3-5 years 89 16% 6-10 years 117 22% 11-15 years 122 23% 16-20 years 59 11% More than 20 years 72 13% Blank 5 1% Total 541 100% Live in a Gated Community? No. of % of Total Respondents Responses Yes 195 36% No 335 62% Blank 11 2% Total 541 100% Live in the Cove area? No. of % of Total Respondents Responses Yes 252 47% No 283 52% Blank 6 1% Total 541 100% Any contact with Police Staff in La Quinta? No. of % of Total Respondents Responses No 321 59% Yes, but only for a traffic offense. 19 4% Yes, relating to something other than traffic offense. 198 37% Blank 3 1% Total 541 100% Matrix Consulting Group Page 99 227 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends 2. OVERALL LA QUINTA RESIDENTS HAD A POSITIVE OUTLOOK REGARDING THE POLICE DEPARTMENT. This section of the survey provided respondents with an opportunity to discuss issues related to level of service, responsiveness, and overall communicative efforts of the police department with the community and the table on the following page contains residentsÈ responses to those statements. Statement Agree DisagreeNeutral NA 82% 10% 8% 0% 1. I feel safe in my daily activities in the City. 75% 13% 12% 0% 2. I feel safe in the neighborhood where I live. 3. The La Quinta PD provides high levels of law 61% 13% 22% 4% enforcement services to the La Quinta Community. 4. The level of law enforcement provided the La Quinta 64% 12% 21% 3% PD improves the quality of life in La Quinta. 5. Residents and merchants have a high opinion of the 49% 11% 32% 8% work done by the La Quinta PD. 6. La Quinta PD Staff are responsive to our law 61% 12% 22% 5% enforcement needs. 7. The La Quinta PD does a good job anticipating and 52% 15% 26% 7% responding to service needs. 8. La Quinta PD staff effectively communicate with the 44% 20% 28% 8% community. 9. I am aware of crime prevention information and 38% 38% 18% 6% program offered to La Quinta residents and businesses. 33% 19% 38% 10% 10. Crime Prevention programs in La Quinta are effective. 11. Officers are prompt in responding to complaints and problems made by residents and those working in the 53% 12% 25% 10% City. Answer Only if you have had contact with LQPD 12. Appropriate action and / or follow-up was completed 58% 27% 15% on my incident or issue. 66% 13% 21% 13. Officers are approachable / easy to talk to. 52% 14% 34% 14. Contract law enforcement is cost effective for our City. The following chart provides a visual representation of the number of agreeing (blue) and disagreeing (red) responses to each statement in this section. For each of the statements all respondents that agreed were assigned a positive value, while the number of respondents that disagreed were assigned a negative value (for example a Å- 30Æ on the chart reflects 30 respondents who disagreed with the statement). Matrix Consulting Group Page 100 228 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends As the chart indicates residents generally had a positive outlook towards the La Quinta Police Department and the services it provides. The following points provide further detail regarding the sentiments of the community expressed through the survey: ¥ Statements #1 & #2 à on feeling safe: The majority of residents stated that they felt safe in their daily life and also in their neighborhood. A few residents disagreed but it is interesting to note that more residents felt safer in the city overall compared their feeling of safety within their neighborhoods. ¥ Statements #3 & #4 à levels of law enforcement: Residents generally agreed that the Police Department not only provides high levels of law enforcement services to the community, but that the Department also help improves the quality of life within the City. ¥Statement #5Ãonwork done by La Quinta PD:Nearly half of the respondents (49%) agreed that residents and merchants have a high opinion of the work done by La Quinta PD. Approximately a third of respondents (32%) chose to remain neutral regarding the work done by La Quinta PD, while only 11% disagreed. ¥ Statements #6, 7, & #11 à on responsiveness of La Quinta PD: Generally, respondents agreed that the Police Department was responsive, including anticipating service needs and promptness of response to resident complaints. ¥ Statement #8 à on effectiveness of communication: There was a mixed reaction to the effectiveness of communication by the Police Department with the community. Approximately 44% of residents agreed that communication was effective, but nearly 48% of respondents disagreed or were neutral about the effectiveness of the communication. Matrix Consulting Group Page 101 229 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends ¥ Statements #9 & #10 à on crime prevention: There was no clear consensus among residents regarding crime prevention information and programs being effective. An equal number of residents agreed and disagreed (38%) regarding awareness of crime prevention programs while only 33% of respondents agreed and 38% remained neutral regarding crime prevention programs being effective. The mixed reaction of respondents suggests that only some residents in the community are aware of the crime prevention programs, hence the high percentage of respondents that chose to remain neutral regarding the effectiveness of those crime prevention programs. The following points provide analysis to the statements that only required those residents to respond that have had contact with La Quinta Police Department. Therefore, for the purposes of analysis all not applicable answers in this category were excluded. ¥ Statement #12 à on appropriate action or follow-up to incident: The majority of these residents agreed that in the case of an incident or issue appropriate action or follow-up was completed by the Police Department. However, 27% of respondents did disagree with this statement. It is also interesting to note that there were a higher number of strongly disagree responses compared to disagree responses for this statement. Suggesting that of those respondents that disagreed, they had a strong opinion regarding the mishandling of their incident or issue. ¥ Statement #13 à on Officers being approachable: Approximately two-thirds of residents (66%) agreed that Officers within the department are approachable. Only about 13% of respondents disagreed. Similar to the previous statement, there was a higher number of strongly disagree responses compared to disagree responses. ¥ Statement #14 à cost effectiveness of contract law enforcement: Barely a majority of respondents (52%) agreed that contract law enforcement is cost effective. For this statement there was a higher number of strongly agree responses compared to agree. Only about 14% of respondents disagreed, while 34% of respondents chose to remain neutral regarding assessing the cost effectiveness of contract law enforcement. Overall, La Quinta residents seem to feel safe within the community and believe that the Police Department provides high levels of service and is able to be responsive to their law enforcement needs. Residents do seem to be either unaware of crime Matrix Consulting Group Page 102 230 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends prevention programs or have some concerns regarding the effectiveness of these programs. Residents that have had contact with the Police department generally agreed that the Department handled their issue appropriately, that the Officers are approachable, and that contract law enforcement is cost effective. The following subsections examine the survey results filtered on the basis of whether residents live in a gated community or in the Cove residential area. (1) Responses from Residents Living in a Gated Community The following table contains the responses of only the people who self-identified as living in a gated community. Statement Agree DisagreeNeutral NA 1. I feel safe in my daily activities in the City. 95% 3% 2% 0% 2. I feel safe in the neighborhood where I live. 97% 1% 2% 0% 3. The La Quinta PD provides high levels of law 70% 5% 18% 7% enforcement services to the La Quinta Community. 4. The level of law enforcement provided the La Quinta 73% 4% 17% 6% PD improves the quality of life in La Quinta. 5. Residents and merchants have a high opinion of the 55% 5% 28% 12% work done by the La Quinta PD. 6. La Quinta PD Staff are responsive to our law 69% 4% 18% 9% enforcement needs. 7. The La Quinta PD does a good job anticipating and 60% 7% 25% 8% responding to service needs. 8. La Quinta PD staff effectively communicate with the 52% 10% 26% 12% community. 9. I am aware of crime prevention information and 41% 27% 23% 9% program offered to La Quinta residents and businesses. 10. Crime Prevention programs in La Quinta are effective. 44% 7% 37% 12% 11. Officers are prompt in responding to complaints and problems made by residents and those working in the 55% 5% 24% 16% City. Answer Only if you have had contact with LQPD 12. Appropriate action and / or follow-up was completed 72% 20% 8% on my incident or issue. 13. Officers are approachable / easy to talk to. 71% 5% 24% 14. Contract law enforcement is cost effective for our City. 53% 7% 40% The following graph presents a visual representation of the number of agreeing (blue) and disagreeing (red) responses to each statement in this section. For each of Matrix Consulting Group Page 103 231 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends the statements all respondents that agreed were assigned a positive value, while the number of respondents that disagreed were assigned a negative value. Unlike the overall results, the gated community residents seem to have a much more positive outlook towards the Police Department. Further analysis is discussed in the following points: ¥ Statements #1 & #2 à on feeling safe: An overwhelming majority of residents (95% and 97%) agreed that they felt safe in the city and within their neighborhood. Unlike the overall results, a slightly higher number of gated community residents felt safer in the neighborhood in which they live relative to the city overall. This would be expected as a gated community is generally considered to be safer than neighborhoods lacking gates to control outside visitors and non-residents from frequenting the neighborhood. ¥ Statements #3 & #4 à levels of law enforcement: Similar to the overall results, gated community residents generally agreed that the levels of law enforcement provided by the Department were high and that they improved the overall quality of life in La Quinta. In fact, the results show that more respondents strongly agreed with this sentiment relative to just agreeing with it. Only 4-5% of residents disagreed with this statement. ¥ Statement #5 à on work done by La Quinta PD: Unlike the overall results, a clear majority of gated community residents have a high opinion of the work done by the Police Department and only 5% disagreed with the statement. Matrix Consulting Group Page 104 232 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends ¥ Statements #6, 7, & #11 à on responsiveness of La Quinta PD: Generally gated community residents agreed that the Department as a whole is not only responsive to the needs of the city, but are also prompt in their responsiveness. A significant portion of residents (18-25%) did choose to remain neutral regarding the responsiveness of the Police Department which closely mirrors the overall results. ¥ Statement #8 à on effectiveness of communication: Filtering respondents by gated community residents revealed a slight majority (52%) of gated community residents believe that the Police Department staff effectively communicate with the community. While only 10% disagreed, 38% of respondents either had no opinion or chose to mark not applicable for this statement. ¥ Statements #9 & #10 à on crime prevention: Similar to the overall results, there was no clear consensus among gated community residents regarding crime prevention programs and their effectiveness à a plurality of respondents (41% and 44% respectively) agreed with the statements. The lack of awareness of crime prevention programs among the gated community residents could help explain the high number of respondents for the neutral and not applicable categories for the statement evaluating the effectiveness of crime prevention programs. The following points provide analysis of the responses from people who had contact with Police Department staff. Therefore, for the purposes of analysis all Ånot applicableÆ answers in this category were excluded. ¥ Statement #12 à on appropriate action or follow-up to incident: A higher proportion of gated community respondents (72%) compared to overall respondents (58%) agreed that the Department completed appropriate actions to follow-up on any incidents or issues. ¥ Statement #13 à on Officers being approachable: Only 5% of gated community residents disagreed with Officers being approachable. This is another instance in which the number of strongly agreed responses, far outweighed the number of agreed responses. ¥ Statement #14 à cost effectiveness of contract law enforcement: Similar to the overall results a slight majority of respondents, 53%, agreed that contract law enforcement is cost effective. However, it is important to note that approximately 40% of gated community respondents chose to remain neutral about the cost effectiveness of contract law enforcement which is higher than the percentage (34%) noted for the overall results. Matrix Consulting Group Page 105 233 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends Generally, gated community residents seem to have a much more favorable outlook on the Police Department compared residents living in other areas of La Quinta. This is especially true considering feeling safe within the neighborhood, their high opinion of the work done by the Police Department and their positive interaction with the Police Department. However, even gated community residents are unaware of the crime prevention programs and could not arrive at a clear consensus concerning the cost effectiveness of contract police services. (2) Responses from Residents of the Cove Residential Area The following table contains the responses of only the people who self-identified as living in the ÅCoveÆ area of La Quinta. Statement Agree Disagree Neutral NA 1. I feel safe in my daily activities in the City. 73% 15% 12% 0% 2. I feel safe in the neighborhood where I live. 60% 24% 16% 0% 3. The La Quinta PD provides high levels of law 45% 17% 25% 3% enforcement services to the La Quinta Community. 4. The level of law enforcement provided the La Quinta 59% 17% 23% 1% PD improves the quality of life in La Quinta. 5. Residents and merchants have a high opinion of the 45% 15% 35% 5% work done by the La Quinta PD. 6. La Quinta PD Staff are responsive to our law 57% 17% 24% 2% enforcement needs. 7. The La Quinta PD does a good job anticipating and 48% 18% 27% 7% responding to service needs. 8. La Quinta PD staff effectively communicate with the 41% 26% 28% 5% community. 9. I am aware of crime prevention information and 36% 44% 15% 5% program offered to La Quinta residents and businesses. 10. Crime Prevention programs in La Quinta are effective. 26% 26% 41% 7% 11. Officers are prompt in responding to complaints and problems made by residents and those working in the 51% 14% 27% 8% City. Answer Only if you have had contact with LQPD 12. Appropriate action and / or follow-up was completed 56% 31% 13% on my incident or issue. 13. Officers are approachable / easy to talk to. 64% 17% 19% 14. Contract law enforcement is cost effective for our City. 52% 14% 34% Matrix Consulting Group Page 106 234 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends The following graph presents a visual representation of the number of agreeing (blue) and disagreeing (red) responses to each statement in this section. For each of the statements all respondents that agreed were assigned a positive value, while the number of respondents that disagreed were assigned a negative value. The results of the Cove Area respondents closely mirror that of the overall results, as nearly half of the respondents to the survey reside in the cove residential area. Further analysis is discussed in the following points: ¥ Statements #1 & #2 à on feeling safe: While the majority of cove area residents felt safe within the City and in their neighborhood, nearly 14% of cove area residents felt safer in the city compared to their own neighborhood. ¥ Statements #3 & #4 à levels of law enforcement: Unlike the overall and gated community residentsÈ responses, the Cove area residents had no clear consensus regarding whether the La Quinta Police Department provided high levels of service to the community. However, the Cove area residents agreed that the current level of law enforcement provided by the Department did improve the quality of life. ¥ Statement #5 à on work done by La Quinta PD: Similar to the overall results, no category (agree, disagree, or neutral) had a clear majority, as approximately 45% of the Cove area respondents agreed that they a high opinion of the work done by the Police Department. Matrix Consulting Group Page 107 235 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends ¥ Statements #6, 7, & #11 à on responsiveness of La Quinta PD: While the Cove area residents believe LQPD to be responsive to their law enforcement needs and prompt in responding to complaints, there is no clear consensus regarding the Department being good at anticipating the service needs for those residents. This response pattern is unlike the overall results and gated community results, but is consistent with the level of law enforcement responses discussed for the Cove residents. The response percentages suggest that Department is good at being responsive when the situation or need arises but there is some concern regarding the DepartmentÈs ability to anticipate the needs of residents of the Cove. ¥ Statement #8 à on effectiveness of communication: Unlike the gated community residents, Cove residents had mixed reactions regarding the effectiveness of communication of the Police Department staff with the community. However, this response pattern was consistent with the overall results of the survey. ¥ Statements #9 & #10 à on crime prevention: Similar to the overall results and gated community residents, the Cove residents were just as unclear about their ability to agree, disagree, or remain neutral regarding the presence of crime prevention programs and their effectiveness. In fact, a plurality of respondents, 44%, disagreed that they were even aware of crime prevention programs, and 41% chose to remain neutral regarding the effectiveness of crime prevention programs. The following points provide analysis of the responses from people who had contact with Police Department staff. Therefore, for the purposes of analysis all Ånot applicableÆ answers in this category were excluded. ¥ Statement #12 à on appropriate action or follow-up to incident: A clear majority of the Cove respondents, 56%, agreed that the Department completed appropriate actions or follow-ups to their incidents / issues. This response percentage (56%) is only 2% lower than the overall results (58%), but is 16% lower than the gated community residents. This suggests that residents of the Cove have a less positive experience relative to gated community residents. ¥ Statement #13 à on Officers being approachable: Approximately 64% of Cove area residents found La Quinta Officers to be approachable, which is fairly consistent with overall percentage and gated community resident results. However, it is interesting to note that the number of strongly disagreed respondents far outweighed the number of disagreed respondents for this statement. This suggests that the residents who found Officers to be Matrix Consulting Group Page 108 236 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends unapproachable held strong opinions about this compared to the number of individuals that felt Officers were approachable. ¥ Statement #14 à cost effectiveness of contract law enforcement: Similar to the overall results and gated community residents a small majority of respondents, 52%, agreed that contract law enforcement is cost effective and approximately 34% chose to remain neutral regarding the issue. The response pattern of the Cove residents closely resembles that of the overall results and varies greatly from gated community Residents. Some of the areas of concern for the Cove area residents are the lack of consensus regarding the La Quinta Police Department providing high levels of service, having a high opinion of the work done by the Police Department, and effective communication of PD staff. However, similar to gated community residents, there is lack of awareness of crime prevention programs, and their inability to assess the effectiveness of those programs. (3) Summary Overall, examining the responses by gated community residents and the Cove area residents separately allowed the project team to evaluate the response patterns from a variety of perspectives within the community. The difference in responses for the two sets of results showed that residents of gated communities generally felt safer in their neighborhood and in the City compared to Cove area residents and had a more positive outlook towards the Police Department. Additionally, Cove area residents had less confidence in the Police Department compared to gated community residents and the overall La Quinta community. These differences can help the Department evaluate the greatest areas of need for the community on a neighborhood level and overall for the City of La Quinta. 3. GENERAL LAW ENFORCEMENT CONCERNS Matrix Consulting Group Page 109 237 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends In addition to the surveyÈs forced choice questions, the second section of the survey asked respondents to provide input regarding the types of crime in La Quinta that concern the community and / or the greatest service needs for the area. The results of this section of the survey are summarized in the following table, which have been ranked in order of greatest number of responses to fewest number of responses. Category Number % of Total 297 Burglary 70% 216 Speeding on Residential Streets 51% 176 Theft from Vehicles 42% 141 Violent Crime 33% 98 Other 23% 94 Graffiti 22% 60 Traffic Accidents 14% As the table above shows the greatest concern residents have is burglary, which is followed by speeding on residential streets. Some of the responses noted in the other category relate to gang violence, drag racing, red light violations, and drug activity. Overall, residents seem relatively unconcerned regarding traffic accidents, but did express that there needs to be greater emphasis on crime prevention in the community. The emphasis on crime prevention is consistent with the responses noted in the first section of the survey, as many of the residents seem to be unaware of the current crime prevention programs, or cannot evaluate the effectiveness of those programs. Similar to the first section, of the survey, the following subsections break out the law enforcement needs and concerns responses by gated community and the Cove residents. Matrix Consulting Group Page 110 238 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends (1) Gated Community The responses to this second section of the survey were filtered to only reflect the concerns of residents of gated communities. The following table ranks from highest to lowest the greatest law enforcement concerns for gated community residents: Category Number % of Total 83 Burglary 59% 62 Speeding on Residential Streets 44% 47 Theft from Vehicles 33% 37 Violent Crime 26% 31 Other 22% 30 Traffic Accidents 21% 14 Graffiti 10% The table above shows that for the majority of categories, the concerns of the gated community residents closely mirror that of the overall La Quinta community. As for the other category, the respondents discussed red light or stop sign violations and crime prevention as the source of concern. The primary difference in responses among the two survey categories is related to the traffic accidents and graffiti. For gated community residentsÈ graffiti is the lowest source of concern relative to traffic accidents. (2) Cove Residential Area The responses to this second section of the survey were filtered to only reflect the concerns of the Cove residents. The following table ranks from highest to lowest the greatest law enforcement concerns for gated community residents: Category Number % of Total 158 Burglary 80% 104 Speeding on Residential Streets 53% 90 Violent Crime 46% 87 Theft from Vehicles 44% 56 Graffiti 28% 50 Other 25% 14 Traffic Accidents 7% Matrix Consulting Group Page 111 239 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends The table on the previous page shows that priority of law enforcement concerns for Cove area residents varies greatly from overall and gated community residents. Most notably there is a significant jump in violent crime response percentage for this area residents and also for graffiti. This suggests that Cove area residents have different areas of concern relative to the entire La Quinta community. Additionally, the other category for this sub-set of respondents primarily relates to gang and drug activity concerns. (3) Summary Compared to the first section of the survey, there is greater consistency among responses in this second section of the survey across the various different citizen groups. Clearly, whether residents reside in the general La Quinta area, in a gated community, or in the Cove area, the greatest concerns are burglary and speeding on residential streets. However, residents in the Cove are much more concerned with violent crime compared to residents of gated communities who are much more concerned with theft from vehicles. Similar to the first section of the survey, the varied needs of the residents (gated community or Cove area residents), provides the Police Department with insight regarding the greatest needs for those communities within La Quinta. Matrix Consulting Group Page 112 240 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends APPENDIX B à SUMMARY OF THE COMMUNITY FOCUS GROUPS As part of this study the project team conducted three community focus groups that were conduct on March 10 and 11, 2015 in La Quinta. The purpose of these groups was to obtain input from members of the community regarding their perceptions about the La Quinta Police Department on a variety of topics related to the type and quality of service provided by the Department and the opportunity to provide their opinions on any other topic related to police services. City staff publicized these meetings on the City website and in the local media to inform the residents of the opportunity to provide their input. This section provides a summary of the input received at these meetings. The meetings were hosted by the project team and held at a room in City Hall. A total of 28 community members attended the meetings: ¥ 16 people attended on Tuesday March 10, 4:30 PM ¥ 7 people attended on Tuesday March 10, 6:30 PM ¥ 5 people attended on Wednesday March 11, 8:30 AM Group participants were provided an overview of the police services study and the role of the consulting group. The participants were asked to provide their ideas on what police services they needed Åmore ofÆ, what they needed Åless ofÆ and what police services were Åabout rightÆ in the La Quinta community. They were asked to provide specific positive incidents or items they had experienced and also their opinions on any other related issues that concerned them. Matrix Consulting Group Page 113 241 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends At each session participants were asked to register their personal and then collective views about the issues relating to the La Quinta Police Department. Each statement was written down and toward the end of the session each participant was asked to select their most important items. Participants were given 3 dots and asked to ÅvoteÆ for their top priority issues and their secondary priority issues (they could place all three dots on one item if they so choose). The following table summarizes the participantsÈ responses à sorted beginning with the highest number of Åtop priorityÆ picks. Item or Issue Top Secondary Priority Priority Increased visibility of Officers in neighborhoods and city streets; more 17 5 proactive policing of Officers taking action when they observe incidents More traffic enforcement at hot spot areas, residential collector and major 13 5 streets (red light violations, stop signs, speeding, bicycles, golf carts) More Officers on patrol, especially at night 8 3 More enforcement of quality of life issues - abandoned vehicles, furniture in 7 3 yards, on street More enforcement of drug laws in the parks and throughout the city 6 7 More enforcement of truancy laws in the parks, under-age drinking; graffiti 6 4 crimes citywide Frequently hear gunfire in neighborhood and helicopters overhead (the 4 1 Cove) which reduces the perception of safety Officers working in La Quinta to be more familiar with the city, responsive to 3 6 citizens and "invested" / engaged in the community More current crime information on PD website (able to sort by crime, date, 3 1 etc.) More information provided to residents on City website, in the "GEM" about 3 1 neighborhood associations, crime trends (e.g. burglary), crime prevention Improve traffic engineering - narrow wide streets to improve safety; improve 2 7 maintenance (some stop signs obstructed due to overgrowth of bushes/trees) Increase communication - obtain residents input more often 2 5 More coordination between the PD and Citizens on Patrol 2 2 More enforcement of vicious dog laws; owner control of dogs 2 0 More communication from the PD on problems reported - provide info back 1 9 to the reporting party; fewer "not your business" responses from Officers More PD coordination of landlord / tenant situations where the tenant is 1 1 frequently disturbing the neighborhood Matrix Consulting Group Page 114 242 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends Item or Issue Top Secondary Priority Priority Increased use 'reverse 911' system to inform residents more about crimes 1 0 and problems when they are occurring (safety information) More knowledgeable Officers about animal control and code enforcement 0 3 issues Provide personal defense training classes 0 2 The following additional comments were given regarding what police services were Åabout rightÆ and generally positive features about the Department, they are: ¥ Good response times to calls ¥ Coffee with a Cop is a very positive program that provides good interaction ¥ The number of School Resources Officers is about right and they provide a good presence at the schools ¥ Low visibility of panhandlers, transients and graffiti ¥ Officers are very courteous ¥ The PD has great resources and equipment ¥ Officers are well trained These are the main issues that the community focus group participants believe the Police Department and City should address. Matrix Consulting Group Page 115 243 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends APPENDIX C à PROFILE OF POLICE DEPARTMENT CONTRACTED POSITIONS This detailed description of the positions in the La Quinta Police Department provides information regarding the current organization and police services provided to the City by the Riverside County SheriffÈs Office. The City has a total of sworn and civilian positions directly funded by the City. There are additional RCSO staff positions partially funded by La Quinta that provide additional services (e.g. traffic accident investigation, administrative oversight) that are not listed in the table below. The authorized positions are: The table below provides the classification and number of La Quinta Police Department personnel as well as a summary of their primary roles and job tasks. Matrix Consulting Group Page 116 244 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends Primary La Quinta Police Department Contracted Positions Function Classification and Key Roles and Responsibilities Funded Staffing Level Office of the Chief (Captain) NA ¥ Provides the overall leadership, guidance, Chief management and administration of personnel and Assistant Chief 1 police services for the City. (Lieutenant) ¥ Oversees and coordinates all police services in the City to meet objectives set by the City Manager and Council. ¥ Closely works with the City Manager to meet the provisions of the contract with the SheriffÈs Department. ¥ Attends Council meetings and other special meetings and City events, safety fairs during the week and on weekends. ¥ Implements Department policies, procedures, goals and objectives. ¥ Supervises the Admin/Traffic Sergeant and SET Sergeant. ¥ Develops and maintains good working relationships with other managers in the City and peers in the regional and state law enforcement community. ¥ Develops and maintains good working relationships with local business leaders, community leaders and school officials. ¥ Attends special events ¥ Performs routine administrative functions in the day to day management of the Department. ¥ Works dayshift hours and responds 24/7 to emergency incidents as necessary. Patrol Officer 30.76 ¥ Respond to all calls for service in the city, including (30.76 Officers is crimes against persons, property crimes, domestic the equivalent of disputes, traffic collisions, disturbances. 150 hours of ¥ Provide direct field enforcement of all applicable laws patrol staffing and ordinances. daily) ¥ Write reports; conduct preliminary investigations of crime, conducts follow-up investigations as appropriate, book prisoners, transport prisoners. ¥ Engage in neighborhood patrols, directed patrol, traffic enforcement and other proactive activities to reduce and prevent crime. ¥ Respond to questions, concerns and requests from the general public and provides information and problem resolution as necessary. ¥ Identify and address both criminal and quality of life issues on their beat. Matrix Consulting Group Page 117 245 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends Primary La Quinta Police Department Contracted Positions Function Classification and Key Roles and Responsibilities Funded Staffing Level Patrol Community 4 ¥ This civilian position responds to low risk calls for Services Officer service, provides assistance to sworn field staff and also conducts proactive activities. ¥ Primary duties include investigation of minor crimes (auto burglary, graffiti), traffic accidents, parking violations and transportation of low risk arrestees from the field to jail. ¥ Assist Patrol Officers as needed at crime incidents and traffic accidents, including traffic direction and towing vehicles. Field Services Administrative / 1 ¥ Provides assistance to the Lieutenant on special Traffic Sergeant events, project and other matters relating to La Quinta police services. ¥ Supervises the four Motor Units, the School Resource Officers and two Community Service Officers assigned to Crime Prevention duties. ¥ Manages the ÅCitizens on PatrolÆ volunteer program. ¥ Performs a variety of routine administrative tasks. ¥ Attends meetings related to special event planning. ¥ Special event coordination for special events such as golf tournaments and July 4 festivities. ¥ Works with the SROs to coordinate and host the La Quinta Cadet Academy for five weeks during the summer. ¥ Other special projects as assigned. ¥ Works 0700-1700 hours Monday à Thursday. Field Services Motor Officers 4 ¥ Enforce traffic safety laws; provide targeted enforcement in an attempt to reduce traffic accidents. ¥ Receive and investigate traffic related complaints made by members of the public and conduct related enforcement. ¥ Investigate major injury and fatal traffic accidents. ¥ Plan for and work special events throughout the year. ¥ Normally work 10 hour shifts to provide coverage from 0600-1700 hours M-F and adjusts hours as necessary to work complaints and traffic safety projects. Note: Currently one Officer position is staffed by a Corporal Matrix Consulting Group Page 118 246 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends Primary La Quinta Police Department Contracted Positions Function Classification and Key Roles and Responsibilities Funded Staffing Level Field Services Community 2 ¥ This civilian position provides a variety of police Service Officer related services to the LQPD and community. ¥ Administers the social media sites (e.g. LQPD website, Facebook) and posts crime and other updates weekly. ¥ Creates and publishes the LQPD quarterly report that provides crime, performance and other statistical information. ¥ Coordinates special events such as the Safety Faire, City picnic and birthday bash, bike rodeo, Tip-a-Cop and Christmas toy drive. ¥ Coordinates and hosts regular events such as the monthly Coffee with a Cop meetings, quarterly business district meetings; staffs a LQPD information booth at the FarmerÈs Market. ¥ Conducts CPTED surveys as requested; assists new Neighborhood Watch groups with information and attends start up meeting. ¥ Follows up and completes incident reports over the phone for the people who have reported the incident on the website. ¥ Assists with the Citizens on Patrol volunteers. ¥ The two CSOs work 0700-1700; Mon.-Thurs. and Tues.-Fri Matrix Consulting Group Page 119 247 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends Primary La Quinta Police Department Contracted Positions Function Classification and Key Roles and Responsibilities Funded Staffing Level Field Services à Sergeant 1 ¥ Provide directed proactive patrol in La Quinta that Special Officers 5 focuses on recent crime trends. Enforcement Business District 2 ¥ Conducts proactive efforts to address crime trends Team (SET) Officers and try and solve the crimes; e.g. a series of burglaries that needed surveillance to identify the suspects and search warrants to obtain evidence. ¥ Responds to calls for service and provides back-up to patrol units when needed. ¥ Attends HOA meetings to provide crime prevention information. ¥ Work in the neighborhoods on quality of life concerns/complaints such as graffiti, abandoned vehicles, refuse in vacant lots, etc. ¥ Conducts parole and probation visits/searches; serves arrest warrants and search warrants. ¥ Conducts time sensitive follow-up on some cases for Detectives and attempts to locate suspects. ¥ The SET maintains a close working relationship with the Narcotics and Gang Task Forces to exchange information on crime suspects that are active in the community. ¥ Assists Patrol and other units with special projects such as DUI checkpoints. Business District Officers: ¥ Work with businesses to reduce shoplifting and other crimes at businesses in La Quinta; the focus on the Highway 111 corridor and other business districts and shopping centers in La Quinta. ¥ Respond to shoplifting crimes and conduct extensive follow-up to solve the crime. ¥ Conduct proactive patrol in the business areas to provide a visible police presence to prevent crime. ¥ Conduct quarterly crime prevention related business meetings. ¥ The Sergeant and 5 Officers primarily work swing shift hours Tues.-Fri; the 2 Business District Officers work 0800-1800 Tues.-Fri. Coachella Valley Officer 1 ¥ Assigned to the regional Task Force to combat Narcotics Task narcotics crimes in the Coachella Valley. Force Gang Task Force Officer 1 ¥ Assigned to the regional Task Force to combat criminal gangs and gang related crimes in the Coachella Valley. Sub-Total à Primary Positions 52.76 Matrix Consulting Group Page 120 248 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends Other ÅSupportingÆ Positions for La Quinta Police Department Function Classification and Key Roles and Responsibilities Funded Staffing Level Patrol, Lieutenant 1.63 Patrol: Investigations ¥ Oversees the work of the Patrol Sergeants; ensures there is adequate staffing to handle calls in the field. ¥ Responsible for and supervises the Officers working in La Quinta, Coachella and the unincorporated portions of the County to ensure field resources are being utilized properly to address calls for service and problems. ¥ Reviews written work and reports of Sergeants. ¥ Trains, counsels, mentors and audits employeesÈ performance; takes corrective or disciplinary action as necessary. ¥ Receives and handles complaints from members of the public. Investigations: ¥ Review, assign cases for follow-up, coordinate overall work of the Investigations Unit. Provide direction to Sergeants. ¥ Lieutenants are subject to call-out as needed. Patrol, Sergeant 6.85 Patrol: Investigations ¥ Serves as the shift supervisor during the work shift; ensures there is adequate staffing to handle calls in the field. ¥ Responsible for and supervises the Officers working in La Quinta, Coachella and the unincorporated portions of the County to ensure field resources are being utilized properly to address calls for service and problems. ¥ Responds to major incidents and coordinates field responses as appropriate. ¥ Keeps the Assistant Chief informed of significant or newsworthy incidents. ¥ Reviews written work and reports of Officers. ¥ Conducts annual performance reviews. ¥ Trains, counsels, mentors and audits employeesÈ performance; takes corrective or disciplinary action as necessary. ¥ Receives and handles complaints from members of the public. Investigations: ¥ Review, assign cases for follow-up, coordinate overall investigation of assigned crimes in La Quinta and other locations. Conduct follow-up investigations for all assigned cases, both person crimes and property crimes, and other incidents that require follow-up investigation. ¥ Sergeants are subject to call-out as needed. Matrix Consulting Group Page 121 249 CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA Final Report of the Review of Police Services and Crime Trends Other ÅSupportingÆ Positions for La Quinta Police Department Function Classification and Key Roles and Responsibilities Funded Staffing Level Investigations Investigators 6.47 ¥ Conduct follow-up investigations for all assigned cases, both person crimes and property crimes, including: robbery, burglary, rape, sexual assaults, missing persons, larceny and frauds, and other crimes that may occur in La Quinta that require follow-up investigation. ¥ Coordinate with Patrol Officers as necessary to complete crime reports and investigations. ¥ Detectives are subject to call-out as needed. Sub-Total of ÅSupportingÆ 14.95 Positions Total Police Department Positions 67.71 In total, La QuintaÈs police services has a total of 52.76 primary Police Department positions (46.76 sworn and 6 civilian positions) and 14.95 ÅsupportingÆ positions for an overall Police Department staff of 67.71 positions. Matrix Consulting Group Page 122 250 3 253 254 FS MeFS Me is a sans serif font that includes eight variable typefaces all within the same font family. These include: Light Light Italic Regular Regular Italic Bold Bold Italic Heavy Heavy Italic For demonstration, the remainder of this report will be written in “FS Me Regular, and FS Me Bold .” Color Palette Color is an integral part of a visual identity. When used correctly, colors establish a distinctively unique visual style across all City communications. The proposed color palette is derived from the PlayInLaQuinta.com website, which is the first point of contact for many visitors to La Quinta. This color palette includes: LQ Light LQ LQ Blue LQ Gray White Blue Yellow Roll-Out If approved, the public roll-out would take approximately three months. This includes changing all of the letterhead, envelopes, business cards, staff uniform apparel, 255 promotional advertisements, City websites, fleet vehicles, and all other digital files with a branded masthead. The “FS Me” font would be loaded on all City computers and used as the default font for all written communications. An unveiling event could be planned to announce the refreshed brand if the Council requests. Updates to existing directional signage, parks and building signage, and the entrance monument signs require significant updates and require additional research and funding. These updates would be brought back to the Council at a later date. Next Steps If approved, staff will create a timeline and coordinate the public roll-out. Report prepared by: Tustin Larson, Marketing & Events Supervisor Report approved for submission by:Edie Hylton, Deputy City Manager 256 REPORTSANDINFORMATIONALITEM:21 257 258 259 260 1A 261 262 263 264 1B 265 266 ATTACHMENT1 MEMORANDUM OF UNDERSTANDING FOR THE EAST VALLEY COALITION This Memorandum of Understanding (“MOU”) is made and entered into this ____ day of ______________, 2015 by and between the COUNTY OF RIVERSIDE, and the cities of COACHELLA, INDIO AND LA QUINTA, hereinafter individually and collectively referred to as the “PARTY” or “PARTIES”. RECITALS WHEREAS, the PARTIES have determined that there exists a need to stimulate economic development growth in areas within the boundaries of the PARTIES; WHEREAS, the PARTIES have determined that there exists a desire to jointly manage, coordinate, market and administer economic development programs and projects in the eastern Coachella Valley; and WHEREAS, the PARTIES desire to enter into an MOU as hereinafter set forth for matters concerning the conduct of economic development activities; WHEREAS, the PARTIES have the common power to undertake economic development activities and pursuant to Government Code Section 6500 et. seq., have the power to enter into this agreement; NOW THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the mutual covenants, conditions and advantages herein stated, the PARTIES hereto do agree as follows: SECTION I CREATION, PURPOSE AND GOALS 1.1In undertaking the economic development activities set forth in this MOU, the PARTIES agree to jointly conduct such activities under the moniker of the “East Valley Coalition”, hereinafter referred to as the “EVC”. 1.2The purpose of this MOU is to formalize the understanding between the PARTIES and set forth the terms by which the PARTIES will manage, coordinate, market, and administer economic development activities, programs and projects in the eastern portion of the Coachella Valley within the boundaries of PARTIES. The PARTIES agree that the purpose for conducting the activities as a coordinated group (i.e. EVC) shall include, but are not limited to the following: a.Implement a regional marketing program for areas that comprise the EVC; b.Act as a resource and business center to aid start-up and business expansion efforts, provide financial assistance information, job creation efforts, and other economic development incentives; c.Assist coordination and targeting of available federal, state and local funds and development programs; 1 267 d.Assist development of computerized economic information systems, establishing and/or utilizing data bases necessary for economic growth; e.Perform such other functions as may be deemed necessary and appropriate to meet the objectives of the EVC. 1.3 The Goals of the EVC were developed by PARTIES and are outlined and specified in Exhibit A, GOALS AND MEASURED OUTCOMES, attached hereto and incorporated by this reference. The PARTIES agree to put their best effort in accomplishing such goals. SECTION II ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES In conducting the economic development activities set forth in this MOU, the PARTIES individually agree to perform the following tasks or undertaking: 2.1The County of Riverside will: a.Create and maintain a basic web site for the EVC with links to the jurisdictions; b.Provide a lead staff member to coordinate all activities of the EVC; c.Provide financial support as determined in Section 5.2; and d.Assist in the development of economic development strategies for the EVC; 2.2The City of Coachella will : a.Provide staff member to assist in coordinating activities of the EVC; b.Provide financial support as determined in Section 5.2; and c.Assist in the development of economic development strategies for the EVC; 2.3The City of Indio will: a.Serve as fiscal agent for the EVC, producing financial reports and statements; b.Provide staff member to assist in coordinating activities of the EVC; c.Provide financial support as determined in Section 5.2; and d.Assist in the development of economic development strategies for the EVC; 2.4The City of La Quinta will: a.Provide a staff member to assist in coordinating activities of EVC; b.Provide financial support as determined in Section 5.2; and c.Assist in the development of economic development strategies for the EVC; SECTION III EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERM 3.1This MOU shall become effective as of the date on which the last governing body approves this MOU (“Effective Date”). 2 268 3.2The Term of the MOU will commence on the Effective Date and continue for two years at which point the MOU will automatically terminate unless otherwise extended by an amendment to this Agreement executed by all of the Parties. SECTION IV ASSOCIATE PARTNERS 4.1The EVC, through the PARTIES, may engage other public agencies as partners for the undertaking of the economic development activities described herein. Public agencies desiring to become an Associate Partner shall submit minute order from their governing body for consideration to each of the PARTIES for their individual approval. Unanimous approval by all PARTIES will be required to grant Associate Partner status, evidenced by a minute order from each of the PARTIES. Once approved by all the PARTIES and upon payment of the partner contribution (in an amount determined collectively by the PARTIES), the Associated Partner status shall be approved. A partner shall be entitled to participate in the programs of the EVC but is not a party to the MOU. SECTION V FINANCING AND BUDGETING 5.1 It is the intent and understanding of the PARTIES to this MOU that the activities conducted in the name of the EVC will be financed by mandatory contributions from the PARTIES. 5.2 Each PARTY shall contribute a mandatory contribution of Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000.00) per fiscal year (“Mandatory Contribution”).The Mandatory Contribution shall be used only for administrative and other matters of general benefit to all PARTIES that further the purposes of the MOU and for the activities described in this MOU. st 5.3 Payments shall be made yearly on July 1. Payments shall be made payable to and remitted to the PARTY that is the fiscal agent. 5.4 A general administrative budget shall be approved by the City Managers in the case of the cities of Coachella, Indio and La Quinta, and the Assistant County Executive Officer/EDA, in the case of the County of Riverside. The budget shall be prepared in sufficient detail to constitute an operating outline for the use of the Mandatory Contributions and shall cover expenditures to be made during the ensuing year for the purposes set forth in Section 5.2. SECTION VI ACCOUNTING 6.1 The City of Indio is designated as the fiscal agent. 3 269 SECTION VII GENERAL PROVISIONS 7.1 Indemnification. Each of the PARTIES agree to defend, indemnify and hold harmless each and every other PARTY and its officers, officials, employees or agents from and against any damages including, but not limited to, attorneys’ fees, expert and consultant fees, and other costs and fees of litigation, arising out of the alleged negligence, intentional or willful misconduct, or other legal fault of the PARTY, its agents, officers, officials, employees or representatives in the performance of this MOU. It is the intent of the PARTIES that where negligence or responsibility for injury or damages is determined to have been shared, principles of comparative negligence will be followed and each PARTY shall bear the proportionate cost of any loss, damage, expense and liability attributable to that PARTY’S negligence. In the event a claim or suit is filed and liability is based on the active conduct of two or more of the PARTIES, then such parties shall cooperate and contribute to the defense and indemnity of the claim or suit on an equal basis until such time as comparative negligence is established and damages apportioned. At that time, the responsible PARTIES shall reimburse the other PARTIES for their costs in accordance with their proportionate share of liability. The PARTIES each hereby certify that they have adequate self-insured retentions or a Joint Powers Authority or other self-insurance program sufficient to meet any obligation arising under this Section 7.1 7.2 Notices. Any notices, bills, invoices, or reports relating to this MOU, and any request, demand, statement or other communication required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing to the addresses set forth below and shall be deemed to have been received on (a) the day of delivery, if delivered by hand during regular business hours or by confirmed facsimile during regular business hours; or (b) on the third business day following deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid: City of Coachella 1515 Sixth Street Coachella, CA 92236 City of Indio 100 Civic Center Mall Indio, CA 92201 City of La Quinta 78495 Calle Tampico La Quinta, CA 92253 County of Riverside Economic Development Agency th 3403 10 Street Suite 400 4 270 Riverside, CA 92501 7.3 Entire Agreement. This MOU, and any other documents incorporated herein by specific reference, represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties. This MOU supersedes all prior oral or written negotiations, representations or agreements. This MOU may not be amended, nor any provision or breach hereof waived, except in a writing signed by the parties which expressly refers to this MOU. 7.4 Assignment. The parties shall not assign, transfer, or subcontract any interest in this MOU. Any attempt to so assign, transfer, or subcontract any rights, duties, or obligations arising hereunder shall be null, void and of no effect. 7.5 Amendments. This MOU may be amended, in writing, from time-to-time by unanimous vote of the PARTIES acting through their governing bodies. 7.6 Exhibits; Precedence. All documents referenced as exhibits in this MOU are hereby incorporated in this MOU. In the event of any material discrepancy between the express provisions of this MOU and the provisions of any document incorporated herein by reference, this provisions of the MOU shall prevail. 7.7 Independent Contractor. Each party to this MOU shall have no power to incur any debt, obligation, or liability on behalf of another party to this MOU or otherwise act as an agent of another party. 7.8 Construction. The validity, interpretation, and performance of this MOU shall be controlled by and construed under the laws of the State of California. In the event of any asserted ambiguity in, or dispute regarding the interpretation of any matter herein, the interpretation of this MOU shall not be resolved by any rules of interpretation providing for interpretation against the party that causes the uncertainty to exist or against the party who drafted the MOU or who drafted that portion of the MOU. 7.9 MOU Administration. The City Managers in the case of the cities of Coachella, Indio and La Quinta, and the Assistant County Executive Officer/EDA, in the case of the County of Riverside, or their designees, shall administer the terms and conditions of this MOU for their respective city or county. 7.10 Cooperation; Further Act. The Parties shall cooperate fully with one another, and shall take any additional acts or sign any additional documents as may be necessary, appropriate or convenient to attain the purposes of this MOU. 5 271 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the PARTIES hereto have caused this MOU to be executed by their duly authorized representatives. Date:__________________________COUNTY OF RIVERSIDE, a political subdivision of the State of California ________________________ Marion Ashley, Chairman BOARD OF SUPERVISORS ATTEST: Kecia Harper-Ihem Clerk of the Board of Supervisors ______________________, Deputy APPROVED AS TO FORM: Gregory P. Priamos County Counsel By: __________________________ 6 272 Date:__________________________ CITY OF COACHELLA, ________________________ Steven Hernandez, Mayor ATTEST: Beatrice Barajas City Clerk By: _________________________ APPROVED AS TO FORM: Carlos Campos City Counsel By: __________________________ 7 273 Date:__________________________ CITY OF INDIO, a municipal corporation ________________________ Mayor Lupe Ramos Watson ATTEST: By: __________________________ Cynthia Hernandez, CMC City Clerk APPROVED AS TO FORM: By: _________________________ Roxanne Diaz City Attorney 8 274 Date:__________________________ CITY OF LA QUINTA, a California municipal corporation Linda Evans, Mayor City of La Quinta, CA ATTEST: _________________________________ SUSAN MAYSELS, City Clerk City of La Quinta, California APPROVED AS TO FORM: __________________________________ WILLIAM H. IHRKE, City Attorney City of La Quinta, California 9 275 EXHIBIT A 10 276 277 278 279 280 DEPARTMENTREPORT:3 CDD CDD OMMUNITYEVELOPMENTEPARTMENT OMMUNITYEVELOPMENTEPARTMENT C C USTOMERENTER DEPARTMENT HIGHLIGHTS 281 CityÔs goals and policies. Planning Activity—Major Projects Building Activity 282 ANIMAL CONTROL ACTIVITY ( CODE COMPLIANCE ACTIVITY ( 283 284 DEPARTMENTREPORT:4 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 DEPARTMENTREPORT:5 TO: Honorable Mayor and Members of the City Council FROM: Timothy R. Jonasson, P.E., Public Works Director/City Engineer DATE: May 19, 2015 SUBJECT: PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT REPORT FOR APRIL 2015 1.On May 11, Public Works and Community Services staff attended the Bn`bgdkk`U`kkdxV`sdqChrsqhbsŬr'BUVCŬs) briefing on the draft drought measures presented to their board on May 12. City staff gave input and received clarification on penalties for exceeding the water budget of the approximate 150 individual water meters the City has with CVWD for its facilities, parks, retention basins and landscaped medians and parkways. Staff is currently working on strategiesenqlddshmfsgdChrsqhbsŬrfn`kne25 percent overall reduction in potable water use starting this June. 2.For the month of April, the total for all maintenance expenditures recorded in GORequest was $85,988, with street sweeping, debris removal, irrigation/weeds/shrub/tree trimming, traffic signals, and storm drain repair being among the highest tasks in terms of cost. Public Works maintenance workers recorded approximately 1,500 task hours associated with this work. A detailed breakdown of tasks and associated costs is presented in the attached pie chart (Attachment 1). 3.Residents continue to submit Customer Satisfaction Surveys through the GORequest system. The Public Works Department received 13 surveys in the month of April, with residents commenting on how staff handled reported issues. Employees were rated on their effectiveness, response time, and courtesy. A summary of responses is provided below and detailed surveys are provided as Attachment 2: 76-4odqbdmsneqdronmcdmsrq`sdcDloknxddBntqsdrx`rŮRtodqhnqůnq ŮFnnců 74odqbdmsneqdronmcdmsrq`sdcQdronmrdShldr`rŮRtodqhnqůnq ŮFnnců 293 66odqbdmsneqdronmcdmsrhmchb`sdcŮDwbddcdcůnqŮLdsůtmcdq Expectations Met 73 percent of respondents rated EmplnxddDeedbshudmdrr`rŮRtodqhnqů nqŮFnnců Surveys also include positive feedback from residents such as: ŮKhjdcsgd ldsgncneadhmf`akdsnqdptdrsehwdrhemnshbdchmKP-ůŮUdqxroddcx qdronmchmf%s`jhmfb`qdneqdptdrsŴůŮSg`mjrenqs`jhmfb`qdnesgd oqnakdl ůŮXntpthbjkxl`cdsgdrhcdv`kjr`ed-ů 4.A pre-construction meeting has been scheduled for May 27 for the Perimeter Landscaping of City-owned Lots Project, with work anticipated to begin on June 1. 5.The Avenida Carranza Drainage Improvements Project in now complete and is scheduled for Council acceptance in June. 6.Granite Construction Company is executing contracts for the Adams Street Signal and Street Improvements Project and is expected to do the work over the summer while school is not in session. 7.Bids are due on June 4 for the Jefferson Street Roundabout Striping Modification Project. Work is anticipated to occur over the summer. 8.On-site construction continues at the Century Theatre Project, located at the corner of Washington Street and Avenue 47. Contractors are working on the theatre walls and underground storm water retention chamber. 9.On-site water, sewer, and storm drain construction continues at the Signature project located within the PGA West development located at Avenue 54 and Jefferson Street. 10.On-site construction of homes continues at: Andalusia (Madison Street between Avenue 58 and Avenue 60) and Griffin Ranch (Madison Street and Avenue 54). 11.On-site sewer and water have begun at the Monterra project located on Monroe Street just north of Airport Boulevard. 12.The City selected a consultant to perform water quality inspection services to comply with National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System requirements. A kick-off meeting was held with CASC Engineering and Consulting on May 13. Attachments: 1. Maintenance Expenditures by Task for April 2. Customer Satisfaction Survey Details for April 294 ATTACHMENT 1 295 296 ATTACHMENT 2 297 298 299 300 1 301 302 303 304 305 306 RESOLUTION 2015 – A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA, APPROVING A MITIGATED NEGATIVE DECLARATION FORENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT NO. 2014-638, FOR BEAZER HOMES HOLDINGS (WATERMARK) CASE NO.: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT 2014-638 APPLICANT: BEAZER HOMES HOLDINGS WHEREAS, The Community Development Department has prepared a Mitigated Negative Declaration (“MND”) of Environmental Impact and associated Mitigation Monitoring Program (Exhibit A) for Environmental Assessment 2014-638 for this project, in compliance with the requirements of the California Environmental Quality Act (“CEQA”). The Community Development Director has determined that although the proposed project could have a significant effect on the environment, there will not be a significant effect because revisions in the project have been made by or agreed to by the project proponent and mitigation measures have been incorporated. WHEREAS, the Community Development Department did publish a Notice of st Intent to Adopt an MND in TheDesertSun newspaper, on the 21day of November, 2014, as prescribed by CEQA. The Initial Study was distributed to responsible agencies and was available for review at the Community Development Department at La Quinta City Hall; and, WHEREAS, the Planning Commission of the City of La Quinta, California, did, th on the 9day of December, 2014, hold a duly noticed Public Hearing to consider a MND of Environmental Impact forEnvironmental Assessment No. 2014-638, and after hearing and considering all testimony and arguments, did by minute motion unanimously recommend to the City Council approval of said MND; and, WHEREAS, the Community Development Department did publish a Public th Hearing Notice in The Desert Sun newspaper, on the 8 of May, 2015, as prescribed by Municipal Code, with public hearing notices mailed to all property owners within 500 feet of the Beazer Homes/Watermark property; and, WHEREAS, upon hearing and considering all testimony and arguments, if any, of all interested persons desiring to be heard, said City Councildid make the following findings to justify approval of said MND of Environmental Impact for Environmental Assessment No. 2014-638: 307 Resolution No.2015 – Environmental Assessment 2014-638 Beazer Homes Holdings Corp. – Watermark Adopted: May 19, 2015 Page 2 of 4 1. The Project will not be detrimental to the health, safety, or general welfare of the community, either indirectlyor directly, in that no significant unmitigated impacts were identified by the MND. 2.The Project will not have the potential to degrade the quality of the environment, substantially reduce the habitat of a fish or wildlife population to drop below self sustaining levels, threaten to eliminate a plant or animal community, reduce the number or restrict the range of rare or endangered plants or animals or eliminate important examples of the major periods of California history or prehistory in that no significant effects on environmental factors have been identified by the MND. 3. There is no evidence before the City that the Project will have the potential for an adverse effect on wildlife resources or the habitat on which the wildlife depends in that in that no significant effects on environmental factors have been identified by the MND. 4. The Project does not have the potential to achieve short-term environmental goals, to the disadvantage of long-term environmental goals, as no significant effects on environmental factors have been identified by the MND. 5. The Project will not result in impacts, which are individually limited or cumulatively considerable when considering planned or proposed development in the immediate vicinity, as development patterns in the area will not be significantly affected by the Project. 6. The Project will not have environmental effects that will adversely affect the human population, either directly or indirectly, as no significant impacts have been identified which would affect human health, risk potential or public services. 7. There is no substantial evidence in light of the entire record that the Project may have a significant effect on the environment in that mitigation measures are imposed on the Project that will reduce impacts to a less than significant level. 8. The City Council has considered the MND and said MND reflects the independent judgment of the City. 308 Resolution No.2015 – Environmental Assessment 2014-638 Beazer Homes Holdings Corp. – Watermark Adopted: May 19, 2015 Page 3 of 4 9. The City has, on the basis of substantial evidence, rebutted the presumption of adverse effect set forth in 14 CAL Code Regulations 753.5(d). 10. The location and custodian of the City’s records relating to this project is the Community Development Department located at 78-495 Calle Tampico, La Quinta, California, 92253. NOW THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED by the City Council of the City of La Quinta, California, as follows: SECTION 1.That the above recitations are true and correct and constitute the findings of the City Council approving Environmental Assessment 2014-638; SECTION 2. That the City Council of the City of La Quinta hereby approves the a MND of Environmental Impact and associated Mitigation Monitoring Program (Exhibits A and B) for Environmental Assessment 2014-638for the reasons set forth in this Resolution; PASSED, APPROVED, AND ADOPTED at a regular meeting of the City th Council of the City of La Quinta held this 19day of May, 2015, by the following vote: AYES: NOES: ABSENT: ABSTAIN: __________________________ LINDA EVANS, Mayor City of La Quinta, California ATTEST: ____________________________ SUSAN MAYSELS, City Clerk City of La Quinta, California 309 Resolution No.2015 – Environmental Assessment 2014-638 Beazer Homes Holdings Corp. – Watermark Adopted: May 19, 2015 Page 4 of 4 (CITY SEAL) APPROVED AS TO FORM: ________________________________ , City Attorney WILLIAM H. IHRKE City of La Quinta, California 310 EXHIBIT "A" CIT OF A QUNTA YYLLII 78-95 Calle ampico 44TT La QQuinta, CAA 92253 Phone:(760) 7777-7000 ENVIRNMETAL IITIALSTUD OONNNNYY ProjectTTitle: Beaazer Homes,Watermark Villas Case No: Genneral Plan Ammendment 22014-127, Zoone Change 2014-145,SSpecific Plann 2003-069, Amendmennt #1, Site DeevelopmentPermit 20144-942, Tenntative Tract Map 36762 Lead Ageency Cityy of La Quinnta 78-4495 Calle Taampico LaQQuinta, CA 992253 (7600) 777-7125 Applicant: Beaazer Homes HHolding Corrp. 18000 E. Imperiaal Hwy, Suitte 140 Brea, CA 928211 (7144) 672-7047 ContactPPerson: Nicole Sauviat CCriste, Conssulting Plannner, City of LLa Quinta (7600) 777-7125 ProjectLLocation: NWW Corner of JJefferson Strreet and Aveenue 52 LaQQuinta, CA 992253 APNN: 776-220-012-1, 776-2220-013-2,aand 776-2200-014-3 GeneralPPlan/Zoningg: Currrent:Mediumm/High Dennsity Residenntial Propposed: LowDensity Ressidential Surroundding Land Uses: Norrth: Single-faamily housinng (The Citrrus Club) Souuth: Vacant lands, Avenuue 52 East: Vacant Laands, Jeffersoon Street Wesst: Single-faamily housinng (The Citruus Club) ProjectDDescriptionn: The propposed projeect will resuult in the ddevelopment t of 82 singgle-family ddetached ressidential dwellingg units to be located on ±±20.84 acress in the Cityy of La Quinnta, Californnia. The projject was previoussly approveed for 2488 condominniums in 22004 and wwas partiallly built. EExisting improvemments, incluuding residenntial structurres and parkking podiumms will be deemolished ass part of the projeect. 311 Watermark Villas IS/MND November 2014 A General Plan Amendment and Zone Change will change the land use and zoning designations from the existing Medium/High Residential to Low Density Residential. The Watermark Specific Plan Amendment No. 1 will be amended to eliminate discussion of the previously approved condominium project and to allow for the 82 single-family detached homes with three floor plans. A Tentative Tract Map is proposed to subdivide the lots and create lots for streets, parkways and other ancillary facilities. The proposed development includes internal private streets, a community recreation center with pool, and a retention basin that also serves as passive open space. The project also makes provision for a possible gated golf cart connection to Fresa Circle to provide access should an agreement be made with the Citrus Course and HOA. The majority of the subject property is currently vacant with the exception of several palm trees and 11 abandoned buildings, some only partially constructed, from the previous development which will be demolished as part of the project. The existing perimeter wall, primary entry and retention basin will be retained from the prior development with minor modifications made. Most underground utilities will be removed and reconstructed within the new street system. The Specific Plan sets forth General Plan and Zoning amendments from “Medium/High Density Residential” to “Low Density Residential,” making the project consistent with both the General Plan Land Use and Zoning classifications. Project Location and Limits: The proposed project is located at the northwest corner of Avenue 52 and Jefferson Street in the City of La Quinta, California. The project involves Assessor’s Parcels 776-220-012-1, 776-220- 013-2, and 776-220-014-3. Other Required Public Agencies Approval: None -2- 312 313 314 315 316 318 319 Watermark Villas IS/MND November 2014 ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS POTENTIALLY AFFECTED: The environmental factors checked below would be potentially affected by this project, involving at least one impact that is a "Potentially Significant Impact" as indicated by the checklist on the following pages. Agriculture and Aesthetics Air Quality Forestry Resources Biological Resources Cultural Resources Geology /Soils Greenhouse Gas Hazards & Hazardous Hydrology / Water Quality Emissions Materials Land Use / Planning Mineral Resources Noise Population / Housing Public Services Recreation Utilities / Service Mandatory Findings of Transportation/Traffic Systems Significance DETERMINATION: (To be completed by the Lead Agency) On the basis of this initial evaluation: I find that the proposed project COULD NOT have a significant effect on the environment, and a NEGATIVE DECLARATION will be prepared. I find that although the proposed project could have a significant effect on the environment, there will not be a significant effect in this case because revisions in the X project have been made by or agreed to by the project proponent. A MITIGATED NEGATIVE DECLARATION will be prepared. I find that the proposed project MAY have a significant effect on the environment, and an ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT REPORT is required. I find that the proposed project MAY have a "potentially significant impact" or "potentially significant unless mitigated" impact on the environment, but at least one effect 1) has been adequately analyzed in an earlier document pursuant to applicable legal standards, and 2) has been addressed by mitigation measures based on the earlier analysis as described on attached sheets. An ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT REPORT is required, but it must analyze only the effects that remain to be addressed. I find that although the proposed project could have a significant effect on the environment, because all potentially significant effects (a) have been analyzed adequately in an earlier EIR or NEGATIVE DECLARATION pursuant to applicable standards, and (b) have been avoided or mitigated pursuant to that earlier EIR or NEGATIVE DECLARATION, including revisions or mitigation measures that are imposed upon the proposed project, nothing further is required. SignatureDate -6- 320 Watermark Villas IS/MND November 2014 EVALUATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS: 1) A brief explanation is required for all answers except "No Impact" answers that are adequately supported by the information sources a lead agency cites in the parentheses following each question. A "No Impact" answer is adequately supported if the referenced information sources show that the impact simply does not apply to projects like the one involved (e.g., the project falls outside a fault rupture zone). A "No Impact" answer should be explained where it is based on project-specific factors as well as general standards (e.g., the project will not expose sensitive receptors to pollutants, based on a project-specific screening analysis). 2) All answers must take account of the whole action involved, including off-site as well as on- site, cumulative as well as project-level, indirect as well as direct, and construction as well as operational impacts. 3) Once the lead agency has determined that a particular physical impact may occur, then the checklist answers must indicate whether the impact is potentially significant, less than significant with mitigation, or less than significant. "Potentially Significant Impact" is appropriate if there is substantial evidence that an effect may be significant. If there are one or more "Potentially Significant Impact" entries when the determination is made, an EIR is required. 4) "Negative Declaration: Less Than Significant With Mitigation Incorporated" applies where the incorporation of mitigation measures has reduced an effect from "Potentially Significant Impact" to a "Less Than Significant Impact." The lead agency must describe the mitigation measures, and briefly explain how they reduce the effect to a less than significant level (mitigation measures from Section XVII, "Earlier Analyses," may be cross-referenced). 5) Earlier analyses may be used where, pursuant to the tiering, program EIR, or other CEQA process, an effect has been adequately analyzed in an earlier EIR or negative declaration. Section 15063(c)(3)(D). In this case, a brief discussion should identify the following: a) Earlier Analysis Used. Identify and state where they are available for review. b) Impacts Adequately Addressed. Identify which effects from the above checklist were within the scope of and adequately analyzed in an earlier document pursuant to applicable legal standards, and state whether such effects were addressed by mitigation measures based on the earlier analysis. c) Mitigation Measures. For effects that are "Less than Significant with Mitigation Measures Incorporated," describe the mitigation measures, which were incorporated or refined from the earlier document and the extent to which they address site-specific conditions for the project. 6) Lead agencies are encouraged to incorporate into the checklist references to information sources for potential impacts (e.g., general plans, zoning ordinances). Reference to a previously prepared or outside document should, where appropriate, include a reference to the page or pages where the statement is substantiated. 7) Supporting Information Sources: A source list should be attached, and other sources used or individuals contacted should be cited in the discussion. 8) This is only a suggested form, and lead agencies are free to use different formats; however, lead agencies should normally address the questions from this checklist that are relevant to a project's environmental effects in whatever format is selected. 9) The explanation of each issue should identify: a) the significance criteria or threshold, if any, used to evaluate each question; and b) the mitigation measure identified, if any, to reduce the impact to less than significance. -7- 321 Watermark Villas IS/MND November 2014 Potentially Less Than Less Than No Significant Significant w/ Significant Impact Impact Mitigation Impact I. AESTHETICS -- Would the project: a) Have a substantial adverse effect on a scenic X vista? b) Substantially damage scenic resources, including, but not limited to, trees, rock X outcroppings, and historic buildings within a state scenic highway? c) Substantially degrade the existing visual X character or quality of the site and its surroundings? d) Create a new source of substantial light or X glare which would adversely affect day or nighttime views in the area? Source: 2035 General Plan, La Quinta Municipal Code, California Scenic Highway Mapping System, project materials. Less than Significant, No Impact. I. a-c) Properties in the project vicinity generally enjoy views of the Santa Rosa Mountains located to the west and southwest. The site is not located near an existing or proposed state scenic highway and there are no scenic resources, rock outcroppings, or historical buildings located onsite. However, both Jefferson Street and Avenue 52 are designated as Image Corridors in the 2035 General Plan and provide valuable visual character and resources to the City. Lands to the south, southeast, southwest, and east of the project site are currently vacant creating very little obstruction to existing scenic vistas. Development of the proposed project will have limited impact on scenic vistas for the neighboring single-family residences to the north and west due to the site’s existing perimeter wall and abandoned buildings. In addition, the proposed project will be developed with single story homes with a maximum height of 22 feet or less. New landscaping will be limited to an approved plant palette consistent with the surrounding desert environment. Therefore, impacts to scenic vistas are expected to be less than significant. Less than Significant. d) Approval of the proposed project will result in the construction of 82 detached single-family units. Lighting will be generated by vehicle trips, buildings, landscaping, and is expected to be similar to that generated by existing residential developments to the immediate north and west, and traffic along Jefferson Street and Avenue 52. The proposed project will be required to abide by City of La Quinta building codes and lighting ordinance, which require proper shielding of light sources and prohibit light spillage on adjacent properties. A lighting plan will be submitted and approved prior to development, and all standard requirements will be applied. With compliance with City lighting standards, lighting impacts associated with the proposed project are expected to be less than significant. Mitigation Measures : None Monitoring: None -8- 322 Watermark Villas IS/MND November 2014 Potentially Less Than Less Than No Significant Significant w/ Significant Impact Impact Mitigation Impact II. AGRICULTURE RESOURCES: Would the project: a) Convert Prime Farmland, Unique Farmland, or Farmland of Statewide Importance (Farmland), as shown on the maps prepared pursuant to the X Farmland Mapping and Monitoring Program of the California Resources Agency, to non- agricultural use? b) Conflict with existing zoning for agricultural X use, or a Williamson Act contract? c) Involve other changes in the existing environment which, due to their location or X nature, could result in conversion of Farmland, to non-agricultural use? Source: 2035 General Plan, California Department of Conservation Farmland Mapping, project materials. No Impact. II. a-c) The subject property is not designated as Prime Farmland, Unique Farmland, or Farmland of Statewide Importance according to the California Dept. of Conservation, nor is it used for agricultural purposes. The subject area is surrounded by both urban development and open space recreational lands, including single-family housing, golf courses, and vacant lands zoned for general commercial, major community facilities and open space-recreational. There are no Williamson Act contracts on the subject property or properties in the immediate vicinity. The proposed property and immediate area are not zoned for agricultural use and will not result in the conversion of existing farmland to non-agricultural uses. There will be no impacts to agricultural resources. Mitigation Measures : None Monitoring: None -9- 323 Watermark Villas IS/MND November 2014 Potentially Less Than Less Than No Significant Significant w/ Significant Impact Impact Mitigation Impact III. AIR QUALITY: Would the project: a) Conflict with or obstruct implementation of the X applicable air quality plan? b) Violate any air quality standard or contribute X substantially to an existing or projected air quality violation? c) Result in a cumulatively considerable net increase of any criteria pollutant for which the project region is non-attainment under an X applicable federal or state ambient air quality standard (including releasing emissions which exceed quantitative thresholds for ozone precursors)? d) Expose sensitive receptors to substantial X pollutant concentrations? e) Create objectionable odors affecting a X substantial number of people? Source:La Quinta General Plan, SCAQMD CEQA Handbook; 2003 PM10 Plan for the Coachella Valley, SCAQMD 2012 Air Quality Management Plan; CalEEMod Version 2013.2.2; Earthwork Volume Analysis: Watermark La Quinta, prepared by Earthwork Calculation Services, October 8, 2014. No Impact III. a) . The Coachella Valley, including the project area, is located within the Salton Sea Air Basin (SSAB), which is under the jurisdiction of the South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD). SCAQMD is responsible for monitoring criteria air pollutant concentrations and establishing management policies for the SSAB. All development within the SSAB is subject to SCAQMD’s 2012 Air Quality Management Plan (2012 AQMP) and the 2003 Coachella Valley PM State Implementation Plan (2003 CV 10 PM SIP). 10 The project will be developed in accordance with all applicable air quality management plans. The AQMP is based, in part, on the land use plans of the jurisdictions in the region. The proposed project will reduce the lot density from a previously approved 248-unit condominium development, to the currently proposed 82-unit single-family development. This land use density decrease will result in fewer construction and mobile emissions, thus having a less significant impact than the previous proposed use. Given its location adjacent to an existing neighborhood and limited scope, the project will be consistent with the intent of the AQMP. No impacts associated with compliance with applicable management plans are expected. Less than Significant with Mitigation. b) Criteria air pollutants will be released during both the construction and operational phases of the proposed project. The California Emissions Estimator Model (CalEEMod) Version 2013.2.2 was used to project air quality emissions that will be generated by the project. Table 1 summarizes short-term construction-related emissions, and Table 2 summarizes ongoing emissions generated at operation. -10- 324 Watermark Villas IS/MND November 2014 Construction Emissions The construction period includes all aspects of project development, including site preparation, grading, hauling, paving, building construction, and application of architectural coatings. For analysis purposes, it is assumed that construction will occur over a 3-year period from January 2015 to December 2017. As shown in Table 1, emissions generated by construction activities will be reduced to less than significant levels with implementation of mitigation measures. The data reflect average daily emissions over the 3-year construction period, including summer and winter weather conditions. The analysis assumes approximately 53,202 cubic yards materials will be imported during grading, and will require the demolition of 11 existing buildings totaling 70,378 square feet. Applicable mitigation measures include, but are not limited to, the implementation of dust control practices in conformance with SCQAMD Rule 403, proper maintenance and limited idling of heavy equipment, phasing application of architectural coatings and the use of low-polluting architectural paint and coatings. Adherence to such measures will ensure construction related emissions would remain less than significant. The Mitigation complete list of mitigation measures is provided at the end of this Section under Measures III (b). Table 1 Watermark Villas Maximum Daily Construction-Related Emissions Summary (pounds per day) 1 CO NO ROG SO PM PM Construction Emissions x2102.5 2015 86.14 95.85 9.50 0.15 9.48 6.06 2016 23.90 25.81 3.83 0.03 2.50 2.01 2017 23.06 23.82 29.55 0.03 2.31 1.83 SCAQMD Thresholds 550.00 100.00 75.00 150.00 150.00 55.00 Exceeds? No No No No No No 1 Average of winter and summer emissions, mitigated, 2015-2017. Source: CalEEMod model, version 2013.2.2 output tables generated 11.12.14. Operational Emissions Operational emissions are ongoing emissions that will occur over the life of the project. They include area source emissions, emissions from energy demand (electric and natural gas), and mobile source (vehicle) emissions. Table 2 provides a summary of projected emissions at operation of the proposed project. Table 2 Watermark Villas Operation-Related Emissions Summary (pounds per day) CO NO ROG SO PM PM x2102.5 1 Operational Emissions 57.14 10.14 17.62 0.08 6.04 3.15 SCAQMD Thresholds 550.00 100.0075.00 150.00 150.00 55.00 Exceeds?NoNoNoNoNoNo 1 Average of winter and summer emissions, unmitigated, 2017. Source: CalEEMod model, version 2013.2.2 output tables generated 11.12.14. -11- 325 Watermark Villas IS/MND November 2014 As shown in Table 2, operational emissions will not exceed SCAQMD thresholds of significance for any criteria pollutants. The data are conservative and reflect unmitigated operations. Less than Significant. c)Historically, the Coachella Valley, in which the project site is located, has been classified as a “non-attainment” area for PM10 and ozone. In order to achieve attainment in the region, the 2003 Coachella Valley PM Management Plan was adopted, 10 which established strict standards for dust management for development proposals. The Salton Sea Air Basin (SSAB) is currently (November 2014) a non- attainment area for PM 10 and is classified as attainment/unclassifiable for PM. The proposed project will contribute to 2.5 an incremental increase in regional ozone and PM emissions. However, given its limited size 10 and scope, cumulative impacts are not expected to be considerable. Under mitigated conditions set forth in this analysis, project construction and operation emissions will not exceed SCAQMD thresholds for PMor ozone precursors (NOx). The project will not 10 conflict with any attainment plans and will result in less than significant impacts. Less than Significant d). The nearest sensitive receptors are single-family residences immediately north and west of the project site. Their distance from the building pad ranges from approximately 20-25 meters. To determine if the proposed project has the potential to generate significant adverse localized air quality impacts, the mass rate Localized Significance Threshold (LST) Look-Up Table was used. The City of La Quinta and subject property are located within Source Receptor Area 30 (Coachella Valley). Given the project’s size and proximity to existing housing, the 5-acre site tables at a distance of 25 meters was used. Table 3 shows on-site emission concentrations for project construction and the associated LST. As shown in the table, LSTs will not be exceeded under unmitigated conditions for CO and NOx. PM and PM, which include best 102.5 management practices and standard dust control measures (SCAQMD Rule 403). Therefore, air quality impacts to nearby sensitive receptors will be less than significant. Table 3 Watermark Villas Localized Significance Thresholds (lbs/day) CONOxPM PM 102.5 Construction 86.1495.859.48 6.06 LST Threshold 2,29230414 8 Exceed? NoNoNo No Emission Source: CalEEMod model, version 2013.2.2 output tables generated 11.12.14. LST Threshold Source: LST Mass Rate Look-up Table, SCAQMD. Less than Significant e). The proposed project is not expected to generate objectionable odors during any of the phases of construction or at project buildout. The proposed project has the potential to result in short term odors associated with paving and other construction activities. However any such odors would be quickly dispersed below detectable thresholds as distance from the construction site increases. Therefore, impacts from objectionable odors are expected to be less than significant. -12- 326 Watermark Villas IS/MND November 2014 Mitigation Measures III (b): The following measures will reduce emission of potentially harmful pollutants and should be included in project grading and dust control plans, as well as in construction and construction traffic staging: 1.Construction equipment, delivery trucks, worker vehicles, and haul trucks will limit idling time to no more than 5 minutes. 2.The grading contractor shall certify in writing that all construction equipment is properly serviced and maintained in good operating conditions. Certification shall be provided to City Engineer for review and approval. 3.Diesel-powered construction equipment shall utilize aqueous diesel fuels, and be equipped with diesel oxidation catalysts. 4.A fugitive dust plan shall be prepared for the proposed project and shall be approved by the City Engineer. Said plan shall include but not be limited to the following best management practices: 5.Chemically treat soil where activity will cease for at least four consecutive days; 6.All construction grading operations and earth moving operations shall cease when winds exceed 25 miles per hour; 7.Water site and equipment morning and evening and during all earth-moving operations; 8.Operate street-sweepers on paved roads adjacent to site; 9.Establish and strictly enforce limits of grading for each phase of development; and/or 10.Stabilize and re-vegetate areas of temporary disturbance needed to accomplish each phase of development. 11.Wash off trucks as they leave the project site as necessary to control fugitive dust emissions. 12.Cover all transported loads of soils, wet materials prior to transport, provide adequate freeboard (space from the top of the material to the top of the truck) to reduce PM10 and deposition of particulate matter during transportation. 13.Use track-out reduction measures such as gravel pads at project access points to minimize dust and mud deposits on roads affected by construction traffic. 14. Construction equipment and materials shall be sited as far away from residential and park uses as practicable. 15.The following Best Control Measures (BCM) shall be utilized by the contractor, as required, to limit impacts to air quality: -13- 327 Watermark Villas IS/MND November 2014 1.BCM-1: Further Control of Emissions from Construction Activities: Watering, chemical stabilization, wind fencing, revegetation, and track-out control. 2.BCM-2: Disturbed Vacant Lands: Chemical stabilization, wind fencing, access restriction, and revegetation. 3.BCM-3: Unpaved Roads and Unpaved Parking Lots: Paving, chemical stabilization, access restriction, and revegetation. 4.BCM-4: Paved Road Dust: Minimal track-out, stabilization of unpaved road shoulders, and clean streets maintenance. 16. Existing power sources should be utilized where feasible via temporary power poles to avoid on-site power generation. 17. Imported fill and paving materials, as well as any exported material, shall be adequately watered prior to transport, covered during transport, and watered prior to unloading. 18.Each portion of the project to be graded shall be pre-watered prior to the onset of excavation, grading or other dust-generating activities. 19. On-going watering soil stabilization of disturbed soils, especially in the staging area, shall be employed on an on-going basis after the initiation of any grading activity on the site. Portions of the site that are actively being graded shall be watered regularly to ensure that a crust is formed on the ground surface, and shall be watered at the end of each workday. 20.SCAQMD Rule 403 shall be adhered to, ensuring the clean-up of construction-related dirt on approach routes to and from the site. 21.All grading activities shall be suspended during first and second stage ozone episodes or when winds exceed 25 miles per hour. Monitoring III (b): A. Prior to the issuance of grading permits and authorization to proceed, the City Engineer shall review and approve project staging and detailed dust management plans. The dust control plan or equivalent documentation shall also address issues of construction vehicle staging and maintenance. Implementation of these mitigation measures will ensure that impacts associated with PM are mitigated to a less than 10 significant level. Responsible Parties: City Engineer, General Contractor B. The City or its designee shall conduct daily inspections of the project and intervene when contractor deviates from City-approved plans. Daily logs shall be maintained on the activities and their conformance to the project's dust control plan. Responsible Parties: City Engineer staff or designee -14- 328 Watermark Villas IS/MND November 2014 Potentially Less Than Less Than No Significant Significant w/ Significant Impact Impact Mitigation Impact IV. BIOLOGICAL RESOURCES -- Would the project: a) Have a substantial adverse effect, either directly or through habitat modifications, on any species identified as a candidate, sensitive, or special status X species in local or regional plans, policies, or regulations, or by the California Department of Fish and Game or U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service? b) Have a substantial adverse effect on any riparian habitat or other sensitive natural community X identified in local or regional plans, policies, regulations or by the California Department of Fish and Game or US Fish and Wildlife Service? c) Have a substantial adverse effect on federally protected wetlands as defined by Section 404 of the Clean Water Act (including, but not limited to, X marsh, vernal pool, coastal, etc.) through direct removal, filling, hydrological interruption, or other means? d) Interfere substantially with the movement of any native resident or migratory fish or wildlife species X or with established native resident or migratory wildlife corridors, or impede the use of native wildlife nursery sites? e) Conflict with any local policies or ordinances X protecting biological resources, such as a tree preservation policy or ordinance? f) Conflict with the provisions of an adopted Habitat Conservation Plan, Natural Community X Conservation Plan, or other approved local, regional, or state habitat conservation plan? Source: 2035 General Plan, Coachella Valley MSHCP, project materials. Less than Significant with Mitigation. IV. a) Biological resources in the project area have been affected by area roadways and urban development. Native habitat onsite has been highly degraded due to previous grading and site development. Several palm trees occupy the site and may offer limited nesting sites for birds protected by the international Migratory Bird Treaty Act (MBTA). To comply with the MBTA, any vegetation or tree removal, or other ground disturbing activities occurring between January 1 to August 31 with the potential to impact nesting birds shall require a qualified biologist to conduct a nesting bird survey to determine if there is a potential impact to such species. Conducting construction activities outside of the breeding season (September 1 through December 31) can avoid having to implement such measures. If active nests of any native bird are found onsite, they will be avoided until after the young have fledged. Compliance with the MBTA will ensure impacts to sensitive species are reduced to less than significant levels. -15- 329 Watermark Villas IS/MND November 2014 The City of La Quinta participates in the Coachella Valley Multiple Species Habitat Conservation Plan (CV MSHCP), which is a comprehensive regional plan encompassing a planning area of approximately 1.1 million acres and conserving approximately 240,000 acres of open space. The Plan is intended to address the conservation needs of a variety of plant and animal species and natural vegetation communities that occur in the Coachella Valley region. It establishes a system of preserves outside of urbanized areas in the valley in order to protect lands with high conservation value. It streamlines permitting processes by implementing state and federal endangered species acts while providing for land development within its planning area. No Impact b,c). The project site is located in a developed and highly disturbed area and there are no riparian habitats or wetlands located on the site. The proposed project will have no impact on riparian species or habitat, wetlands or other sensitive natural communities, including marshes or vernal pools, or through direct removal, filling, or hydrological interruption of a natural drainage. No Impact. d) The subject property does not serve as a wildlife movement corridor for any native resident or migratory fish or wildlife species, or as a native wildlife nursery site. The site is bounded on the east by Jefferson Street (an Urban Arterial roadway), on the south by Avenue 52, on the north and west by single-family residential. In addition, the site is currently bounded on all sides by a perimeter wall. The ground surface has been disturbed by previous grading and other anthropogenic activities. The proposed project is not expected to impact wildlife corridors or nursery sites. Less than Significant. e,f) The City of La Quinta has adopted the Coachella Valley Multiple Species Habitat Conservation Plan (CVMSHCP). As a result, the City is required to implement a Local Development Mitigation Fee (LDMF) for projects located within the CVMSHCP plan area. Although the proposed project site is not within a designated conservation area, as defined in the Plan, it is located with the general Plan boundaries, and the developer will be required to pay LDMF. These fees are designed to offset potential impacts of cumulative projects on covered biological species, and assure that impacts are reduced throughout the Valley and City to less than significant levels. Mitigation . 1.To comply with the MBTA, any vegetation or tree removal, or other ground disturbing activities occurring between January 1st and August 31st with the potential to impact nesting birds shall require a qualified biologist to conduct a nesting bird survey to determine if there is a potential impact to such species. All vegetation and suitable nesting habitat (including open ground) on the project site, whether or not it will be removed or disturbed, shall be surveyed for nesting birds. If no nests are present, this condition will be cleared. Conducting construction activities outside the breeding season (September 1st through December 31st) can avoid having to implement these measures. If active nests of any native bird are found on site, they will be avoided until after the young have fledged. -16- 330 Watermark Villas IS/MND November 2014 Monitoring A. The City’s Planning Division shall assure that necessary nesting bird surveys are completed in compliance with the Migratory Bird Treaty Act and applicable protocol. Responsible Parties: Planning Division stst Schedule: Between January 1 to August 31 and no more than 30 days prior to site disturbance. -17- 331 Watermark Villas IS/MND November 2014 Potentially Less Than Less Than No Significant Significant w/ Significant Impact Impact Mitigation Impact V. CULTURAL RESOURCES -- Would theproject: a) Cause a substantial adverse change in the X significance of a historical resource as defined in '15064.5? b) Cause a substantial adverse change in the X significance of an archaeological resource pursuant to '15064.5? c) Directly or indirectly destroy a unique X paleontological resource or site or unique geologic feature? d) Disturb any human remains, including those X interred outside of formal cemeteries? Source: 2035 General Plan, project materials. No Impact. V. a,b) According to the 2035 General Plan the subject property has been previously surveyed for cultural resources (Exhibit III-4). There are no known historic, archaeological or paleontological resources of significance located on-site. The site is located in a developed area that has contained residential and recreational development for many years. It is bounded by Jefferson Street (an Urban Arterial roadway) on the east and 52 Avenue on the south; and single-family residential to the north and west. The site is also contained by a perimeter wall on all sides. Given the area’s highly disturbed nature from previous urban development, it is not anticipated that the proposed project will adversely affect historical or archaeological resources. No Impact. c) According to Exhibit III-5 of the General Plan, the proposed project site is located in an area of the City of high paleontological sensitivity/significance, underlain by ancient Lake Cahuilla beds. However, the site has been previously developed and disturbed though the introduction of surrounding roadways and residential developments. As a result of these disturbances, the soils within the project site are considered low in sensitivity for paleontological resources. Implementation of the project will have no further impact on paleontological resources. No Impact. d) It is not anticipated that any human remains will be encountered during construction of the proposed project because the site and surrounding area have been previously disturbed to accommodate development. However, should any previously unidentified or unanticipated human remains be discovered during project construction, state law requires that law enforcement be contacted, and the remains removed in a prescribed manner. The project will be subject to these requirements. Mitigation: None required. Monitoring: None required. -18- 332 Watermark Villas IS/MND November 2014 Potentially Less Than Less Than No Significant Significant w/ Significant Impact Impact Mitigation Impact VI. GEOLOGY AND SOILS -- Would the project: a) Expose people or structures to potential substantial adverse effects, including the risk of loss, injury, or death involving: i) Rupture of a known earthquake fault, as delineated on the most recent Alquist-Priolo X Earthquake Fault Zoning Map issued by the State Geologist for the area or based on other substantial evidence of a known fault? X ii) Strong seismic ground shaking? iii) Seismic-related ground failure, including X liquefaction? X iv) Landslides? b) Result in substantial soil erosion or the loss of X topsoil? c) Be located on expansive soil, as defined in Table 18-1-B of the Uniform Building Code X (1994), creating substantial risks to life or property? d) Have soils incapable of adequately supporting the use of septic tanks or alternative waste water X disposal systems where sewers are not available for the disposal of waste water? Sources: 2035 General Plan; project materials; “ Geotechnical Assessment, Watermark Project,” prepared by Petra Geotechnical, Inc October 30, 2013 VI. a) Petra Geotechnical, Inc. (Petra) prepared a Geotechnical Assessment for the proposed project in October 2013. Petra reviewed the various geotechnical engineering reports/letters and well as the repot of compaction testing prepared by the previous consultant Earth Systems Southwest (ESS) for the subject site in addition to conducting site reconnaissance and laboratory testing. No Impact i.. The proposed project site is not located within an Alquist-Priolo Earthquake Fault Zone, and there are no known active or potentially active faults on site or within the immediate vicinity. There will be no impacts associated with fault rupture on the project site. Less than Significant ii. . Ground shaking is judged to be the primary hazard most likely to affect the site. The project site is located in a seismically active area based upon proximity to four regionally significant faults; the San Andreas, San Jacinto-Anza segment, San-Jacinto- Coyote Creek segment, and Burnt Mountain. The San Andreas Fault is capable of generating a moment magnitude 7.4. All structures in the planning area will be subjected to this shaking, and could be seriously damaged if not properly designed. All construction on the site will be required to abide be the Uniform Building Code for Seismic Zone 4, thereby reducing impacts related to strong ground shaking to less than significant levels. -19- 333 Watermark Villas IS/MND November 2014 Less than Significant. iii. Both Riverside County and Exhibit IV-3 of the 2035 General Plan indicate the project site is located in an area of low liquefaction susceptibility. This area is characterized by fine-grained granular sediments that are normally susceptible to liquefaction, but groundwater depths are greater than 50 feet. The site is located in an area that is susceptible to high levels of ground shaking and may result in localized impacts related to liquefaction around saturated foundations or other load-carrying structures. Results from the 2013 CPT data and analysis (Petra) indicate that the site is somewhat susceptible to seismically induced settlement, with settlement ranging from 0.35 to 0.7 inches during a major seismic event. Based on these findings, Petra recommends that the proposed foundations be supported by a post-tensioned system with consideration given to the installation of flexible joins as the deformation sensitive utility lines enter the dwellings. Similar consideration should be given to major utility line fixtures within the proposed development. The project is required to conform with the City Zoning, Development Code and the Uniform Building Code Standards at the time of construction, thus further reducing impacts related to seismically induced liquefaction to less than significant levels. No Impact. iv. The proposed project site is relatively flat and is not located within the vicinity of a landform susceptible to landslides, such as a slope or hillside. No impacts are expected. Less than Significant. b) The project site is located within a high to very high Wind Erosion Hazard zone as identified in the 2035 General Plan Exhibit IV-5. The project area is susceptible to high winds that can cause wind erosion and soil displacement and accumulation. As described in the Air Quality section above (Section III), the applicant will be required to submit a dust control and management plan as part of the permitting process. Implementation of dust control management practices will reduce impacts associated with soil erosion and loss of topsoil to less than significant levels. Less than Significant. c) Soils in the planning area include alluvial sand and gravel with fine- grained lakebed deposits such as silts and clays in some areas. The project site is located on lands comprised of wind-laid dune sand (Qs) as shown in Exhibit IV-4 of the General Plan. As previously mentioned, the site has been previously graded and partially developed. Petra Geotechnical, Inc. conducted laboratory tests in 2013 indicating that the fill and/or native alluvial soils on site are classified as poorly-graded sand to poorly-graded sand with silt that have a very low expansion potential. Results also indicate that soils tested were found to have a negligible corrosion potential to concrete materials (soluble sulfate of 0.03 and pH of 7.2), are moderately corrosive to buried metallic elements (minimum resistivity of 5,500 ohm/cm), and have a low corrosion potential to metals embedded in concrete (soluble chloride content of 82 ppm). Maximum dry-density testing had a value of 103 pounds per cubic foot (pcf) at optimum moisture content of 10 percent. However, given the limited testing samples, Petra recommends that additional sampling and testing are warranted during final site grading to ensure that expansion rates of on site soils pose no substantial risks to life or property in accordance with Table 18-1-B of the 1994 Uniform Building Code, thus reducing potential impacts related to expansive soils to less than -20- 334 Watermark Villas IS/MND November 2014 significant levels. These standard requirements will assure that impacts are less than significant. No Impact. d) The proposed project occurs in an urbanized area of the City. The proposed project will be required to connect to sanitary sewer lines in the area, and no septic systems will be permitted. No impact is expected. Mitigation: None required. Monitoring: None required. -21- 335 Watermark Villas IS/MND November 2014 Potentially Less Than Less Than No Significant Significant w/ Significant Impact VII. GREENHOUSE GAS EMISSIONS Impact Mitigation Impact -- Would the project: a) Generate greenhouse gas emissions, either directly or indirectly, that may have a significant X impact on the environment? b) Conflict with an applicable plan, policy or regulation adopted for the purpose of reducing the X emissions of greenhouse gases? Source: CalEEMod Version 2013.2.2, project materials. VII. Less than Significant. a,b) The proposed project will generate greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions during both construction and operation. As mentioned in Section III (Air Quality), CalEEMod was used to quantify air quality emission projections, including greenhouse gas emissions. Construction related greenhouse gas emissions will be temporary and will end once the project is completed.Operation of the proposed project will create on-going greenhouse gases through the consumption of electricity and natural gas, moving sources, the transport and pumping of water for onsite use, and the disposal of solid waste. Table 4 provides projected short-term and annual GHG generation for the proposed project Table 4 Watermark Villas GHG Emissions from Construction and Operation (Metric Tons/Year) CO2 CH4 N2O CO2e 1.234.07 0.23 0.00 1,238.81 Construction Activities 1,454.83 1.39 0.00 1,187.31 Operational Activities CalEEMod model, version 2013.2.2 output tables generated 11.12.14. Values shown represent the total annual, unmitigated GHG emission projections for construction and operation of the proposed project, 2017. State legislation, including AB32, aims for the reduction of greenhouse gases to 1990 levels by 2020; however, there are currently no thresholds for greenhouse gases associated with residential developments. It is recognized that GHG impacts are intrinsically cumulative. As such, project construction and operation will be conducted in a manner that is consistent with applicable rules and regulation pertaining to the release and generation of GHG’s. Statewide programs and standards will further reduce GHG emissions generated by the project, including new fuel-efficient standards for cars, and newly adopted Building Code Title 24 standards. The proposed project will have a less than significant impact on the environment from the emission of GHG’s and will not conflict with any applicable GHG plans, policies or regulations. Mitigation: None required. Monitoring: None required. -22- 336 Watermark Villas IS/MND November 2014 Potentially Less Than Less Than No Significant Significant w/ Significant Impact Impact Mitigation Impact VIII. HAZARDS AND HAZARDOUS MATERIALS --Would the project: a) Create a significant hazard to the public or the X environment through the routine transport, use, or disposal of hazardous materials? b) Create a significant hazard to the public or the environment through reasonably foreseeable upset X and accident conditions involving the release of hazardous materials into the environment? c) Emit hazardous emissions or handle hazardous or acutely hazardous materials, substances, or X waste within one-quarter mile of an existing or proposed school? d) Be located on a site which is included on a list of hazardous materials sites compiled pursuant to X Government Code Section 65962.5 and, as a result, would it create a significant hazard to the public or the environment? e) For a project located within an airport land use plan or, where such a plan has not been adopted, X within two miles of a public airport or public use airport, would the project result in a safety hazard for people residing or working in the project area? f) For a project within the vicinity of a private X airstrip, would the project result in a safety hazard for people residing or working in the project area? g) Impair implementation of or physically X interfere with an adopted emergency response plan or emergency evacuation plan? h) Expose people or structures to a significant risk of loss, injury or death involving wildland fires, X including where wildlands are adjacent to urbanized areas or where residences are intermixed with wildlands? Source: 2035 General Plan, CA Department of Toxic Substances, project materials. Less than Significant. VII.a,b) The proposed project will result in 82 single-family residential units. This residential development will not create a significant hazard to the public related to the transportation of hazardous materials. Small amounts of chemicals for household cleaning may be transported or stored by residents; however, they will be minimal and cause similar risks as those associated with existing residential uses in the area. Impacts associated with transportation, use or storage of these materials are expected to be less than significant. No Impact c). The nearest school is Harry Truman Elementary School and La Quinta Middle School located approximately 1.3 miles northeast of the proposed project. The project is not located within a quarter mile of a school nor will it result in the emission or handling of hazardous materials of significance. -23- 337 Watermark Villas IS/MND November 2014 No Impact. d) The project site is not located on or near a hazardous materials site as identified by the California Department of Toxic Substances Control. It will not create a significant hazard to the public or environment. No Impact e-f). The project site is located approximately 5 miles south of the Bermuda Dunes airport. The project site is not susceptible to hazards associated with aviation. No Impact g). The proposed project will not physically interfere with local or regional roadway networks, or interfere with implementation of an emergency response or evacuation plan. The proposed project will have access to the City’s existing street grid for emergency purposes, including Jefferson Street and Avenue 52. No impacts are expected. No Impact. h) The project site is located on the Valley floor, and is in a highly urbanized area. There will be no impacts associated with wildland fires. Mitigation: None required. Monitoring: None required. -24- 338 Watermark Villas IS/MND November 2014 Potentially Less Than Less Than No Significant Significant w/ Significant Impact Impact Mitigation Impact IX. HYDROLOGY AND WATER QUALITY -- Would the project: a) Violate any water quality standards or waste X discharge requirements? b) Substantially deplete groundwater supplies or interfere substantially with groundwater recharge such that there would be a net deficit in aquifer volume or a lowering of the local groundwater table X level (e.g., the production rate of pre-existing nearby wells would drop to a level which would not support existing land uses or planned uses for which permits have been granted)? c) Substantially alter the existing drainage pattern of the site or area, including through the alteration of X the course of a stream or river, in a manner which would result in substantial erosion or siltation on- or off-site? d) Substantially alter the existing drainage pattern of the site or area, including through the alteration of the course of a stream or river, or substantially X increase the rate or amount of surface runoff in a manner which would result in flooding on- or off- site? e) Create or contribute runoff water which would exceed the capacity of existing or planned X stormwater drainage systems or provide substantial additional sources of polluted runoff? f) Place housing within a 100-year flood hazard area as mapped on a federal Flood Hazard Boundary or X Flood Insurance Rate Map or other flood hazard delineation map? g) Place within a 100-year flood hazard area X structures which would impede or redirect flood flows? Source: 2035 General Plan; FEMA Flood Insurance Rate Map Panel #2233G; project materials.; Hydrology Study for Watermark Villas prepared by Adams-Streeter Civil Engineers, Inc. June 2014. No Impact IX. a) . The proposed project will not violate any water quality standards or waste discharge requirements. The project proponent will be required to implement National Pollution Elimination System (NPDES) requirements for storm flows by preparing and implementing SWPPP and WQMP, as required. Project development will be connected to existing sewer lines in Jefferson Street and or Avenue 52. Wastewater will be transported to and processed at CVWD’s Mid-Valley Water Reclamation Plant (WRP-4) in Thermal. CVWD implements all the requirements of the Regional Water Quality Control Board as they relate to wastewater discharge requirements and water quality standards. Therefore, the proposed project will have less than significant impact on water quality standards or waste discharge requirements. -25- 339 Watermark Villas IS/MND November 2014 Less than Significant b). Water for the proposed project will be supplied by CVWD. CVWD has prepared an Urban Water Management Plan 2010 Update, which is a long-term planning document that helps CVWD plan for current and future water demands. The proposed project is consistent with the City’s General Plan and is therefore addressed in the UWMP. The UWMP demonstrates that the District has available, or can supply, sufficient water to serve the proposed project. Impacts on groundwater supplies and recharge are expected to be less than significant Less than Significant, Less than Significant. c-e) The project will result in impermeable hardscape onsite, which will increase surface runoff and somewhat alter the local drainage pattern. The subject property does not contain any streams or rivers, and storm water issues associated with this development will be limited to local drainage. The proposed drainage system includes an on-site storm drainpipe system that will collect and convey the stormwater runoff into the existing retention basin located at the southwest corner of the site. Off-site street flows on Avenue 52 and Jefferson Street will be conveyed into an existing catch basin located at the entrance of the project and on the street. A storm drain system will collect and direct these intercepted flows into the existing on site retention basin. According to the Hydrology Study (Adams-Streeter, 2014), the total storage capacity of the retention basin is 220,320 cubic feet and the required storage capacity for the site is 211,240 cubic feet (100-year 24-hour runoff). The existing basin utilizes nine sandfilters per the City’s Standard Drawing No. 307. The applicant will be required to rehabilitate the existing sandfilters to original specifications. The project proponent will be required to submit the stormwater drainage plan prior to construction to ensure impacts to local drainage are reduced to less than significant impacts. All hydrology improvements will also be required to comply with NPDES standards, to assure that no polluted storm water enters other surface waters either during construction or operation of the project. The City’s requirements assure that drainage patterns will not be significantly impacted by the proposed project. No Impact. f-g) The subject property is designated Zone X on FEMA’s Flood Insurance Rate Maps, which is defined as an area of moderate to low risk of flood hazard. The proposed project will not place housing within the boundaries of the 100-year flood hazard area. Mitigation: None required. Monitoring: None required. -26- 340 Watermark Villas IS/MND November 2014 Potentially Less Than Less Than No Significant Significant w/ Significant Impact Impact Mitigation Impact X. LAND USE AND PLANNING - Would the project: X a) Physically divide an established community? b) Conflict with any applicable land use plan, policy, or regulation of an agency with jurisdiction over the project (including, but not X limited to the general plan, specific plan, local coastal program, or zoning ordinance) adopted for the purpose of avoiding or mitigating an environmental effect? c) Conflict with any applicable habitat X conservation plan or natural community conservation plan? Sources: 2035 General Plan, 2003 CVMSHCP Figure 4-1: Conservation Areas; project materials. Watermark Specific Plan Amendment No.1, prepared by MSA Consulting, October 16, 2014. No Impact X. a). The proposed project will not divide an established community. The property is located on the northwest corner of Jefferson Street and Avenue 52 surrounded by vacant lands and residential developments. The project will be a continuation of residential development trends in the area. No Impact. b) The site has been designated for “Medium/High Density Residential” uses in the City’s General Plan and Zoning Ordinance. The Watermark Specific Plan Amendment No. 1 will result in a General Plan Land Use and Zoning amendment, allowing for “Low Density Residential.” Therefore, with approval of the General Plan Amendment and Zone Change, the project is consistent with the land use goals and policies of the City, and impacts are considered negligible. No Impact. c) The project site is not located within any conservation areas as identified in the CVMSHCP. However, the property is within the general boundaries of the Plan, and therefore, the project proponent will be required to pay Local Development Mitigation Fee (LDMF). There will be no conflict with the Plan. (See Section IV Biological Resources). Mitigation: None required. Monitoring: None required. -27- 341 Watermark Villas IS/MND November 2014 Potentially Less Than Less Than No Significant Significant w/ Significant Impact Impact Mitigation Impact XI. MINERAL RESOURCES -- Would the project: a) Result in the loss of availability of a known X mineral resource that would be of value to the region and the residents of the state? b) Result in the loss of availability of a locally- important mineral resource recovery site X delineated on a local general plan, specific plan or other land use plan? Sources: 2035 General Plan, project materials. No Impact. XI.a,b)Mineral resources in the City consist primarily of sand and gravel.The proposed project site is located in Mineral Resource Zone MRZ-1, which indicates that no resources occur (Exhibit III-1, 2035 General Plan). There will be no impact to mineral resources as a result of the proposed project. Mitigation: None required Monitoring: None required -28- 342 Watermark Villas IS/MND November 2014 Potentially Less Than Less Than No Significant Significant w/ Significant Impact Impact Mitigation Impact XII. NOISE - Would the project result in: a) Exposure of persons to or generation of noise levels in excess of standards established in the X local general plan or noise ordinance, or applicable standards of other agencies? b) Exposure of persons to or generation of X excessive groundborne vibration or groundborne noise levels? c) A substantial permanent increase in ambient X noise levels in the project vicinity above levels existing without the project? d) A substantial temporary or periodic increase in X ambient noise levels in the project vicinity above levels existing without the project? e) For a project located within an airport land use plan or, where such a plan has not been adopted, within two miles of a public airport or public use X airport, would the project expose people residing or working in the project area to excessive noise levels? f) For a project within the vicinity of a private airstrip, would the project expose people residing X or working in the project area to excessive noise levels? Source: 2035 General Plan Noise Element, project materials. Less than Significant. XII. a) The City of La Quinta Noise Element of the General Plan provides guidelines for community noise impacts per land use designation. The current City noise standards for residential land uses allow noise levels of 60 dBA from 7am to 10pm, and 50 dBA from 10pm to 7am. The primary source of noise in the City and project area is traffic related. The main source of off-site exterior noise impacting the project will be generated from traffic along Jefferson Street and Avenue 52. Tables IV-1 and IV-2 of the Noise Element provide noise analysis of various locations throughout the City. The average daily noise levels generated from traffic at Jefferson Street and Avenue 52 is is 62.2 dBA. This does not reflect the noise reduction from the existing perimeter wall. The proposed project is located in proximity to residential land uses of the Citrus Club, immediately north and west of the subject site. According to City standards, residential land uses are considered “noise sensitive” thereby restricting allowable noise levels within the planning area. The City requires that exterior noise levels not exceed 65 dBA CNEL in outdoor living areas, and interior noise levels not to exceed 45 dBA CNEL in all habitable rooms. Noise generated by project operation and related traffic is anticipated to similar to existing noise of the surrounding residential uses and traffic along Jefferson Street and Avenue 52. Therefore, noise impacts to surrounding residential land uses will be less than significant. -29- 343 Watermark Villas IS/MND November 2014 Less than Significant. b) Development of the proposed project will temporarily generate noise and groundbourne vibrations through construction related activities, but will cease once in operation. Impacts are therefore expected to be less than significant. Less than Significant c,d). Surrounding land uses in proximity to the proposed site include low density residential to the north and west, and currently vacant lands to the east and south. The proposed project is consistent with lands immediately north and west of the site and will generate comparable noise levels. Impacts are expected to be less than significant. No Impact. e,f) The project is located approximately 5 miles to the south of the Bermuda Dunes Airport. Although an occasional overflight is likely, the approach patterns do not occur in the vicinity of the proposed project. There are no private airstrips in the region. Therefore, there will be no impact associated with airport noise. Mitigation: None required Monitoring: None required -30- 344 Watermark Villas IS/MND November 2014 Potentially Less Than Less Than No Significant Significant w/ Significant Impact Impact Mitigation Impact XIII. POPULATION AND HOUSING – Would the project: a) Induce substantial population growth in an area, either directly (for example, by proposing X new homes and businesses) or indirectly (for example, through extension of roads or other infrastructure)? b) Displace substantial numbers of existing X housing, necessitating the construction of replacement housing elsewhere? c) Displace substantial numbers of people, X necessitating the construction of replacement housing elsewhere? Source: Project materials. “Report E-5: Population and Housing Estimates for Cities, Counties, and the State, January 1, 2011-2014, with 2010 Benchmark,” CA Dept. of Finance, Demographic Research Unit, May 1, 2014. No Impact. XIII. a) The proposed project will result in the development of 82 detached single-family residential units. According to the California Department of Finance, the 2014 household size 1 in La Quinta is 2.59 persons per household. Based on this factor, the project has the potential to add approximately 213 persons to the City’s population. Although the project will directly induce population growth, it is consistent with the natural growth occurring over time in the City. Impacts to population will be less than significant. No Impact. b,c) The proposed site is currently vacant and designated for medium/high density residential. The project will not result in the loss or relocation of housing stock. Instead, the project will be adding 82 single-family units to the City’s housing stock. There will be no impact to housing. Mitigation: None required Monitoring: None required 1 “E-5 Population and Housing Estimates for Cities, Counties, and the State 2011-2014”, prepared by CA Dept. of Finance, accessed November 2014. -31- 345 Watermark Villas IS/MND November 2014 Potentially Less Than Less Than No Significant Significant w/ Significant Impact Impact Mitigation Impact XIV. PUBLIC SERVICES a) Would the project result in substantial adverse physical impacts associated with the provision of new or physically altered governmental facilities, need for new or physically altered governmental facilities, the construction of which could cause significant environmental impacts, in order to maintain acceptable service ratios, response times or other performance objectives for any of the public services: X Fire protection? X Police protection? X Schools? X Parks? X Other public facilities? Source: 2035 General Plan, Google Earth accessed November 2014, project materials. XIV. a) Les than Significant Fire Protection- The County of Riverside Fire Department provides Fire Protection for the proposed project. The nearest exiting fire station (Station #93) that would respond first to an incident is located approximately 1.5 miles north of the project site at 44555 Adams Street. There are two other stations located at 78111 Avenue 52 (#32) and 54001 Madison Street (#70). All County- operated stations feature a minimum of one trained paramedic as part of its three-person engine company per RCFD policy.The Fire Department also operates four additional stations in surrounding communities. The Department’s first-in-response times range from two to six minutes and exhibits an Insurance Services Office (ISO) public protection class rating of four based on the provision of staffing, communication, water system for suppression, building standards etc. The site will have immediate access to Avenue 52 and possibly Jefferson Street (at the City’s discretion) for emergency purposes. Project development will be in accordance with all City Municipal Code and/or Riverside County Fire Protection Standards to assure adequate fire safety and emergency response. Impacts will be less than significant. Les than Significant Police Protection- The City contracts with the County Sheriff for police services. The addition of 82 single- family residential units will increase the need for police services for 213 additional persons; however overall impact to police services is expected to be less than significant. The project vicinity is currently patrolled and will continue to be patrolled after project development. The site will be immediately accessible from Avenue 52, and project development will occur in accordance with City standards to assure adequate police protection. -32- 346 Watermark Villas IS/MND November 2014 -Les than Significant Schools The proposed project will result in 82 single-family residences and has the potential to directly increase student population. The proposed project is located within the Coachella Valley Unified School District (CVUSD) and the Desert Sands Unified School District and will be required to pay the State mandated developer fee to help address and offset the potential impacts to local schools. Fees will be collected prior to the issuance of building permits. -Les than Significant Parks Each residential lot will have a private yard and the development will provide a community center and several open space components that will serve as both recreational space and a retention basin. The project is not expected to substantially increase the use of existing neighborhood and regional parks or other recreational facilities. The proposed project will participate in the City’s parkland in-lieu fee program to offset impacts associated with parks generated by the 213 new residents of the project. Impacts are expected to be less than significant. Mitigation: None required Monitoring: None required -33- 347 Watermark Villas IS/MND November 2014 Potentially Less Than Less Than No Significant Significant w/ Significant Impact Impact Mitigation Impact XV. RECREATION -- a) Would the project increase the use of existing neighborhood and regional parks or other X recreational facilities such that substantial physical deterioration of the facility would occur or be accelerated? b) Does the project include recreational facilities or require the construction or expansion of X recreational facilities which might have an adverse physical effect on the environment? Sources: 2035 General Plan, project materials. No Impact. XV. a,b) Residents of La Quinta currently have access to 72 acres of parks, 147 acres of nature preserves containing recreational parkland areas, 845 acres of regional parks, a 525- acre municipal golf course, and numerous other private and public recreational facilities. The City sets a requirement for providing a minimum of 5 acres per 1,000. When this standard is applied to the estimated General Plan buildout population, a total of 403 acres of neighborhood and community parks will be required to adequately serve the City and its sphere of influence. The development consists of 82 detached single-family residential units, which could potentially increase the City’s population by 213 persons. The development offers a private community recreation center with pool, private yards for each dwelling unit, and several open space components that will serve as both passive recreational space and a retention basin. The project is not expected to substantially increase the use of existing neighborhood and regional parks or other recreational facilities. The proposed project will participate in the City’s parkland in-lieu fee program to offset impacts associated with parks generated by the 213 new residents of the project. Impacts are expected to be less than significant. Mitigation: None required Monitoring: None required -34- 348 Watermark Villas IS/MND November 2014 Potentially Less Than Less Than No Significant Significant w/ Significant Impact Impact Mitigation Impact XVI. TRANSPORTATION/TRAFFIC -- Would the project: a) Cause an increase in traffic which is substantial in relation to the existing traffic load and capacity of the street system (i.e., result in a substantial X increase in either the number of vehicle trips, the volume to capacity ratio on roads, or congestion at intersections)? b) Exceed, either individually or cumulatively, a level of service standard established by the county congestion X management agency for designated roads or highways? c) Result in a change in air traffic patterns, including either an increase in X traffic levels or a change in location that results in substantial safety risks? d) Substantially increase hazards due to a design feature (e.g., sharp curves or X dangerous intersections) or incompatible uses (e.g., farm equipment)? e) Result in inadequate emergency X access? f) Result in inadequate parking capacity? X g) Conflict with adopted policies, plans, or programs supporting alternative transportation (e.g., bus turnouts, bicycle X racks)? Source: 2035 General Plan, “ Watermark Villas Focused Traffic Memo” prepared by Endo Engineering, June 11, 2014. Project materials. Engineering Bulletin No. 06-13. XVI. Less than Significant. a, b) A Traffic Impact Memo was prepared by Endo Engineering in June 2014 to provide updated analysis for the proposed project. The previous approved Traffic Report (Paul Singer, P.E. 2003) was based on the originally proposed 248 condominiums and traffic conditions present at the time of analysis. The current traffic memo (2014) compares and analyzes impacts associated with the proposed 82 unit single-family development to the approved 248 condominiums to determine whether or not a new Traffic Report is required. According to the Traffic Memo and pursuant to Engineering Bulletin No. 06-13 (EB #06-13), a focused traffic impact memo may be prepared to compare the trip generation analysis in an -35- 349 Watermark Villas IS/MND November 2014 environmental document prepared for an already approved entitlement to the trip generation analysis for a proposed or amended entitlement. If there is an insignificant difference (equal to or less than 50 daily trips or 5 peak hour trips) between the existing entitlement and the proposed/amended entitlement trip generation, no additional traffic analysis will be required. Table 5 below shows the reduction in the weekday trip generation associated with the proposed change in the residential development within the project from the approved 248 condominiums to 82 single-family detached residential units. Table 5 Watermark Villas Reduction in Weekday Site Trip-Generation Forecasts Morning Peak Hour Evening Peak Hour Land Use Daily Development Scenario Quantity2-Way In Out Total In Out Total 248 DU 18 89 107 85 42 127 1,420 Approved Watermark Villas 82 DU 17 50 67 55 33 88 870 Proposed Watermark Villas 1 39 40 30 9 39 550 Reduction in Trip Generation % Reduction 6% 44% 37% 35% 21% 31% 39% As shown in Table 5, the change in land use type and density associated with the proposed project compared to the previously approved project would result in a decrease in daily trips as well as peak hour trips. Therefore, the traffic impacts associated with the proposed project should be less than previously identified. The proposed project would generate 37 percent fewer trips during the morning peak hour, 31 percent fewer trips during the evening peak hour, and 39 percent fewer trips during a typical weekday. The main site access would provide adequate capacity to accommodate the site traffic generated by the proposed project, and do so at acceptable levels of service. Therefore, impacts related to roadway capacity and level of service are considered less than significant. No Impact. c) The nearest airport, Bermuda Dunes Airport, is located approximately 5 miles north of the proposed site. The project is not located within proximity to an airport and will not impact air traffic patterns. Less than Significant. d) The proposed project is required to meet Development Code standards for roadway, parking and intersection designs, and is not expected to significantly impact traffic safety. Impacts will be less than significant. Less than Significant. e) Access to the planning area is via major arterial, secondary arterials, Interstate-10 and a variety of local roads. East-west roadways include Highway 111 and 47th Avenue, while Washington Street serves as both the north-south roadway and project access. Design guidelines further ensure that emergency access will be created and preserved for the proposed project. The applicant may be required, at the discretion of the City, to provide an emergency only access. The proposed project will not result in inadequate emergency access. No Impact f). The proposed project will provide the required amount of parking consistent with design guidelines for single-family residential. No impact is expected. -36- 350 Watermark Villas IS/MND November 2014 Less than Significant. g) The proposed project will not conflict with adopted policies, plans, or programs regarding public transit, bicycle, or pedestrian facilities, or otherwise decrease the performance or safety of such facilities. Mitigation: None required Monitoring: None required -37- 351 Watermark Villas IS/MND November 2014 Potentially Less Than Less Than No Significant Significant w/ Significant Impact Impact Mitigation Impact XVII. UTILITIES AND SERVICE SYSTEMS. Would the project: a) Exceed wastewater treatment requirements of X the applicable Regional Water Quality Control Board? b) Require or result in the construction of new water or wastewater treatment facilities or X expansion of existing facilities, the construction of which could cause significant environmental effects? c) Require or result in the construction of new storm water drainage facilities or expansion of X existing facilities, the construction of which could cause significant environmental effects? d) Have sufficient water supplies available to serve the project from existing entitlements and X resources, or are new or expanded entitlements needed? e) Result in a determination by the wastewater treatment provider that serves or may serve the X project that it has adequate capacity to serve the project’s projected demand in addition to the provider’s existing commitments? f) Be served by a landfill with sufficient X permitted capacity to accommodate the project’s solid waste disposal needs? g) Comply with federal, state, and local statutes X and regulations related to solid waste? Source: Project Materials. No Impact XVII. a) . Wastewater discharge requirements for the Coachella Valley, including the subject property, are administered by the Colorado River Basin Regional Water Quality Control Board. All development within the proposed project will be connected to existing sewer lines in either Jefferson Street or Avenue 52. Project wastewater will be transported to and processed at CVWD’s Mid-Valley Water Reclamation Plant (WRP-4) in Thermal. CVWD implements all the requirements of the Regional Water Quality Control Board as they relate to wastewater discharge requirements and water quality standards. The proposed project will increase wastewater flows to the treatment plant, but it will not adversely impact water quality standards or waste discharge requirements. Less than Significant, No Impact b-e). The subject property falls under the jurisdiction of the Coachella Valley Water District (CVWD) for domestic water supplies and wastewater treatment. The project will be able to connect to existing water and sanitary sewer lines in either Jefferson Street or Avenue 52, and no new regional infrastructure will be required. -38- 352 Watermark Villas IS/MND November 2014 Wastewater produced by the proposed project will be processed at the Mid-Valley Water Reclamation Plant (WRP-4) located in Thermal, which has a capacity of approximately 9.5 million gallons per day (mgd). CVWD has prepared an Urban Water Management Plan 2010 Update, which is a long-term planning document that helps it plan for current and future water demands. The Plan demonstrates that the District has available, or can supply, sufficient water to serve City and project area. The project will also be required to implement water conservation programs, including a drought tolerant landscaping plan and the CalGreen Building Code, which requires that high efficiency fixtures be used. The project will not be required to provide a Water Supply Assessment (WSA) because it does not meet the “Project” criteria set forth in State Water Code Section 10912. The project is also consistent with current land use designations set forth in the General Plan and therefore has been considered in future water demand projections. CVWD is also responsible for regional stormwater management in the Coachella Valley. According to CVWD, the general project area is adequately protected from stormwater flows by the Coachella Valley Stormwater Channel (Whitewater River), and drainage issues affecting the subject property are limited to the management of local drainage. To manage onsite stormwater flows, the project proponent will be required to develop a stormwater management plan and drainage plan prior to approval of the project. It is not anticipated that new or expanded off-site stormwater management facilities will be required to serve the project. The project will be required to provide electric, telephone and cable service through the applicable providers. Service is available adjacent to the site. The applicant will be required to construct connections to these services to the standards established by each service provider. No Impact. f,g) The project site will be served by Burrtec, the City’s solid waste contractor. Trash generated by the project will be hauled to the transfer station located in Cathedral City, west of the City, and from there transported to one of four regional landfills. All four landfills have sufficient capacity to accommodate the proposed project. Burrtec is required to meet all local, regional, State and federal standards for solid waste disposal. Mitigation: Not required. Monitoring: Not required. -39- 353 Watermark Villas IS/MND November 2014 Potentially Less Than Less Than No Significant Significant w/ Significant Impact Impact Mitigation Impact XVIII. MANDATORY FINDINGS OF SIGNIFICANCE -- a) Does the project have the potential to degrade the quality of the environment, substantially reduce the habitat of a fish or wildlife species, cause a fish or wildlife population to drop below X self-sustaining levels, threaten to eliminate a plant or animal community, reduce the number or restrict the range of a rare or endangered plant or animal or eliminate important examples of the major periods of California history or prehistory? b) Does the project have the potential to achieve short-term, to the disadvantage of long-term X environmental goals? c) Does the project have impacts that are individually limited, but cumulatively considerable? ("Cumulatively considerable" means that the incremental effects X of a project are considerable when viewed in connection with the effects of past projects, the effects of other current projects, and the effects of probable future projects)? d) Does the project have environmental effects X which will cause substantial adverse effects on human beings, either directly or indirectly? Less than Significant. a) The proposed project is located northwest corner of Avenue 52 and Jefferson Street and is surrounded by developed or previously disturbed lands. There will be no substantial reduction in wildlife habitat nor will it restrict the movement or range of any plant or animal. Compliance with the MBTA will ensure impacts to sensitive species are reduced to less than significant levels. The project will not impact any important examples of California history or prehistory. In the event cultural artifacts are uncovered during site disturbing activities, a qualified archaeologist will be called in to evaluate and, if necessary recover and document such resources to reduce related impacts to less than significant levels. Less than Significant. b,c) Buildout of proposed project is consistent with both the General Plan and Watermark Specific Plan Amendment No. 1. The project will not have any additional cumulatively considerable impacts beyond buildout of the General Plan. Less than Significant with Mitigation. d) The project’s potential environmental effects have been mitigated to a less than significant level by the measures outlined in the Initial Study and development requirements of the City of La Quinta. Further, as mitigated the project will not cause substantial adverse effects on human beings. This Agency intends to adopt a Mitigated Negative Declaration based upon the supporting documentation herein. -40- 354 Watermark Villas IS/MND November 2014 References City of La Quinta 2035 General Plan City of La Quinta Municipal Code. CalEEMod Version 2013.2.2 “Watermark Villas Focused Traffic Memo” prepared by Endo Engineering, June 11, 2014 “Report E-5: Population and Housing Estimates for Cities, Counties, and the State, January 1, 2011- 2014, with 2010 Benchmark,” CA Dept. of Finance, Demographic Research Unit, May 1, 2014. Watermark Specific Plan Amendment No.1, prepared by MSA Consulting, October 16, 2014. 2003 Coachella Valley MSHCP FEMA Flood Insurance Rate Map Panel #2233G ‘Hydrology Study for Watermark Villas,” prepared by Adams-Streeter Civil Engineers, Inc. June 2014. CA Department of Toxic Substances “Geotechnical Assessment, Watermark Project,” prepared by Petra Geotechnical, Inc October 30, 2013 SCAQMD CEQA Handbook 2003 PM10 Plan for the Coachella Valley SCAQMD 2012 Air Quality Management Plan Earthwork Volume Analysis: Watermark La Quinta, prepared by Earthwork Calculation Services, October 8, 2014. California Department of Conservation Farmland Mapping California Scenic Highway Mapping System -41- 355 356 357 358 359 360 RESOLUTION 2015- A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA, APPROVING GENERAL PLAN AMENDMENT 2014-127, A CHANGE IN LAND USE DESIGNATION FOR THE NORTHWEST CORNER OF JEFFERSON STREET AND AVENUE 52 CASE: GENERAL PLAN AMENDMENT 2014-127 APPLICANT: BEAZER HOMES HOLDINGS WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of La Quinta, California did, on the thth day of January, and on the 19day of May, 2015, hold duly noticed public 6 hearings to consider a request by Beazer Homes Holdings for a General Plan Amendment from Medium/High Density Residential to Low Density Residential, located at the northwest corner of Jefferson Street and Avenue 52, more particularly described as: Assessor’s Parcel Nos.: 776-220-012, 776-220-013, 776-220-014 WHEREAS, the Planning Commission of the City of La Quinta, California did, th on the 9day of December, 2014, hold a duly noticed public hearing to consider a recommendation on General Plan Amendment 2014-127, and after hearing and considering all testimony and arguments, did adopt Planning Commission Resolution 2013-028, recommending to the City Council approval of General Plan Amendment 2014-127; and WHEREAS, the La Quinta Planning Department has prepared Environmental Assessment 2014-638 for this project, in compliance with the requirements of the California Environmental Quality Act (“CEQA”). The Planning Commission determined that although the proposed project could have a significant effect on the environment, there will not be a significant effect in this case because revisions in the project have been made by or agreed to by the project proponent and mitigation measures have been incorporated. Therefore, the Planning Commission is recommending that a Mitigated Negative Declaration of environmental impact and associated Mitigation Monitoring Program be adopted; and, WHEREAS, per SB-18 consultation requirements, the Community Development Department has forwarded information regarding the proposed General Plan Amendmentto those Tribes referenced on the Tribal Consultation List provided by the Native American Heritage Commission and has followed up with all Tribes requesting information or consultation; and, 361 Resolution 2015 - General Plan Amendment 2014-127 Beazer Homes Holdings Corp. – Watermark Adopted: May 19, 2015 Page 2 of 4 WHEREAS, the Community Development Department published a public hearing notice in The Desert Sun newspaper on December 26, 2014 and on May 8, 2015as prescribed by the Municipal Code. Public hearing notices were also mailed to all property owners within 500 feet of the site; and, WHEREAS, at said public hearing, upon hearing and considering all testimony and arguments, if any, of all interested persons wanting to be heard, said City Councildid make the following mandatory findings recommending approval of said Amendment: Finding A The project is consistent with the La Quinta General Plan. The proposed General Plan Amendment is internally consistent with those goals, objectives and policies of the general plan which are not being amended. The proposed Low Density Residential designation is consistent with lands to the west and north of the parcel. Finding B Approval of the amendment will not create conditions materially detrimental to the public health, safety and general welfare. Approval of the proposed General Plan Amendment will not create conditions materially detrimental to public health, safety and general welfare insofar as the Low Density Residential designation will result in the development of single-family homes and similar uses permitted by the General Plan in this land use designation. Finding C The new designation is compatible with the land use designations on adjacent properties. The General Plan Amendment is consistent with the land use designation for properties located north and west of the parcel. Finding D The new land use designation is suitable and appropriate for the subject property. The new land use designation is suitable and appropriate for the subject property, insofar as it will allow the development of single-family homes on a site that is generally flat and rectangular. 362 Resolution 2015 - General Plan Amendment 2014-127 Beazer Homes Holdings Corp. – Watermark Adopted: May 19, 2015 Page 3 of 4 Finding E Approval of the amendment is warranted because the situation and the general conditions of the property have substantially changed since the existing designation was imposed. Approval of the new land use designation is warranted because the density of the proposed single-family tract will be less than 4 units per acre. NOW THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED by the City Council of the City of La Quinta, California, as follows: SECTION 1. That the above recitations are true and correct and constitute the findings of the City Council. SECTION 2. That it does hereby approve General Plan Amendment 2014-127 for the reasons set forth in this Resolution and Exhibit A. PASSED, APPROVED and ADOPTED at a regular meeting of the La Quinta th City Councilheld on this 19 day of May, 2015, by the following vote: AYES: NOES: ABSENT: ABSTAIN: _________________________ LINDA EVANS, Mayor City of La Quinta, California ATTEST: ____________________________ 363 Resolution 2015 - General Plan Amendment 2014-127 Beazer Homes Holdings Corp. – Watermark Adopted: May 19, 2015 Page 4 of 4 SUSAN MAYSELS, City Clerk City of La Quinta, California (CITY SEAL) APPROVED AS TO FORM: ________________________________ , City Attorney WILLIAM H. IHRKE City of La Quinta, California 364 EXHIBIT “A” GENERAL PLAN AMENDMENT 2014-127 RESOLUTION 2015 - ____ CURRENTLAND USE DESIGNATION: MEDIUM HIGH DENSITY RESIDENTIAL PROPOSED LAND USE DESIGNATION: LOW DENSITY RESIDENTIAL 365 366 ORDINANCE NO. AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA, APPROVING ZONE CHANGE 2014-145, CHANGING THE ZONING DESIGNATION FOR ASSESSOR’S PARCEL NUMBERS 776-220-012, 776-220-013, 776-220-014 FROM MEDIUM HIGH DENSITY RESIDENTIAL TO LOW DENSITY RESIDENTIAL CASE: ZONE CHANGE 2014-145 APPLICANT: BEAZER HOMES HOLDINGS WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of La Quinta, California did, on thrdth the 6 day of January, 3day of March and 19day of May, 2015, consider a request by Beazer Homes Holdings fora change in zoningfrom Medium High Density Residential to Low Density Residential, locatedat the northwest corner of Jefferson Street and Avenue 52, more particularly described as: Assessor’s Parcel Nos.: 776-220-012, 776-220-013, 776-220-014 th WHEREAS, the Planning Commission of the City of La Quinta did, on the 9 day of December, 2014, hold a duly noticed Public Hearing to consider the aforementioned Zone Change; and, WHEREAS, subsequent to said Public Hearing, the Planning Commission of the City of La Quinta did adopt Planning Commission Resolution 2014-029 to recommend to the City Council adoption of said Zone Change; and, WHEREAS, said Zone Change has complied with the requirements of “The Rules to Implement the California Environmental Quality Act of 1970" as amended (Resolution 83-68), in that the La Quinta Community Development Directorhas determined that the Zone Change could have a significant impact on the environment but that all potentially significant impacts can be reduced to less than significant levels, and a Mitigated Negative Declaration has been approved; and, WHEREAS, at said Public Hearing, upon hearing and considering all testimony and arguments, if any, of all interested persons wanting to be heard, the La Quinta City Council did make the following mandatory findings to justify adoption of said Zone Change: Finding A 367 Ordinance No. Zone Change 2014-145 Beazer Homes Holdings Corp. – Watermark Adopted: May 19, 2015 Page 2 of 5 The project is consistent with the General Plan The proposed Zone Changeis internally consistent with those goals, objectives and policies of the general plan which are not being amended. The proposed Low Density Residential designation is consistent with lands to the west and north of the parcel. Finding B Approval of the amendment will not create conditions materially detrimental to the public health, safety and general welfare. Approval of the proposed Zone Change will not create conditions materially detrimental to public health, safety and general welfare insofar as the Low Density Residential designation will result in the development of single-family homes and similar uses permitted by the General Plan in this land use designation. Finding C The new designation is compatible with the land use designations on adjacent properties. The Zone Change is consistent with the land use designation for properties located north and west of the parcel. Finding D The new land use designation is suitable and appropriate for the subject property. The new zoning designation is suitable and appropriate for the subject property, insofar as it will allow the development of single-family homes on a site that is generally flat and rectangular. Finding E Approval of the amendment is warranted because the situation and the general conditions of the property have substantially changed since the existing designation was imposed. Approval of the new zoning designation is warranted because the density of the proposed single-family tract will be less than 4 units per acre. 368 Ordinance No. Zone Change 2014-145 Beazer Homes Holdings Corp. – Watermark Adopted: May 19, 2015 Page 3 of 5 NOW, THEREFORE, the City Council of the City of La Quinta does ordain as follows: SECTION 1. The La Quinta Zoning Map is hereby amended as follows: 1. APNs: 776-220-012, 776-220-013, 776-220-014 are designated Low Density Residential (Exhibit A). SECTION 2. ENVIRONMENTAL: The Community Development Department determined that the proposed Zone Changecould have a significant impact on the environment, but all significant impacts can be mitigated to a less than significant level. SECTION 3. EFFECTIVE DATE: This Ordinance shall be in full force and effect thirty (30) days after its adoption. SECTION 4. POSTING: The City Clerk shall, within 15 days after passage of this Ordinance, cause it to be posted in at least three public places designated by resolution of the City Council, shall certify to the adoption and posting of this Ordinance, and shall cause this Ordinance and its certification, together with proof of posting to be entered into the Book of Ordinances of the City of La Quinta. PASSED, APPROVED and ADOPTED at a regular meeting of the La Quinta th City Council held this 19 day of May, 2015, by the following vote: AYES: NOES: ABSENT: ABSTAIN: __________________________ LINDA EVANS, Mayor City of La Quinta, California 369 Ordinance No. Zone Change 2014-145 Beazer Homes Holdings Corp. – Watermark Adopted: May 19, 2015 Page 4 of 5 ATTEST: _____________________________________ SUSAN MAYSELS, City Clerk City of La Quinta, California (CITY SEAL) APPROVED AS TO FORM: _______________________________ WILLIAM H. IHRKE, City Attorney City of La Quinta, California STATE OF CALIFORNIA ) COUNTY OF RIVERSIDE ) ss. CITY OF LA QUINTA ) I, SUSAN MAYSELS, City Clerk of the City of La Quinta, California, do hereby certify the foregoing to be a full, true, and correct copy of Ordinance No. (enter number) which was introduced at a regular meeting on the 19th day of May, 2015, and was adopted at a regular meeting held on the 2nd day of June, 2015, not being less than 5 days after the date of introduction thereof. I further certify that the foregoing Ordinance was posted in three places within the City of La Quinta as specified in the Rules of Procedure adopted by City Council Resolution No. 2014-013. __________________________________________ SUSAN MAYSELS, City Clerk City of La Quinta, California 370 Ordinance No. Zone Change 2014-145 Beazer Homes Holdings Corp. – Watermark Adopted: May 19, 2015 Page 5 of 5 DECLARATION OF POSTING I, SUSAN MAYSELS, City Clerk of the City of La Quinta, California, do hereby certify that the foregoing ordinance was posted on , pursuant to CouncilResolution. __________________________________________ SUSAN MAYSELS, City Clerk City of La Quinta, California 371 372 EXHIBIT “A” ZONE CHANGE 2014-145 ORDINANCE NO. ____ CURRENT ZONING DESIGNATION: MEDIUM HIGH DENSITY RESIDENTIAL PROPOSED ZONING DESIGNATION: LOW DENSITY RESIDENTIAL 373 374 RESOLUTION 2015 - A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA, APPROVING SPECIFIC PLAN 2003-069, AMENDMENT 1, FOR THE BEAZER HOMES WATERMARK SPECIFIC PLAN CASE NO.: SPECIFIC PLAN 2003-069, AMENDMENT NO. 1 APPLICANT: BEAZER HOMES HOLDINGS WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of La Quinta, California did, on the thrdth 6 day of January, 3 day of March and 19 day of May, 2015, hold duly noticed Public Hearings to consider a request by Beazer Homes Holdings for consideration of an amendment to the existing Watermark Specific Plan in order to allow the development of single-family homes on the property, more particularly described as: Assessor’s Parcel Nos.: 776-220-012, 776-220-013, 776-220-014 WHEREAS, the Planning Commission of the City of La Quinta, California did, th on the 9day of December, 2014, hold a duly noticed Public Hearing to consider a recommendation on said Specific Plan Amendment, and after hearing and considering all testimony and arguments, did adopt Planning Commission Resolution 2013-029, recommending to the City Council approval of Specific Plan 2003-069, Amendment No. 1; and, WHEREAS, the Community Development Department published a public hearing notice in The Desert Sun newspaper on December 26, 2014, as prescribed by the Municipal Code. Public hearing notices were also mailed to all property owners within 500 feet of the site; and, WHEREAS, per SB-18 consultation requirements, the Community Development Department has forwarded information regarding the proposed amended Specific Plan to those Tribes referenced on the Tribal Consultation List provided by the Native American Heritage Commission and placed their recommendations, if any, in the Conditions of Approval; and, WHEREAS, at said Public Hearing, upon hearing and considering all testimony and arguments, if any, of all interested persons desiring to be heard, said City Councildid make the following mandatory findings pursuant to Section 9.240.010 of the La Quinta MunicipalCode to justify approval of said Specific Plan Amendment: 375 Resolution 2015- Specific Plan 2003-069, Amendment No. 1 Beazer Homes Holdings Corp. – Watermark Adopted: May 19, 2014 Page 2 of 3 1.Consistency with the General Plan The proposed Specific Plan amendment is consistent with the goals and policies of the La Quinta General Plan in that the Specific Plan Amendment follows the approval of a General Plan Amendment to Low Density Residential for the project site, and the proposed development standards and guidelines contained in the Specific Plan arecompatible with the goals and policies of the General Plan for Low Density Residential land uses. Public Welfare 2. Approval of the Specific Plan Amendment will not create conditions materially detrimental to public health, safety and general welfare insofar as the impacts of the Amendment on the environment have been analyzed under the provisions of the California Environmental Quality Act, and potential impacts have been reduced to less than significant levels. 3.Land Use Compatibility The proposed Specific Plan amendment incorporates land uses that are compatible with zoning on properties located to the north and west. The design regulations specified in the Specific Plan Amendment are compatible with the low intensity development adjacent to the site. 4.Property Suitability The uses permitted in the Specific Plan Amendment are suitable and appropriate for the subject property in that the property is generally flat and rectangular in shape, and can accommodate the use. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED by the City Council of the City of La Quinta, California, as follows: SECTION 1. That the above recitations are true and constitute the Findings of the Planning Commission in this case; SECTION 2. That it does hereby approve Specific Plan 2003-069, Amendment No. 1, for the reasons set forth in this Resolution, subject to the attached Conditions of Approval. PASSED, APPROVED, and ADOPTED at a regular meeting of the City of La th Quinta City Council, held on this the 19 day of May, 2015, by the following vote: 376 Resolution 2015- Specific Plan 2003-069, Amendment No. 1 Beazer Homes Holdings Corp. – Watermark Adopted: May 19, 2014 Page 3 of 3 AYES: NOES: ABSENT: ABSTAIN: __________________________ LINDA EVANS, Mayor City of La Quinta, California ATTEST: ____________________________ SUSAN MAYSELS, City Clerk City of La Quinta, California (CITY SEAL) APPROVED AS TO FORM: ________________________________ , City Attorney WILLIAM H. IHRKE City of La Quinta, California 377 378 RESOLUTION 2015- CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL SPECIFIC PLAN 2003-069, AMENDMENT NO. 1 BEAZER HOMES HOLDINGS CORP. – WATERMARK VILLAS ADOPTED: MAY 19, 2015 GENERAL 1.The applicant agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless the City of La Quinta (“City”), its agents, officers and employees from any claim, action or proceeding to attack, set aside, void, or annul the approval of this Specific Plan, or any Final Map recorded thereunder. The City shall have sole discretion in selecting its defense counsel. The City shall promptly notify the applicant of any claim, action or proceeding and shall cooperate fully in the defense. 2.Specific Plan 2003-069, Amendment No. 1 shall be developed in compliance with these conditions, and the approved Specific Plan document. In the event of any conflicts between these conditions and the provisions of Specific Plan 2003-069 Amendment No. 1, these conditions shall take precedence. 3.Thefollowing changes shall be made to the Specific Plan: A.A walking path with dog watering and clean up stations shall be added on the outer (east, west, and south sides) edge of the retention basin on Figure 2.4. The last sentence of the paragraph beginning “Retention Basin (Passive Open Space)” on page 19 shall be corrected to state that pedestrianaccess will be provided on the south, west and east sides of the basin. B.The last sentence of Section 2.6 shall be corrected to read: “Phased development will be accompanied by the orderly extension of roadways, public utilities and infrastructure consistent with the approved conditions of approval.” C.Benches and picnic tables shall be described as requirementsin the turf area located on the east side of the pool in Planning Area 2 in Section 3.3. D.The plant palette (Table 4.1) shall be amended to include all the plant materials included in the landscape plan for Site Development Permit 2014-942. E.All homes shall be designed with a minimum 18 inch eave/overhang of the roof. F.Homes abutting the northern and western boundary of the site, and Page 1 of 2 379 RESOLUTION 2015- CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL SPECIFIC PLAN 2003-069, AMENDMENT NO. 1 BEAZER HOMES HOLDINGS CORP. – WATERMARK VILLAS ADOPTED: MAY 19, 2015 homes sited on lots 1 and 50 (adjacent to the project entry) shall be single story models. G.Home abutting the northern and western boundary of the property shall be provided architectural enhancements on their northern elevation facing the Citrus. 4.Within 30 days of City Council approval, applicant shall provide an electronic copy (.pdf) and three bound paper copies of the Final Specific Plan document, as amended by this action, to the Community Development Department. The Final Specific Plan shall include all text and graphics except as amended by this action, all amendments per this action, and correction of any typographical errors, internal document inconsistencies, and other amendments deemed necessary by the Planning Director. 5.The Specific Plan shall conform to the conditions of approval placed on Site Development Permit 2014-942 and Tentative Tract Map 36762, and the Mitigation Measures contained in Environmental Assessment 2014-638. Page 2 of 2 380 RESOLUTION NO. 2015 - A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA, APPROVING TENTATIVE TRACT MAP 36762 LOCATED AT THE NORTHWEST CORNER OF JEFFERSON STREET AND AVENUE 52 CASE NO.: TENTATIVE TRACT MAP 36762 APPLICANT: BEAZER HOMES HOLDINGS WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of La Quinta, California did, on the thrdth 6 day of January, 3 day of March and 19 day of May 2015, hold duly noticed Public Hearings to consider a request by Beazer Homes Holdings for approval of Tentative Tract Map 36762, more particularly described as: Assessor’s Parcel Nos.: 776-220-012, 776-220-013, 776-220-014 WHEREAS, the Planning Commission of the City of La Quinta, California did, th day of December, 2014, hold a duly noticed Public Hearing to consider a on the 9 request by Beazer Homes Holdings for approval of Tentative Tract Map 36762, and after hearing and considering all testimony and arguments, did adopt Planning Commission Resolution 2013-032, recommending to the City Council approval of Tentative Tract Map 36762; and WHEREAS, at said Public Hearing, upon hearing and considering all testimony and arguments, if any, of all interested persons desiring to be heard, the City Council did make the following mandatory findings to justify approval of said Amended Final Map: 1.Tentative Tract Map 36762 is consistent with the La Quinta General Plan, and Specific Plan (“SP”) 2003-069 as proposed. The Tract Map is consistent with the Low Density Residentialland use designation asset forth in the General Plan, and as set forth in SP 2003-069, as amended. 2.The design and improvement of Tentative Tract Map 36762 is consistent with the La Quinta General Plan, and SP 2003-069with the implementation of recommended conditions of approval toensure consistency for the homes proposed on the lots created herein, as well as adequate storm water drainage. The project density is consistent with the La Quinta General Plan and SP 2003-069, in that the development density of 3.9 units per acre is comparable to surrounding single-family home developments. 3.The design of Tentative Tract Map 36762and proposed improvements are 381 Resolution No. 2015- Tentative Tract Map 36762 Beazer Homes Holdings Corp. – Watermark Adopted: May 19, 2015 Page 2 of 3 not likely to cause substantial environmental damage, nor substantially and avoidably injure fish or wildlife or their habitat. Environmental Assessment 2014-638determined that there are no significant impacts to air or water quality, biological or cultural resources, geology and soils which cannot be mitigated to less than significant levels, with incorporation of recommended mitigation measures into the Project, which has been required. 4.The design of Tentative Tract Map 36762 and type of improvements are not likely to cause serious public health problems, insofar as the project will be required to comply with all laws, standards and requirements associated with sanitary sewer collection, water quality and other public health issues. 5.The design and improvements required for Tentative Tract Map 36762 will not conflict with easements, acquired by the public at large, for access through or use of property within the proposed subdivision. All roadway improvements, easements, if any and surrounding improvements will be completed to City standards. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED by the City Council of the City of La Quinta, California, as follows: That the above recitations are true and constitute the Findings of the SECTION 1. City Councilin this case; SECTION 2. That it does hereby approve Tentative Tract Map 36762, for the reasons set forth in this Resolution and subject to the attached Conditions of Approval. PASSED, APPROVED, and ADOPTED at a regular meeting of the City of La th Quinta City Council, held on this the 19 day of May, 2015, by the following vote: AYES: NOES: ABSENT: ABSTAIN: 382 Resolution No. 2015- Tentative Tract Map 36762 Beazer Homes Holdings Corp. – Watermark Adopted: May 19, 2015 Page 3 of 3 __________________________ LINDA EVANS, Mayor City of La Quinta, California ATTEST: ____________________________ SUSAN MAYSELS, City Clerk City of La Quinta, California (CITY SEAL) APPROVED AS TO FORM: ________________________________ , City Attorney WILLIAM H. IHRKE City of La Quinta, California 383 384 RESOLUTION NO. 2015- CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL TENTATIVE TRACT MAP 36762 BEAZER HOMES HOLDINGS CORP. – WATERMARK VILLAS ADOPTED: MAY 19, 2014 Page 1 of 20 GENERAL 1.The applicant agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless the City of La Quinta (“City”), its agents, officers and employees from any claim, action or proceeding to attack, set aside, void, or annul the approval of this Tentative Tract Map, or any Final Map recorded thereunder. The City shall have sole discretion in selecting its defense counsel. The City shall promptly notify the applicant of any claim, action or proceeding and shall cooperate fully in the defense. 2.The Tentative Tract Map shall expire on December 9, 2016. A time extension may be requested per LQMC Section 13.12.160. 3.This Tentative Tract Map, and any Final Map recorded thereunder, shall comply with the requirements and standards of Government Code §§ 66410 through 66499.58 (the “Subdivision Map Act”), and Chapter 13 of the La Quinta Municipal Code (“LQMC”). The City of La Quinta’s Municipal Code can be accessed on the City’s Web Site atwww.la-quinta.org. 4.Prior to the issuance of any grading, construction, or building permit by the City, the applicant shall obtain any necessary clearances and/or permits from the following agencies, if required: Riverside County Fire Marshal Green Sheet La Quinta Public Works Department (Grading Permit, (Public Works Clearance) for Building Permits, Water Quality Management Plan(WQMP) Exemption Form – Whitewater River Region, Improvement Permit) La Quinta Community Development Department Riverside Co. Environmental Health Department Desert Sands Unified School District (DSUSD) Coachella Valley Water District (CVWD) Imperial Irrigation District (IID) California Regional Water Quality Control Board (CRWQCB) State Water Resources Control Board SunLine Transit Agency (SunLine) 385 RESOLUTION NO. 2015- CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL TENTATIVE TRACT MAP 36762 BEAZER HOMES HOLDINGS CORP. – WATERMARK VILLAS ADOPTED: MAY 19, 2014 Page 2 of 20 South Coast Air Quality Management District Coachella Valley (SCAQMD) The applicant is responsible for all requirements of the permits and/or clearances from the above listed agencies. When these requirements include approval of improvement plans, the applicant shall furnish proof of such approvals when submitting those improvement plans for City approval. 5.Coverage under the State of California Construction General Permit must be obtained by the applicant, who then shall submit a copy of the Regional Water Quality Control Board’s (“RWQCB”) acknowledgment of the applicant’s Notice of Intent (“NOI”) and Waste Discharge Identification (WDID) number to the City prior to the issuance of a grading or building permit. 6.The applicant shall comply with applicable provisions of the City’s NPDES stormwater discharge permit, LQMC Sections 8.70.010 et seq. (Stormwater Management and Discharge Controls), and 13.24.170 (Clean Air/Clean Water); Riverside County Ordinance No. 457; the California Regional Water Quality Control Board – Colorado River Basin Region Board Order No. R7- 2013-0011 and the State Water Resources Control Board’s Order No. 2009- 0009-DWQ and Order No. 2010-0014-DWQ. A.For construction activities including clearing, grading or excavation of land that disturbs one (1) acre or more of land, or that disturbs less than one (1) acre of land, but which is a part of a construction project that encompasses more than one (1) acre of land, the Permitee shall be required to submit a Storm Water Pollution Protection Plan (“SWPPP”) to the State Water Resources Control Board. The applicant or design professional can obtain the California Stormwater Quality Association SWPPP template for use in their SWPPP preparation. at www.cabmphandbooks.com B.The applicant shall ensure that the required SWPPP is available for inspection at the project site at all times through and including acceptance of all improvements by the City. C.The applicant’s SWPPP shall include provisions for all of the following Best Management Practices (“BMPs”) (LQMCSection 8.70.020 (Definitions)): 386 RESOLUTION NO. 2015- CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL TENTATIVE TRACT MAP 36762 BEAZER HOMES HOLDINGS CORP. – WATERMARK VILLAS ADOPTED: MAY 19, 2014 Page 3 of 20 1)Temporary Soil Stabilization (erosion control). 2)Temporary Sediment Control. 3)Wind Erosion Control. 4)Tracking Control. 5)Non-Storm Water Management. 6)Waste Management and Materials Pollution Control. E.All erosion and sediment control BMPs proposed by the applicant shall be approved by the City Engineer prior to any onsite or offsite grading, pursuant to this project. F.The SWPPP and BMPs shall remain in effect for the entire duration of project construction until all improvements are completed and accepted by the City Council. G.The inclusion in the Homeowners’ Association (HOA) Conditions, Covenants, and Restrictions (CC&Rs), a requirement for the perpetual maintenance and operation of all post-construction BMPs as required and the applicant shall execute and record an agreement that provides for the perpetual maintenance and operation of all post-construction BMPs as required. 7.Permits issued under this approval shall be subject to the provisions of the Development Impact Fee and Transportation Uniform Mitigation Fee programs in effect at the time of issuance of building permit(s). 8.Approval of this Tentative Tract Map shall not be construed as approval for any horizontal dimensions implied by any site plans or exhibits unless specifically identified in the following conditions of approval. 9.Developer shall reimburse the City, within thirty (30) days of presentment of the invoice, all costs and actual attorney’s fees incurred by the City Attorney to review, negotiate and/or modify any documents or instruments required by these conditions, if Developer requests that the City modify or revise any documents or instruments prepared initially by the City to effect these conditions. This obligation shall be paid in the time noted above without deduction or offset and Developer’s failure to make such payment shall be a 387 RESOLUTION NO. 2015- CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL TENTATIVE TRACT MAP 36762 BEAZER HOMES HOLDINGS CORP. – WATERMARK VILLAS ADOPTED: MAY 19, 2014 Page 4 of 20 material breach of the Conditions of Approval. 10.Developer shall reimburse the City, within thirty (30) days of presentment of the invoice, all costs and actual consultant’s fees incurred by the City for engineering and/or surveying consultantsto review and/or modify any documents or instruments required by this project. This obligation shall be paid in the time noted above without deduction or offset and Developer’s failure to make such payment shall be a material breach of the Conditions of Approval. PROPERTY RIGHTS 11.Prior to issuance of any permit(s), the applicant shall acquire or confer easements and other property rights necessary for the construction or proper functioning of the proposed development. Conferred rights shall include irrevocable offers to dedicate or grant access easements to the City for emergency services and for maintenance, construction and reconstruction of essential improvements. 12.Pursuant to the aforementioned condition, conferred rights shall include approvals from the master developer or the HOA over easements and other property rights necessary for construction and proper functioning of the proposed development not limited to access rights over proposed and/or existing private streets that access public streets and open space/drainage facilities of the master development. 13.The applicant shall retain for private use on the Final Map all private street rights-of-way in conformance with the City's General Plan, Municipal Code, applicable specific plans, and/or as required by the City Engineer. 14.When the City Engineer determines that access rights to the proposed street rights-of-way shown on the approved Tentative Tract Map are necessary prior to approval of the Final Map dedicating such rights-of-way, the applicant shall grant the necessary rights-of-way within 60 days of a written request by the City. 15.The applicant shall offer for dedication on the Final Map a ten-foot wide public utility easement contiguous with, and along both sides of all private streets. Such easement may be reduced to five feet in width with the express written approval of IID. 388 RESOLUTION NO. 2015- CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL TENTATIVE TRACT MAP 36762 BEAZER HOMES HOLDINGS CORP. – WATERMARK VILLAS ADOPTED: MAY 19, 2014 Page 5 of 20 16.The applicant shall maintain existing perimeter landscaping setbacks along all public rights-of-way as follows: A. Avenue 52 (Primary Arterial) - 20-foot from the R/W-P/L. B.Jefferson Street (Major Arterial) - 20-foot from the R/W-P/L. The listed setback depth shall be the average depth where a meandering wall design is approved. The setback requirements shall apply to all frontages including, but not limited to, remainder parcels and sites dedicated for utility purposes. Where public facilities (e.g., sidewalks) are placed on privately-owned setbacks, the applicant shall offer for dedication blanket easements for those purposes on the Final Map. 17.The applicant shall offer for dedication those easements necessary for the placement of, and access to, utility lines and structures, drainage basins, mailbox clusters, park lands, and common areas on the Final Map. 18.Direct vehicular access to Jefferson Street and Avenue 52 from lots with frontage along Avenue 52 and Jefferson Streetis restricted, except for those access points identified on the tentative tract map, or as otherwise conditioned in these conditions of approval. The vehicular access restriction shall be shown on the recorded final tract map. 19.The applicant shall furnish proof of easements, or written permission, as appropriate, from those owners of all abutting properties on which grading, retaining wall construction, permanent slopes, or other encroachments will occur. 20.The applicant shall cause no easement to be granted, or recorded, over any portion of the subject property between the date of approval of the Tentative Tract Map and the date of recording of any Final Map, unless such easement is approved by the City Engineer. Street and Traffic Improvements 21.The applicant shall comply with the provisions of LQMC Sections 13.24.060 (Street Improvements), 13.24.070 (Street Design - Generally) & 13.24.100 (Access for Individual Properties and Development) for public streets; and 389 RESOLUTION NO. 2015- CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL TENTATIVE TRACT MAP 36762 BEAZER HOMES HOLDINGS CORP. – WATERMARK VILLAS ADOPTED: MAY 19, 2014 Page 6 of 20 Section 13.24.080 (Street Design - Private Streets), where private streets are proposed. 22.Streets shall have vertical curbs or other approved curb configurations that will convey water without ponding, and provide lateral containment of dust and residue during street sweeping operations. If a wedge or rolled curb design is approved, the lip at the flowline shall be near vertical with a 1/8" batter and a minimum height of 0.1'. Unused curb cuts on any lot shall be restored to standard curb height prior to final inspection of permanent building(s) on the lot. 23.The applicant shall extend improvements beyond the subdivision boundaries to ensure they safely integrate with existing improvements (e.g., grading; traffic control devices and transitions in alignment, elevation or dimensions of streets and sidewalks). 24.The private street rights-of-way to be retained for private use required for this development include: A.PRIVATE STREETS 1)Private Residential Streets measured at gutter flow line to gutter flow lineshall have a 36-foot travel width. 2)Private Alleys and Emergency Fire Access (Lots H, I, J, K, and M) – Shall be constructed according to the lay-out shown on the tentative map with on-street parking prohibited and the applicant establishes provisions for ongoing enforcement of the parking restriction in the CC&R’s. 3)The location of driveways of corner lots shall not be located within the curb return and away from the intersection when possible. 25.All gated entries shall provide for a three-car minimum stacking capacity for inbound traffic to be a minimum length of 62 feet from call box to the street; and shall provide for a full turn-around outlet for non-accepted vehicles. Where a gated entry is proposed, the applicant shall submit a detailed exhibit at a scale of 1" = 10', demonstrating that those passenger vehicles that do not gain entry into the development can safely make a full turn-around 390 RESOLUTION NO. 2015- CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL TENTATIVE TRACT MAP 36762 BEAZER HOMES HOLDINGS CORP. – WATERMARK VILLAS ADOPTED: MAY 19, 2014 Page 7 of 20 (minimum radius to be 24 feet) out onto the main street from the gated entry. Pursuant to said condition, there shall be a minimum of twenty five feet width provided at the turn-around opening provided. Two lanes of traffic shall be provided on the entry side of each gated entry, one lane shall be dedicated for residents, and one lane for visitors. The two travel lanes shall be a minimum of 20 feet of total paved roadway surface or as approved by the Fire Department. Entry drives, main interior circulation routes, standard knuckles, corner cutbacks, bus turnouts, dedicated turn lanes and other features shown on the approved construction plans, may require additional street widths as may be determined by the City Engineer. 26.The applicant shall design street pavement sections using CalTrans' design procedure for 20-year life pavement, and the site-specific data for soil strength and anticipated traffic loading (including construction traffic). Minimum structural sections shall be as follows: Residential 3.0" a.c./4.5" c.a.b. Primary Arterial 4.5" a.c./6.0" c.a.b. Major Arterial 5.5" a.c./6.5" c.a.b. or the approved equivalents of alternate materials. 27.The applicant shall submit current mix designs (less than two years old at the time of construction) for base, asphalt concrete and Portland cement concrete. The submittal shall include test results for all specimens used in the mix design procedure. For mix designs over six months old, the submittal shall include recent (less than six months old at the time of construction) aggregate gradation test results confirming that design gradations can be achieved in current production. The applicant shall not schedule construction operations until mix designs are approved. 28.General access points and turning movements of traffic are limited to the following: A.Jefferson Street – Emergency Fire Access: Right turn out is permitted. Left turn movements in and out are prohibited. 391 RESOLUTION NO. 2015- CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL TENTATIVE TRACT MAP 36762 BEAZER HOMES HOLDINGS CORP. – WATERMARK VILLAS ADOPTED: MAY 19, 2014 Page 8 of 20 B.Avenue 52 – Primary Entry: Right turn in, right turn out and left turn in movements are permitted. Left turn movements out are prohibited. 29.Improvements shall include appurtenances such as traffic control signs, markings and other devices, raised medians if required, street name signs and sidewalks. Mid-block street lighting is not required. 30.Improvements shall be designed and constructed in accordance with City adopted standards, supplemental drawings and specifications, or as approved by the City Engineer. Improvement plans for streets, access gates and parking areas shall be stamped and signed by engineers registered in California. FINAL MAPS 31.Prior to the City’s approval of a Final Map, the applicant shall furnish accurate mylars of the Final Map. The Final Map shall be 1” = 40’ scale. IMPROVEMENT PLANS As used throughout these Conditions of Approval, professional titles such as “engineer,” “surveyor,” and “architect,” refer to persons currently certified or licensed to practice their respective professions in the State of California. 32.Improvement plans shall be prepared by or under the direct supervision of qualified engineers and/or architects, as appropriate, and shall comply with the provisions of LQMC Section 13.24.040 (Improvement Plans). 33.The following improvement plans shall be prepared and submitted for review and approval by the Public WorksDepartment. A separate set of plans for each line item specified below shall be prepared. The plans shall utilize the minimum scale specified, unless otherwise authorized by the City Engineer in writing. Plans may be prepared at a larger scale if additional detail or plan clarity is desired. Note, the applicant may be required to prepare other improvement plans not listed here pursuant to improvements required by other agencies and utility purveyors. A.On-Site Rough Grading Plan 1" = 40' Horizontal B.PM10 Plan 1” = 40’ Horizontal C.WQMP (Plan submitted in Report Form) 392 RESOLUTION NO. 2015- CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL TENTATIVE TRACT MAP 36762 BEAZER HOMES HOLDINGS CORP. – WATERMARK VILLAS ADOPTED: MAY 19, 2014 Page 9 of 20 NOTE: A through C to be submitted concurrently. D.On-Site Street Improvements/Signing & Striping/Storm Drain Plan 1" = 40' Horizontal, 1"= 4' Vertical (Separate Storm Drain Plans if applicable) The following plans shall be submitted to the Building and Safety Department for review and approval. The plans shall utilize the minimum scale specified, unless otherwise authorized by the Building and Safety Director in writing. Plans may be prepared at a larger scale if additional detail or plan clarity is desired. Note, the applicant may be required to prepare other improvement plans not listed here pursuant to improvements required by other agencies and utility purveyors. E.On-Site Residential Precise Grading Plan 1" = 30' Horizontal Other engineered improvement plans prepared for City approval that are not listed above shall be prepared in formats approved by the City Engineer prior to commencing plan preparation. All On-Site Signing & Striping Plans shall show, at a minimum; Stop Signs, Limit Lines and Legends, No Parking Signs, Raised Pavement Markers (including Blue RPMs at fire hydrants) and Street Name Signs per Public Works Standard Plans and/or as approved by the Engineering Department. “Rough Grading” plans shall normally include perimeter walls with Top Of Wall & Top Of Footing elevations shown. All footings shall have a minimum of 1-foot of cover, or sufficient cover to clear any adjacent obstructions. The applicant shall prepare an accessibility assessment on a marked up print of the building floor plan identifying every building egress and notes the 2013 California Building Code accessibility requirements associated with each door. The assessment must comply with the submittal requirements of the Building & Safety Department. A copy of the reviewed assessment shall be submitted to the Public Works Department in conjunction with the Site Development Plan when it is submitted for plan checking. In addition to the normal set of improvement plans, a “Site Development” plan is required to be submitted for approval by the Building Official, Community Development Director and the City Engineer. 393 RESOLUTION NO. 2015- CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL TENTATIVE TRACT MAP 36762 BEAZER HOMES HOLDINGS CORP. – WATERMARK VILLAS ADOPTED: MAY 19, 2014 Page 10 of 20 “Site Development” plans shall normally include all on-site surface improvements including but not limited to finish grades for curbs & gutters, building floor elevations, wall elevations, parking lot improvements and ADA requirements. “Street Parking” plan shall include appropriate signage to implement the “No Parking” concept, or alternatively an on-street parking policy shall be included in the CC & R’s subject to City Engineer’s Approval. The parking plan or CC & R’s shall be submitted concurrently with the Street Improvement Plans. 34.The City maintains standard plans, detail sheets and/or construction notes for elements of construction which can be accessed via the “Plans, Notes and Design Guidance” section of the Public Works Department at the City website (www.la-quinta.org). Please navigate to the Public Works Department home page and look for the Standard Drawings hyperlink. 35.The applicant shall furnish a complete set of all approved improvement plans on a storage media acceptable to the City Engineer (currently mylars). 36.Upon completion of construction, and prior to final acceptance of the improvements by the City, the applicant shall furnish the City with reproducible record drawings of all improvement plans which were approved by the City. Each sheet shall be clearly marked "Record Drawing" and shall be stamped and signed by the engineer or surveyor certifying to the accuracy and completeness of the drawings. The applicant shall have all approved mylars previously submitted to the City, revised to reflect the as- built conditions.The applicant shall employ or retain the Engineer Of Record during the construction phase of the project so that the EOR can make site visits in support of preparing "Record Drawing". However, if subsequent approved revisions have been approved by the City Engineer and reflect said "Record Drawing"conditions, the Engineer Of Record may submit a letter attesting to said fact to the City Engineer in lieu of mylar submittal. IMPROVEMENT SECURITY AGREEMENTS 37.Prior to approval of any Final Map, the applicant shall construct all on and off-site improvements and satisfy its obligations for same, or shall furnish a fully secured and executed Subdivision Improvement Agreement (“SIA”) guaranteeing the construction of such improvements and the satisfaction of its obligations for same, or shall agree to any combination thereof, as may be 394 RESOLUTION NO. 2015- CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL TENTATIVE TRACT MAP 36762 BEAZER HOMES HOLDINGS CORP. – WATERMARK VILLAS ADOPTED: MAY 19, 2014 Page 11 of 20 required by the City. 38.Any Subdivision Improvement Agreement (“SIA”) entered into by and between the applicant and the City of La Quinta, for the purpose of guaranteeing the completion of any improvements related to this Tentative Tract Map, shall comply with the provisions of LQMC Chapter 13.28 (Improvement Security). 39.Improvements to be made, or agreed to be made, shall include the removal of any existing structures or other obstructions which are not a part of the proposed improvements; and shall provide for the setting of the final survey monumentation. When improvements are phased through a “Phasing Plan,” or an administrative approval (e.g., Site Development Permits), all off-site improvements and common on-site improvements (e.g., backbone utilities, retention basins, perimeter walls, landscaping and gates) shall be constructed, or secured through a SIA, prior to the issuance of any permits in the first phase of the development, or as otherwise approved by the City Engineer. Improvements and obligations required of each subsequent phase shall either be completed, or secured through a SIA, prior to the completion of homes or the occupancy of permanent buildings within such latter phase, or as otherwise approved by the City Engineer. In the event the applicant fails to construct the improvements for the development, or fails to satisfy its obligations for the development in a timely manner, pursuant to the approved phasing plan, the City shall have the right to halt issuance of all permits, and/or final inspections, withhold other approvals related to the development of the project, or call upon the surety to complete the improvements. 40.Depending on the timing of the development of this Tentative Tract Map, and the status of the off-site improvements at the time, the applicant may be required to: A.Construct certain off-site improvements. B.Construct additional off-site improvements, subject to the reimbursement of its costs by others. 395 RESOLUTION NO. 2015- CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL TENTATIVE TRACT MAP 36762 BEAZER HOMES HOLDINGS CORP. – WATERMARK VILLAS ADOPTED: MAY 19, 2014 Page 12 of 20 C.Reimburse others for those improvements previously constructed that are considered to be anobligation of this tentative tract map. D.Secure the costs for future improvements that are to be made by others. E.To agree to any combination of these actions, as the City may require. Off-Site Improvements should be completed on a first priority basis. The applicant shall complete Off-Site Improvements in the first phase of construction or by the issuance of the 20% Building Permit. In the event that any of the improvements required for this development are constructed by the City, the applicant shall, prior to the approval of the Final Map, or the issuance of any permit related thereto, reimburse the City for the costs of such improvements. 41.If the applicant elects to utilize the secured agreement alternative, the applicant shall submit detailed construction cost estimates for all proposed on-site and off-site improvements, including an estimate for the final survey monumentation, for checking and approval by the City Engineer. Such estimates shall conform to the unit cost schedule as approved by the City Engineer. At the time the applicant submits its detailed construction cost estimates for conditional approval of the Final Map by the City Council, the applicant shall also submit one copy each of an 8-1/2" x 11" reduction of each page of the Final Map, along with a copy of an 8-1/2" x 11" Vicinity Map. Estimates for improvements under the jurisdiction of other agencies shall be approved by those agencies and submitted to the City along with the applicant’s detailed cost estimates. 42.Should the applicant fail to construct the improvements for the development, or fail to satisfy its obligations for the development in a timely manner, the City shall have the right to halt issuance of building permits, and/or final building inspections, withhold other approvals related to the development of the project, or call upon the surety to complete the improvements. GRADING 43.The applicant shall comply with the provisions of LQMC Section 13.24.050 396 RESOLUTION NO. 2015- CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL TENTATIVE TRACT MAP 36762 BEAZER HOMES HOLDINGS CORP. – WATERMARK VILLAS ADOPTED: MAY 19, 2014 Page 13 of 20 (Grading Improvements). 44.Prior to occupancy of the project site for any construction, or other purposes, the applicant shall obtain a grading permit approved by the City Engineer. 45.To obtain an approved grading permit, the applicant shall submit and obtain approval of all of the following: A.A grading plan prepared by a civil engineerregistered in the State of California, B.A preliminary geotechnical (“soils”) report prepared by a professional registered in the State of California, C.A Fugitive Dust Control Plan prepared in accordance with LQMC Chapter 6.16, (Fugitive Dust Control), and D.A Best Management Practices report prepared in accordance with LQMC Sections 8.70.010 and 13.24.170 (NPDES Stormwater Discharge Permit and Storm Management and Discharge Controls). E.A WQMP prepared by an authorized professional registered in the State of California. All grading shall conform with the recommendations contained in the Preliminary Soils Report, and shall be certified as being adequate by soils engineer, or engineering geologistregistered in the State of California. A statement shall appear on the Final Map that a soils report has been prepared in accordance with the California Health & Safety Code § 17953. The applicant shall furnish security, in a form acceptable to the City, and in an amount sufficient to guarantee compliance with the approved Fugitive Dust Control Plan provisions as submitted with its application for a grading permit. Additionally, the applicant shall replenish said security if expended by the City of La Quinta to comply with the Plan as required by the City Engineer. 46.The applicant shall maintain all open graded, undeveloped land in order to prevent wind and/or water erosion of such land. All open graded, undeveloped land shall either be planted with interim landscaping, or 397 RESOLUTION NO. 2015- CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL TENTATIVE TRACT MAP 36762 BEAZER HOMES HOLDINGS CORP. – WATERMARK VILLAS ADOPTED: MAY 19, 2014 Page 14 of 20 stabilized with such other erosion control measures, as were approved in the Fugitive Dust Control Plan. 47.Grading within the perimeter setback and parkway areas shall have undulating terrain and shall conform with the requirements of LQMC Section 9.60.240(F) except as otherwise modified by this condition. The maximum slope shall not exceed 3:1 anywhere in the landscape setback area, except for the backslope (i.e. the slope at the back of the landscape lot) which shall not exceed 2:1 if fully planted with ground cover. The maximum slope in the first six (6) feet adjacent to the curb shall not exceed 4:1 when the nearest edge of sidewalk is within six feet (6’) of the curb, otherwise the maximum slope within the right of way shall not exceed 3:1. All unpaved parkway areas adjacent to the curb shall be depressed one and one-half inches (1.5") in the first eighteen inches (18") behind the curb. 48.Building pad elevations on the rough grading plan submitted for City Engineer’s approval shall conform with pad elevations shown on the tentative map, unless the pad elevations have other requirements imposed elsewhere in these Conditions of Approval. 49.Building pad elevations of perimeter lots shall not differ by more that one foot higher from the building pads in adjacent developments. 50.The applicant shall minimize the differences in elevation between the adjoining properties and the lots within this development. Where compliance within the above stated limits is impractical, the City may consider alternatives that are shown to minimize safety concerns, maintenance difficulties and neighboring-owner dissatisfaction with the grade differential. 51.Prior to any site grading or regrading that will raise or lower any portion of the site by more than plus or minus half of a foot (0.5’) from the elevations shown on the approved Tentative Tract Map, the applicant shall submit the proposed grading changes to the City Engineer for a substantial conformance review. 52.Prior to the issuance of a building permit for any building lot, the applicant shall provide a lot pad certification stamped and signed by a qualified engineer or surveyor with applicable compaction tests and over excavation documentation. 398 RESOLUTION NO. 2015- CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL TENTATIVE TRACT MAP 36762 BEAZER HOMES HOLDINGS CORP. – WATERMARK VILLAS ADOPTED: MAY 19, 2014 Page 15 of 20 Each pad certification shall list the pad elevation as shown on the approved grading plan, the actual pad elevation and the difference between the two, if any. Such pad certification shall also list the relative compaction of the pad soil. The data shall be organized by lot number, and listed cumulatively if submitted at different times. DRAINAGE 53.Stormwater handling shall conform with the approved hydrology and drainage report forWatermark, Tentative Tract Map 36762. Nuisance water shall be disposed of in an approved manner. 54.The applicant shall comply with the provisions of LQMCSection 13.24.120 (Drainage), Retention Basin Design Criteria, Engineering Bulletin No. 06-16 – Hydrology Report with Preliminary Hydraulic Report Criteria for Storm Drain Systems and Engineering Bulletin No. 06-015 - Underground Retention Basin Design Requirements. More specifically, stormwater falling on site during the 100 year storm shall be retained within the development, unless otherwise approved by the City Engineer. The design storm shall be either the 1 hour, 3 hour, 6 hour or 24 hour event producing the greatest total run off. 55.Nuisance water shall be retained on site. Nuisance water shall be disposed of per approved methods contained in Engineering Bulletin No. 06-16 – Hydrology Report with Preliminary Hydraulic Report Criteria for Storm Drain Systems and Engineering Bulletin No. 06-015 - Underground Retention Basin Design Requirements. 56.In design of retention facilities, the maximum percolation rate shall be two inches per hour. The percolation rate will be considered to be zero unless the applicant provides site specific data indicating otherwise and as approved by the City Engineer. 57.The project shall be designed to accommodate purging and blowoff water (through underground piping and/or retention facilities) from any on-site or adjacent well sites granted or dedicated to the local water utility authority as a requirement for development of this property. 58.No fence or wall shall be constructed around any retention basin unless approved by the Community DevelopmentDirector and the City Engineer. 59.For on-site above ground common retention basins, retention depth shall be 399 RESOLUTION NO. 2015- CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL TENTATIVE TRACT MAP 36762 BEAZER HOMES HOLDINGS CORP. – WATERMARK VILLAS ADOPTED: MAY 19, 2014 Page 16 of 20 according to Engineering Bulletin No. 06-16 – Hydrology Report with Preliminary Hydraulic Report Criteria for Storm Drain Systems. Side slopes shall not exceed 3:1 and shall be planted with maintenance free ground cover. An exception to the Engineering Bulletin shall be granted to allow the basin bottom width to narrow to 13 feet at the east side maintenance entrance. 60.Stormwater may not be retained in landscaped parkways or landscaped setback lots. Only incidental storm water (precipitation which directly falls onto the setback) will be permitted to be retained in the landscape setback areas. The perimeter setback and parkway areas in the street right-of-way shall be shaped with berms and mounds, pursuant to LQMC Section 9.100.040(B)(7). 61.The design of the development shall not cause any increase in flood boundaries and levels in any area outside the development. 62.The development shall be graded to permit storm flow in excess of retention capacity to flow out of the development through a designated overflow and into the historic drainage relief route. 63.Storm drainage historically received from adjoining property shall be received and retained or passed through into the historic downstream drainage relief route. 64.The applicant shall comply with applicable provisions for post construction runoff per the City’s NPDES stormwater discharge permit, LQMC Sections 8.70.010 et seq. (Stormwater Management and Discharge Controls), and 13.24.170 (Clean Air/Clean Water); Riverside County Ordinance No. 457; and the California Regional Water Quality Control Board – Colorado River Basin (CRWQCB-CRB) Region Board Order No. R7-2013-0011 and the State Water Resources Control Board’s Order No. 2009-0009-DWQ and Order No. 2010-0014-DWQ. A.For post-construction urban runoff from New Development and Redevelopments Projects, the applicant shall implement requirements of the NPDES permit for the design, construction and perpetual operation and maintenance of BMPs per the approved Water Quality Management Plan (WQMP) for the project as required by the California Regional Water Quality Control Board – Colorado River Basin (CRWQCB-CRB) Region Board Order No. R7-2013-0011. 400 RESOLUTION NO. 2015- CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL TENTATIVE TRACT MAP 36762 BEAZER HOMES HOLDINGS CORP. – WATERMARK VILLAS ADOPTED: MAY 19, 2014 Page 17 of 20 B.The applicant shall implement the WQMP Design Standards per (CRWQCB-CRB) Region Board Order No. R7-2013-0011 utilizing BMPs approved by the City Engineer. A project specific WQMP shall be provided which incorporates Site Design and Treatment BMPs utilizing first flush infiltration as a preferred method of NPDES Permit Compliance for Whitewater River receiving water, as applicable. C.The developer shall execute and record a Stormwater Management/BMP Facilities Agreement that provides for the perpetual maintenance and operation of stormwater BMPs. UTILITIES 65.The applicant shall comply with the provisions of LQMCSection 13.24.110 (Utilities). 66.The applicant shall obtain the approval of the City Engineer for the location of all utility lines within any right-of-way, and all above-ground utility structures including, but not limited to, traffic signal cabinets, electric vaults, water valves, and telephone stands, to ensure optimum placement for practical and aesthetic purposes. 67.Existing overhead utility lines within, or adjacent to the proposed development, and all proposed utilities shall be installed underground. All existing utility lines attached to joint use 92 KV transmission power poles are exempt from the requirement to be placed underground. 68.Underground utilities shall be installed prior to overlying hardscape. For installation of utilities in existing improved streets, the applicant shall comply with trench restoration requirements maintained, or required by the City Engineer. The applicant shall provide certified reports of all utility trench compaction for approval by the City Engineer. CONSTRUCTION 69.The City will conduct final inspections of habitable buildings only when the buildings have improved street and (if required) sidewalk access to publicly- maintained streets. The improvements shall include required traffic control devices, pavement markings and street name signs. If on-site streets in 401 RESOLUTION NO. 2015- CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL TENTATIVE TRACT MAP 36762 BEAZER HOMES HOLDINGS CORP. – WATERMARK VILLAS ADOPTED: MAY 19, 2014 Page 18 of 20 residential developments are initially constructed with partial pavement thickness, the applicant shall complete the pavement prior to final inspections of the last ten percent of homes within the development or when directed by the City, whichever comes first. 70.All homes shall be designed with a minimum 18 inch eave/overhang of the roof. 71.Homes abutting the northern and western boundary of the site, and homes sited on lots 1 and 50 (adjacent to the project entry) shall be single story models. 72.Home abutting the northern and western boundary of the property shall be provided architectural enhancements on their northern elevation facing the Citrus. LANDSCAPE AND IRRIGATION 73.The applicant shall comply with LQMC Sections 13.24.130 (Landscaping Setbacks) & 13.24.140 (Landscaping Plans) 74.Landscape and irrigation plans shall be signed and stamped by a licensed landscape architect. 75.All new landscape areas shall have landscaping and permanent irrigation improvements in compliance with the City’s Water Efficient Landscape regulations contained in LQMC Section 8.13 (Water Efficient Landscape). 76.Except as otherwise conditioned in Site Development Permit 2014-942, all landscaping shall consist of, at minimum, 36” box trees (i.e., a minimum 2.5 inch caliper measured three feet up from grade level after planting), 5-gallon shrubs, and groundcover. Double lodge poles (two-inch diameter) shall be used to brace and stake trees. 77.The applicant shall submit the final landscape plans for review, processing and approval to the Community Development Department, in accordance with the Final Landscape Plan application process as a minor final landscape plan. Community Development Director approval of the final landscape plans is required prior to issuance of the first building permit unless the Community Development Director determines extenuating circumstances exist which justify an alternative processing schedule. 402 RESOLUTION NO. 2015- CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL TENTATIVE TRACT MAP 36762 BEAZER HOMES HOLDINGS CORP. – WATERMARK VILLAS ADOPTED: MAY 19, 2014 Page 19 of 20 NOTE: Plans are not approved for construction until signed by the appropriate City official, including the Community Development Director and/or City Engineer. Prior to final approval of the installation of landscaping, the Landscape Architect of record shall provide the Community Development Department a letter stating he/she has personally inspected the installation and that it conforms with the final landscaping plans as approved by the City. If staff determines during final landscaping inspection that adjustments are required in order to meet the intent of the Planning Commission’s approval, the Community Development Director shall review and approve any such revisions to the landscape plan. 78.The applicant or his agent has the responsibility for proper sight distance requirements per guidelines in the American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) “A Policy on Geometric Design of Highways and Streets” latest edition, in the design and/or installation of all landscaping and appurtenances abutting and within the private and public street right-of-way. PUBLIC SERVICES 79.The applicant shall provide public transit improvements as required by SunLine Transit Agency and as approved by the City Engineer. MAINTENANCE 80.The applicant shall comply with the provisions of LQMC Section 13.24.160 (Maintenance). 81.The applicant shall make provisions for the continuous and perpetual maintenance of common areas, perimeter landscaping up to the curb, access drives, sidewalks, and stormwater BMPs. FEES AND DEPOSITS 82.The applicant shall comply with the provisions of LQMC Section 13.24.180 (Fees and Deposits). These fees include all deposits and fees required by the City for plan checking and construction inspection. Deposits and fee amounts shall be those in effect when the applicant makes application for 403 RESOLUTION NO. 2015- CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL TENTATIVE TRACT MAP 36762 BEAZER HOMES HOLDINGS CORP. – WATERMARK VILLAS ADOPTED: MAY 19, 2014 Page 20 of 20 plan check and permits. 404 RESOLUTION NO. 2015 - A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA, APPROVING SITE DEVELOPMENT PERMIT 2014-942, ALLOWING THE DEVELOPMENT OF 82 HOMES ON 20.8 ACREA LOCATED AT THE NORTHWEST CORNER OF JEFFERSON STREET AND AVENUE 52 CASE NO.: SITE DEVELOPMENT PERMIT 2014-942 APPLICANT: BEAZER HOMES HOLDINGS WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of La Quinta, California did, on the thrdth day of January, 3 day of March and 19 day of May, 2015, hold duly noticed 6 Public Hearings to consider a request by Beazer Homes Holdingsfor approval of architectural and landscaping plans for the development of 82 single-family homes within the Watermark Specific Plan (Specific Plan (“SP”) 2003-069, as amended), more particularly described as: Assessor’s Parcel Nos.: 776-220-012, 776-220-013, 776-220-014 WHEREAS, the Planning Commissionof the City of La Quinta, California did, th on the 9day of December, 2014, hold a duly noticed Public Hearing to consider a request by Beazer Homes Holdings for approval of architectural and landscaping plans for the development of 82 single-family homes within the Watermark Specific Plan (SP 2003-069, as amended) and after hearing and considering all testimony and arguments, did adopt Planning Commission Resolution 2013-031, recommending to the City Council approval of Site Development Permit 2014-942; and WHEREAS, the Community Development Department published the public th hearing notice in the Desert Sun newspaper on the 26 day of December, 2014, as prescribed by the Municipal Code. Public hearing notices were also mailed to all property owners within 500 feet of the site; and WHEREAS, at said Public Hearing, upon hearing and considering all testimony and arguments, if any, of all interested persons desiring to be heard, said City Councildid make the following mandatory findings pursuant to Section 9.210.010 of the Municipal Code to justify approval of said Site Development Permit: 1.Consistency with the General Plan 405 Resolution No. 2015 - Site Development Permit 2014-942 Beazer Homes Holdings Corp. – Watermark Adopted – May 19, 2015 Page 2 of 3 The proposed Site Development Permit is consistent with the La Quinta General Plan, as it proposes 82 single-family homes on 20.8 acres, consistent with the Low Density Residential land use designation. Consistency with the Zoning Code 2. The proposed project is consistent with the Zoning Code and SP 2003-069, as amended, and complies with the development standards specified in both of these documents. Compliance with the California Environmental Quality Act 3. The Community Development Department has determined that although the proposed project could have a significant effect on the environment, there will not be a significant effect because revisions in the project have been made by or agreed to by the project proponent and mitigation measures have been incorporated. Therefore, the Community Development Director is recommending that a Mitigated Negative Declaration of environmental impact and associated Mitigation Monitoring Program be adopted. 4.Architectural Design The architecture and layout is compatible with, and not detrimental to, the homes in the Citrus development to the north and west of the project. The Site Development Permit was reviewed by the City’s Architecture and Landscaping Review Board and found to be satisfactory, with conditions of approval. 5.Landscape Design The landscaping plans are consistent with the City’s standards, and will be required to comply with the City’s drought tolerant landscaping requirements. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED by the City Council of the City of La Quinta, California, as follows: SECTION 1. That the above recitations are true and correct and constitute the findings of the City Council. SECTION 2. That it does hereby approveSite Development Permit 2014-942 for the reasons set forth in this Resolution and subject to the attached Conditions of Approval. 406 Resolution No. 2015 - Site Development Permit 2014-942 Beazer Homes Holdings Corp. – Watermark Adopted – May 19, 2015 Page 3 of 3 PASSED, APPROVED and ADOPTED at a regular meeting of the La Quinta th City Councilheld on this 19 day of May, 2015, by the following vote: AYES: NOES: ABSENT: ABSTAIN: _________________________ LINDA EVANS, Mayor City of La Quinta, California ATTEST: ____________________________ SUSAN MAYSELS, City Clerk City of La Quinta, California (CITY SEAL) APPROVED AS TO FORM: ________________________________ , City Attorney WILLIAM H. IHRKE City of La Quinta, California 407 408 RESOLUTION NO. 2015- CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL SITE DEVELOPMENT PERMIT 2014-942 BEAZER HOMES HOLDINGS CORP. – WATERMARK VILLAS ADOPTED: MAY 19, 2015 Page 1 of 20 GENERAL 1.The applicant agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless the City of La Quinta (“City”), its agents, officers and employees from any claim, action or proceeding to attack, set aside, void, or annul the approval of this Site Development Permit. The City shall have sole discretion in selecting its defense counsel. The City shall promptly notify the applicant of any claim, action or proceeding and shall cooperate fully in the defense. 2.The Site Development Permit shall expire on December 9, 2016 and shall become null and void in accordance with La Quinta Municipal Code Section 9.200.080, unless a building permit has been issued. A time extension may be requested per LQMC Section 9.200.080 3.Site Development Permit 2014-942 shall comply with all applicable conditions and/or mitigation measures for the following related approval(s): Tentative Parcel Map 36762 In the event of any conflict(s) between approval conditions and/or provisions of these approvals, the Community Development Director shall adjudicate the conflict by determining the precedence. 4.Prior to the issuance of any grading, construction, or building permit by the City, the applicant shall obtain any necessary clearances and/or permits from the following agencies, if required: Riverside County Fire Marshal Green Sheet (Public La Quinta Public Works Department (Grading Permit, Works Clearance) for Building Permits, Water Quality Management Plan(WQMP) Exemption Form – Whitewater River Region,Improvement Permit) La Quinta Community Development Department Riverside Co. Environmental Health Department Desert Sands Unified School District (DSUSD) Coachella Valley Water District (CVWD) Imperial Irrigation District (IID) California Regional Water Quality Control Board (CRWQCB) 409 RESOLUTION NO. 2015- CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL SITE DEVELOPMENT PERMIT 2014-942 BEAZER HOMES HOLDINGS CORP. – WATERMARK VILLAS ADOPTED: MAY 19, 2015 Page 2 of 20 State Water Resources Control Board SunLine Transit Agency (SunLine) South Coast Air Quality Management District Coachella Valley (SCAQMD) The applicant is responsible for all requirements of the permits and/or clearances from the above listed agencies. When these requirements include approval of improvement plans, the applicant shall furnish proof of such approvals when submitting those improvement plans for City approval. 5.Coverage under the State of California Construction General Permit must be obtained by the applicant, who then shall submit a copy of the Regional Water Quality Control Board’s (“RWQCB”) acknowledgment of the applicant’s Notice of Intent (“NOI”) and Waste Discharge Identification (WDID) number to the City prior to the issuance of a grading or building permit. 6.The applicant shall comply with applicable provisions of the City’s NPDES stormwater discharge permit, LQMC Sections 8.70.010 et seq. (Stormwater Management and Discharge Controls), and 13.24.170 (Clean Air/Clean Water); Riverside County Ordinance No. 457; the California Regional Water Quality Control Board – Colorado River Basin Region Board Order No. R7-2013-0011 and the State Water Resources Control Board’s Order No. 2009-0009-DWQ and Order No. 2010-0014-DWQ. A.For construction activities including clearing, grading or excavation of land that disturbs one (1) acre or more of land, or that disturbs less than one (1) acre of land, but which is a part of a construction project that encompasses more than one (1) acre of land, the Permitee shall be required to submit a Storm Water Pollution Protection Plan (“SWPPP”) to the State Water Resources Control Board. The applicant or design professional can obtain the California Stormwater for Quality Association SWPPP template at www.cabmphandbooks.com use in their SWPPP preparation. B.The applicant shall ensure that the required SWPPP is available for inspection at the project site at all timesthrough and including acceptance of all improvements by the City. C.The applicant’s SWPPP shall include provisions for all of the following Best Management Practices (“BMPs”) (LQMC Section 8.70.020 (Definitions)): 410 RESOLUTION NO. 2015- CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL SITE DEVELOPMENT PERMIT 2014-942 BEAZER HOMES HOLDINGS CORP. – WATERMARK VILLAS ADOPTED: MAY 19, 2015 Page 3 of 20 1)Temporary Soil Stabilization (erosion control). 2)Temporary Sediment Control. 3)Wind Erosion Control. 4)Tracking Control. 5)Non-Storm Water Management. 6)Waste Management and Materials Pollution Control. D.All erosion and sediment control BMPs proposed by the applicant shall be approved by the City Engineer prior to any onsite or offsite grading, pursuant to this project. E.The SWPPP and BMPs shall remain in effect for the entire duration of project construction until all improvements are completed and accepted by the City Council. F.The inclusion in the Homeowners’ Association (HOA) Conditions, Covenants, and Restrictions (CC&Rs), a requirement for the perpetual maintenance and operation of all post-construction BMPs as required and the applicant shall execute and record an agreement that provides for the perpetual maintenance and operation of all post-construction BMPs as required. 7.Permits issued under this approval shall be subject to the provisions of the Development Impact Fee and Transportation Uniform Mitigation Fee programs in effect at the time of issuance of building permit(s). 8.Approval of this Site Development Permit shall not be construed as approval for any horizontal dimensions implied by any site plans or exhibits unless specifically identified in the following conditions of approval. 9.Developer shall reimburse the City, within thirty (30) days of present of the invoice, all costs and actual attorney’s fees incurred by the City Attorney to review, negotiate and/or modify any documents or instruments required by these conditions, if Developer requests that the City modify or revise any documents or instruments prepared initially by the City to effect these conditions. This obligation shall be paid in the time noted above without deduction or offset and 411 RESOLUTION NO. 2015- CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL SITE DEVELOPMENT PERMIT 2014-942 BEAZER HOMES HOLDINGS CORP. – WATERMARK VILLAS ADOPTED: MAY 19, 2015 Page 4 of 20 Developer’s failure to make such payment shall be a material breach of the Conditions of Approval. 10.Developer shall reimburse the City, within thirty (30) days of presentment of the invoice, all costs and actual consultant’s fees incurred by the City for engineering and/or surveying consultants to review and/or modify any documents or instruments required by this project. This obligation shall be paid in the time noted above without deduction or offset and Developer’s failure to make such payment shall be a material breach of the Conditions of Approval. PROPERTY RIGHTS 11.Prior to issuance of any permit(s), the applicant shall acquire or confer easements and other property rights necessary for the construction or proper functioning of the proposed development. Conferred rights shall include irrevocable offers to dedicate or grant access easements to the City for emergency services and for maintenance, construction and reconstruction of essential improvements. 12.Pursuant to the aforementioned condition, conferred rights shall include approvals from the master developer or the HOA over easements and other property rights necessary for construction and proper functioning of the proposed development not limited to access rights over proposed and/or existing private streets that access public streets and open space/drainage facilities of the master development. 13.The applicant shall retain for private use of all private street rights-of-way in conformance with the City's General Plan, Municipal Code, applicable specific plans, and/or as required by the City Engineer. 14.The applicant shall offer for dedication a ten-foot wide public utility easement contiguous with, and along both sides of all private streets. Such easement may be reduced to five feet in width with the express written approval of IID. 15.The applicant shallmaintainexisting perimeter landscaping setbacks along all public rights-of-way as follows: A.Avenue 52 (Primary Arterial) - 20-foot from the R/W-P/L. B. Jefferson Street (Major Arterial) - 20-foot from the R/W-P/L. 412 RESOLUTION NO. 2015- CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL SITE DEVELOPMENT PERMIT 2014-942 BEAZER HOMES HOLDINGS CORP. – WATERMARK VILLAS ADOPTED: MAY 19, 2015 Page 5 of 20 The listed setback depth shall be the average depth where a meandering wall design is approved. The setback requirements shall apply to all frontages including, but not limited to, remainder parcels and sites dedicated for utility purposes. Where public facilities (e.g., sidewalks) are placed on privately-owned setbacks, the applicant shall offer for dedication blanket easements for those purposes. 16.The applicant shall offer for dedication those easements necessary for the placement of, and access to, utility lines and structures, drainage basins, mailbox clusters, park lands, and common areas. 17.Direct vehicular access to Jefferson Street and Avenue 52 from lots with frontage along Avenue 52 and Jefferson Street is restricted, except for those access points identified on the Site Development Permit, or as otherwise conditioned in these conditions of approval. 18.The applicant shall furnish proof of easements, or written permission, as appropriate, from those owners of all abutting properties on which grading, retaining wall construction, permanent slopes, or other encroachments will occur. STREET AND TRAFFIC IMPROVEMENTS 19.The applicant shall comply with the provisions of LQMC Sections 13.24.060 (Street Improvements), 13.24.070 (Street Design - Generally) & 13.24.100 (Access for Individual Properties and Development) for public streets; and Section 13.24.080 (Street Design - Private Streets), where private streets are proposed. 20.Streets shall have vertical curbs or other approved curb configurations that will convey water without ponding, and provide lateral containment of dust and residue during street sweeping operations. If a wedge or rolled curb design is approved, the lip at the flowline shall be near vertical with a 1/8" batter and a minimum height of 0.1'. Unused curb cuts on any lot shall be restored to standard curb height prior to final inspection of permanent building(s) on the lot. 21.The applicant shall extend improvements beyond the subdivision boundaries to ensure they safely integrate with existing improvements (e.g., grading; traffic control devices and transitions in alignment, elevation or dimensions of streets and sidewalks). 413 RESOLUTION NO. 2015- CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL SITE DEVELOPMENT PERMIT 2014-942 BEAZER HOMES HOLDINGS CORP. – WATERMARK VILLAS ADOPTED: MAY 19, 2015 Page 6 of 20 A.PRIVATE STREETS 1)Private Residential Streets measured at gutter flow line to gutter flow line shall have a 36-foot travel width. 2)Private Alleys and Emergency Fire Access(Lots H, I, J, K, and M) – Shall be constructed according to the lay-out shown on the Site Development Permit with on-street parking prohibited and the applicant establishes provisions for ongoing enforcement of the parking restriction in the CC&R’s. 3)The location of driveways of corner lots shall not be located within the curb return and away from the intersection when possible. 22.All gated entries shall provide for a three-car minimum stacking capacity for inbound traffic to be a minimum length of 62 feetfrom call box to the street; and shall provide for a full turn-around outlet for non-accepted vehicles. Where a gated entry is proposed, the applicant shall submit a detailed exhibit at a scale of 1" = 10', demonstrating that those passenger vehicles that do not gain entry into the development can safely make a full turn-around (minimum radius to be 24 feet) out onto the main street from the gated entry. Pursuant to said condition, there shall be a minimum of twenty five feet width provided at the turn-around opening provided. Two lanes of traffic shall be provided on the entry side of each gated entry, one lane shall be dedicated for residents, and one lane for visitors. The two travel lanes shall be a minimum of 20 feet of total paved roadway surface or as approved by the Fire Department. Entry drives, main interior circulation routes, standard knuckles, corner cutbacks, bus turnouts, dedicated turn lanes and other features shown on the approved construction plans, may require additional street widths as may be determined by the City Engineer. 23.The applicant shall design street pavement sections using CalTrans' design procedure for 20-year life pavement, and the site-specific data for soil strength and anticipated traffic loading (including construction traffic). Minimum structural sections shall be as follows: Residential 3.0" a.c./4.5" c.a.b. 414 RESOLUTION NO. 2015- CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL SITE DEVELOPMENT PERMIT 2014-942 BEAZER HOMES HOLDINGS CORP. – WATERMARK VILLAS ADOPTED: MAY 19, 2015 Page 7 of 20 Primary Arterial4.5" a.c./6.0" c.a.b. Major Arterial 5.5" a.c./6.5" c.a.b. or the approved equivalents of alternate materials. 24.The applicant shall submit current mix designs (less than two years old at the time of construction) for base, asphalt concrete and Portland cement concrete. The submittal shall include test results for all specimens used in the mix design procedure. For mix designs over six months old, the submittal shall include recent (less than six months old at the time of construction) aggregate gradation test results confirming that design gradations can be achieved in current production. The applicant shall not schedule construction operations until mix designs are approved. 25.General access points and turning movements of traffic are limited to the following: A.Jefferson Street – Emergency Fire Access: Right turn out is permitted. Left turn movements in and out are prohibited. B.Avenue 52 – Primary Entry: Right turn in, right turn out and left turn in movements are permitted. Left turn movements out are prohibited. 26.The applicant shall construct improvements including appurtenances such as traffic control signs, markings and other devices, raised medians if required, street name signs and sidewalks. Mid-block street lighting is not required. 27.Improvements shall be designed and constructed in accordance with City adopted standards, supplemental drawings and specifications, or as approved by the City Engineer. Improvement plans for streets, access gates and parking areas shall be stamped and signed by engineers registered in California. IMPROVEMENT PLANS As used throughout these Conditions of Approval, professional titles such as “engineer,” “surveyor,” and “architect,” refer to persons currently certified or licensed to practice their respective professions in the State of California. 28.Improvement plans shall be prepared by or under the direct supervision of qualified engineers and/or architects, as appropriate, and shall comply with the 415 RESOLUTION NO. 2015- CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL SITE DEVELOPMENT PERMIT 2014-942 BEAZER HOMES HOLDINGS CORP. – WATERMARK VILLAS ADOPTED: MAY 19, 2015 Page 8 of 20 provisions of LQMC Section 13.24.040 (Improvement Plans). 29.The following improvement plans shall be prepared and submitted for review and approval by the Public Works Department. A separate set of plans for each line item specified below shall be prepared. The plans shall utilize the minimum scale specified, unless otherwise authorized by the City Engineer in writing. Plans may be prepared at a larger scale if additional detail or plan clarity is desired. Note, the applicant may be required to prepare other improvement plans not listed here pursuant to improvements required by other agencies and utility purveyors. A.On-Site Rough Grading Plan 1" = 40' Horizontal B.PM10 Plan 1” = 40’ Horizontal C.WQMP (Plan submitted in Report Form) NOTE: A through C to be submitted concurrently. D.On-Site Street Improvements/Signing & Striping/Storm Drain Plan 1" = 40' Horizontal, 1"= 4' Vertical (Separate Storm Drain Plans if applicable) The following plans shall be submitted to the Building and Safety Department for review and approval. The plans shall utilize the minimum scale specified, unless otherwise authorized by the Building and Safety Director in writing. Plans may be prepared at a larger scale if additional detail or plan clarity is desired. Note, the applicant may be required to prepare other improvement plans not listed here pursuant to improvements required by other agencies and utility purveyors. E.On-Site Residential Precise Grading Plan 1" = 30' Horizontal Other engineered improvement plans prepared for City approval that are not listed above shall be prepared in formats approved by the City Engineer prior to commencing plan preparation. All On-Site Signing & Striping Plans shall show, at a minimum; Stop Signs, Limit Lines and Legends, No Parking Signs, Raised Pavement Markers (including Blue RPMs at fire hydrants) and Street Name Signs per Public Works Standard Plans and/or as approved by the Engineering Department. 416 RESOLUTION NO. 2015- CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL SITE DEVELOPMENT PERMIT 2014-942 BEAZER HOMES HOLDINGS CORP. – WATERMARK VILLAS ADOPTED: MAY 19, 2015 Page 9 of 20 “Rough Grading” plans shall normally include perimeter walls with Top Of Wall & Top Of Footing elevations shown. All footings shall have a minimum of 1-foot of cover, or sufficient cover to clear any adjacent obstructions. The applicant shall prepare an accessibility assessment on a marked up print of the building floor plan identifying every building egress and notes the 2013 California Building Code accessibility requirements associated with each door. The assessment must comply with the submittal requirements of the Building & Safety Department. A copy of the reviewed assessment shall be submitted to the Public Works Department in conjunction with the Site Development Plan when it is submitted for plan checking. In addition to the normal set of improvement plans, a “Site Development” plan is required to be submitted for approval by the Building Official, Community Development Director and the City Engineer. “Site Development” plans shall normally include all on-site surface improvements including but not limited to finish grades for curbs & gutters, building floor elevations, wall elevations, parking lot improvements and ADA requirements. “Street Parking” plan shall include appropriate signage to implement the “No Parking” concept, or alternatively an on-street parking policy shall be included in the CC & R’s subject to City Engineer’s Approval. The parking plan or CC & R’s shall be submitted concurrently with the Street Improvement Plans. 30.The City maintains standard plans, detail sheets and/or construction notes for elements of construction which can be accessed via the “Plans, Notes and Design Guidance” section of the Public Works Department at the City website (www.la- quinta.org). Please navigate to the Public Works Department home page and look for the Standard Drawings hyperlink. 31.The applicant shall furnish a complete set of all approved improvement plans on a storage media acceptable to the City Engineer (currently mylars). 32.Upon completion of construction, and prior to final acceptance of the improvements by the City, the applicant shall furnish the City with reproducible record drawings of all improvement plans which were approved by the City. Each sheet shall be clearly marked "Record Drawing" and shall be stamped and signed by the engineer or surveyor certifying to the accuracy and completeness of the drawings. The applicant shall have all approved mylars previously submitted to the City, revised to reflect the as-built conditions. The applicant shall employ or 417 RESOLUTION NO. 2015- CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL SITE DEVELOPMENT PERMIT 2014-942 BEAZER HOMES HOLDINGS CORP. – WATERMARK VILLAS ADOPTED: MAY 19, 2015 Page 10 of 20 retain the Engineer Of Record during the construction phase of the project so that the EOR can make site visits in support of preparing "Record Drawing". However, if subsequent approved revisions have been approved by the City Engineer and reflect said "Record Drawing" conditions, the Engineer Of Record may submit a letter attesting to said fact to the City Engineer in lieu of mylar submittal. IMPROVEMENT SECURITY 33.Improvements to be made, or agreed to be made, shall include the removal of any existing structures or other obstructions which are not a part of the proposed improvements; and shall provide for the setting of the final survey monumentation. When improvements are phased through a “Phasing Plan,” or an administrative approval (e.g., Site Development Permits), all off-site improvements and common on-site improvements (e.g., backbone utilities, retention basins, perimeter walls, landscaping and gates) shall be constructed, or secured, prior to the issuance of any permits in the first phase of the development, or as otherwise approved by the City Engineer. Improvements and obligations required of each subsequent phase shall either be completed, orsecured, prior to the completion of homes or the occupancy of permanent buildings within such latter phase, or as otherwise approved by the City Engineer. In the event the applicant fails to construct the improvements for the development, or fails to satisfy its obligations for the development in a timely manner, pursuant to the approved phasing plan, the City shall have the right to halt issuance of all permits, and/or final inspections, withhold other approvals related to the development of the project, or call upon the surety to complete the improvements. 34.Depending on the timing of the development of this Site Development Permit, and the status of the off-site improvements at the time, the applicant may be required to: A.Construct certain off-site improvements. B.Construct additional off-site improvements, subject to the reimbursement of its costs by others. 418 RESOLUTION NO. 2015- CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL SITE DEVELOPMENT PERMIT 2014-942 BEAZER HOMES HOLDINGS CORP. – WATERMARK VILLAS ADOPTED: MAY 19, 2015 Page 11 of 20 C.Reimburse others for those improvements previously constructed that are considered to be an obligation of this Site Development Permit. D.Secure the costs for future improvements that are to be made by others. E.To agree to any combination of these actions, as the City may require. Off-Site Improvements should be completed on a first priority basis. The applicant shall complete Off-Site Improvements in the first phase of construction or by the issuance of the 20% Building Permit. In the event that any of the improvements required for this development are constructed by the City, the applicant shall, prior to the issuance of any permit related thereto, reimburse the City for the costs of such improvements. 35.The applicant shall submit detailed construction cost estimates for all proposed on-site and off-site improvements, including an estimate for the final survey monumentation, for checking and approval by the City Engineer. Such estimates shall conform to the unit cost schedule as approved by the City Engineer. Estimates for improvements under the jurisdiction of other agencies shall be approved by those agencies and submitted to the City along with the applicant’s detailed cost estimates. 36.Should the applicant fail to construct the improvements for the development, or fail to satisfy its obligations for the development in a timely manner, the City shall have the right to halt issuance of building permits, and/or final building inspections, withhold other approvals related to the development of the project, or call upon the surety to complete the improvements. GRADING 37.The applicant shall comply with the provisions of LQMC Section 13.24.050 (Grading Improvements). 38.Prior to occupancy of the project site for any construction, or other purposes, the applicant shall obtain a grading permit approved by the City Engineer. 39.To obtain an approved grading permit, the applicant shall submit and obtain approval of all of the following: A.A grading plan prepared by a civil engineer registered in the State of 419 RESOLUTION NO. 2015- CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL SITE DEVELOPMENT PERMIT 2014-942 BEAZER HOMES HOLDINGS CORP. – WATERMARK VILLAS ADOPTED: MAY 19, 2015 Page 12 of 20 California, B.A preliminary geotechnical (“soils”) report prepared by a professional registered in the State of California, C.A Fugitive Dust Control Plan prepared in accordance with LQMC Chapter 6.16, (Fugitive Dust Control), and D.A Best Management Practices report prepared in accordance with LQMC Sections 8.70.010 and 13.24.170 (NPDES Stormwater Discharge Permit and Storm Management and Discharge Controls). E.A WQMP prepared by an authorized professional registered in the State of California. All grading shall conform with the recommendations contained in the Preliminary Soils Report, and shall be certified as being adequate by soils engineer, or engineering geologist registered in the State of California. The applicant shall furnish security, in a form acceptable to the City, and in an amount sufficient to guarantee compliance with the approved Fugitive Dust Control Plan provisions as submitted with its application for a grading permit. Additionally, the applicant shall replenish said security if expended by the City of La Quinta to comply with the Plan as required by the City Engineer. 40.The applicant shall maintain all open graded, undeveloped land in order to prevent wind and/or water erosion of such land. All open graded, undeveloped land shall either be planted with interim landscaping, or stabilized with such other erosion control measures, as were approved in the Fugitive Dust Control Plan. 41.Grading within the perimeter setback and parkway areas shall have undulating terrain and shall conform with the requirements of LQMC Section 9.60.240(F) except as otherwise modified by this condition. The maximum slope shall not exceed 3:1 anywhere in the landscape setback area, except for the backslope (i.e. the slope at the back of the landscape lot) which shall not exceed 2:1 if fully planted with ground cover. The maximum slope in the first six (6) feet adjacent to the curb shall not exceed 4:1 when the nearest edge of sidewalk is within six feet (6’) of the curb, otherwise the maximum slope within the right of way shall not exceed 3:1. All unpaved parkway areas adjacent to the curb shall be depressed one and one-half inches (1.5") in the first eighteen inches (18") behind the curb. 420 RESOLUTION NO. 2015- CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL SITE DEVELOPMENT PERMIT 2014-942 BEAZER HOMES HOLDINGS CORP. – WATERMARK VILLAS ADOPTED: MAY 19, 2015 Page 13 of 20 42.Building pad elevations on the rough grading plan submitted for City Engineer’s approval shall conform with pad elevations shown on the tentative map, unless the pad elevations have other requirements imposed elsewhere in these Conditions of Approval. 43.Building pad elevations of perimeter lots shall not differ by more that one foot higher from the building pads in adjacent developments. 44.The applicant shall minimize the differences in elevation between the adjoining properties and the lots within this development. Where compliance within the above stated limits is impractical, the City may consider alternatives that are shown to minimize safety concerns, maintenance difficulties and neighboring-owner dissatisfaction with the grade differential. 45.Prior to any site grading or regrading that will raise or lower any portion of the site by more than plus or minus half of a foot (0.5’) from the elevations shown on the approved tentative tract map, the applicant shall submit the proposed grading changes to the City Engineer for a substantial conformance review. 46.Prior to the issuance of a building permit for any building lot, the applicant shall provide a lot pad certification stamped and signed by a qualified engineer or surveyor with applicable compaction tests and over excavation documentation. Each pad certification shall list the pad elevation as shown on the approved grading plan, the actual pad elevation and the difference between the two, if any. Such pad certification shall also list the relative compaction of the padsoil. The data shall be organized by lot number, and listed cumulatively if submitted at different times. DRAINAGE 47.Stormwater handling shall conform with the approved hydrology and drainage report for Watermark, Site Development Permit 2014-942/ Tentative Tract Map 36762. Nuisance water shall be disposed of in an approved manner. 48.The applicant shall comply with the provisions of LQMC Section 13.24.120 (Drainage), Retention Basin Design Criteria, Engineering Bulletin No. 06-16 – Hydrology Report with Preliminary Hydraulic Report Criteria for Storm Drain Systems and Engineering Bulletin No. 06-015 - Underground Retention Basin Design Requirements. More specifically, stormwater falling on site during the 100 421 RESOLUTION NO. 2015- CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL SITE DEVELOPMENT PERMIT 2014-942 BEAZER HOMES HOLDINGS CORP. – WATERMARK VILLAS ADOPTED: MAY 19, 2015 Page 14 of 20 year storm shall be retained within the development, unless otherwise approved by the City Engineer. The design storm shall be either the 1 hour, 3 hour, 6 hour or 24 hour event producing the greatest total run off. 49.Nuisance water shall be retained on site. Nuisance water shall be disposed of per approved methods contained in Engineering Bulletin No. 06-16 – Hydrology Report with Preliminary Hydraulic Report Criteria for Storm Drain Systems and Engineering Bulletin No. 06-015 - Underground Retention Basin Design Requirements. 50.In design of retention facilities, the maximum percolation rate shall be two inches per hour. The percolation rate will be considered to be zero unless the applicant provides site specific data indicating otherwise and as approved by the City Engineer. 51.The project shall be designed to accommodate purging and blowoff water (through underground piping and/or retention facilities) from any on-site or adjacent well sites granted or dedicated to the local water utility authority as a requirement for development of this property. 52.No fence or wall shall be constructed around any retention basin unless approved by the Community Development Director and the City Engineer. 53.For on-site above ground common retention basins, retention depth shall be according to Engineering Bulletin No. 06-16 – Hydrology Report with Preliminary Hydraulic Report Criteria for Storm Drain Systems. Side slopes shall not exceed 3:1 and shall be planted with maintenance free ground cover. An exception to the Engineering Bulletin shall be granted to allow the basin bottom width to narrow to 13 feet at the east side maintenance entrance. 54.Stormwater may not be retained in landscaped parkways or landscaped setback lots. Only incidental storm water (precipitation which directly falls onto the setback) will be permitted to be retained in the landscape setback areas. The perimeter setback and parkway areas in the street right-of-way shall be shaped with berms and mounds, pursuant to LQMC Section 9.100.040(B)(7). 55.The design of the development shall not cause any increase in flood boundaries and levels in any area outside the development. 56.The development shall be graded to permit storm flow in excess of retention capacity to flow out of the development through a designated overflow and into 422 RESOLUTION NO. 2015- CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL SITE DEVELOPMENT PERMIT 2014-942 BEAZER HOMES HOLDINGS CORP. – WATERMARK VILLAS ADOPTED: MAY 19, 2015 Page 15 of 20 the historic drainage relief route. 57.Storm drainage historically received from adjoining property shall be received and retained or passed through into the historic downstream drainage relief route. 58.The applicant shall comply with applicable provisions for post construction runoff per the City’s NPDES stormwater discharge permit, LQMC Sections 8.70.010 et seq. (Stormwater Management and Discharge Controls), and 13.24.170 (Clean Air/Clean Water); Riverside County Ordinance No. 457; and the California Regional Water Quality Control Board – Colorado River Basin (CRWQCB-CRB) Region Board Order No. R7-2013-0011 and the State Water Resources Control Board’s Order No. 2009-0009-DWQ and Order No. 2010-0014-DWQ. A.For post-construction urban runoff from New Development and Redevelopments Projects, the applicant shall implement requirements of the NPDES permit for the design, construction and perpetual operation and maintenance of BMPs per the approved Water Quality Management Plan (WQMP) for the project as required by the California Regional Water Quality Control Board – Colorado River Basin (CRWQCB-CRB) Region Board Order No. R7-2013-0011. B.The applicant shall implement the WQMP Design Standards per (CRWQCB- CRB) Region Board Order No. R7-2013-0011 utilizing BMPs approved by the City Engineer. A project specific WQMP shall be provided which incorporates Site Design and Treatment BMPs utilizing first flush infiltration as a preferred method of NPDES Permit Compliance for Whitewater River receiving water, as applicable. C.The developer shall execute and record a Stormwater Management/BMP Facilities Agreement that provides for the perpetual maintenance and operation of stormwater BMPs. UTILITIES 59.The applicant shall comply with the provisions of LQMC Section 13.24.110 (Utilities). 60.The applicant shall obtain the approval of the City Engineer for the location of all utility lines within any right-of-way, and all above-ground utility structures including, but not limited to, traffic signal cabinets, electric vaults, water valves, and telephone stands, to ensure optimum placement for practical and aesthetic 423 RESOLUTION NO. 2015- CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL SITE DEVELOPMENT PERMIT 2014-942 BEAZER HOMES HOLDINGS CORP. – WATERMARK VILLAS ADOPTED: MAY 19, 2015 Page 16 of 20 purposes. 61.Existing overhead utility lines within, or adjacent to the proposed development, and all proposed utilities shall be installed underground. All existing utility lines attached to joint use 92 KV transmission power poles are exempt from the requirement to be placed underground. 62.Underground utilities shall be installed prior to overlying hardscape. For installation of utilities in existing improved streets, the applicant shall comply with trench restoration requirements maintained, or required by the City Engineer. The applicant shall provide certified reports of all utility trench compaction for approval by the City Engineer. CONSTRUCTION 63.The City will conduct final inspections of habitable buildings only when the buildings have improved street and (if required) sidewalk access to publicly- maintained streets. The improvements shall include required traffic control devices, pavement markings and street name signs. If on-site streets in residential developments are initially constructed with partial pavement thickness, the applicant shall complete the pavement prior to final inspections of the last ten percent of homeswithin the development or when directed by the City, whichever comes first. LANDSCAPING 64.The applicant shall comply with LQMC Sections 13.24.130 (Landscaping Setbacks) & 13.24.140 (Landscaping Plans) 65.Landscape and irrigation plans shall be signed and stamped by a licensed landscape architect. 66.All new landscape areas shall have landscaping and permanent irrigation improvements in compliance with the City’s Water Efficient Landscape regulations contained in LQMC Section 8.13 (Water Efficient Landscape). 67.Except as otherwise stated in these conditions, all landscaping shall consist of, at minimum, 36” box trees (i.e., a minimum 2.5 inch caliper measured three feet up from grade level after planting), 5-gallon shrubs, and groundcover. Double lodge 424 RESOLUTION NO. 2015- CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL SITE DEVELOPMENT PERMIT 2014-942 BEAZER HOMES HOLDINGS CORP. – WATERMARK VILLAS ADOPTED: MAY 19, 2015 Page 17 of 20 poles (two-inch diameter) shall be used to brace and stake trees. 68.The applicant shall submit the final landscape plans for review, processing and approval to the Community Development Department, in accordance with the Final Landscape Plan application process as a minor final landscape plan. Community Development Director approval of the final landscape plans is required prior to issuance of the first building permit unless the Community Development Director determines extenuating circumstances exist which justify an alternative processing schedule. NOTE: Plans are not approved for construction until signed by the appropriate City official, including the Community Development Director and/or City Engineer. Prior to final approval of the installation of landscaping, the Landscape Architect of record shall provide the Community Development Department a letter stating he/she has personally inspected the installation and that it conforms with the final landscaping plans as approved by the City. If staff determines during final landscaping inspection that adjustments are required in order to meet the intent of the Planning Commission’s approval, the Community Development Director shall review and approve any such revisions to the landscape plan. 69.The applicant or his agent has the responsibility for proper sight distance requirements per guidelines in the American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) “A Policy on Geometric Design of Highways and Streets” latest edition, in the design and/or installation of all landscaping and appurtenances abutting and within the private and public street right-of-way. PUBLIC SERVICES 70.The applicant shall provide public transit improvements as required by SunLine Transit Agency and as approved by the City Engineer. MAINTENANCE 71.The applicant shall comply with the provisions of LQMC Section 13.24.160 (Maintenance). 72.The applicant shall make provisions for the continuous and perpetual maintenance of common areas, perimeter landscaping up to the curb, access drives, sidewalks, 425 RESOLUTION NO. 2015- CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL SITE DEVELOPMENT PERMIT 2014-942 BEAZER HOMES HOLDINGS CORP. – WATERMARK VILLAS ADOPTED: MAY 19, 2015 Page 18 of 20 and stormwater BMPs. FEES AND DEPOSITS 73.The applicant shall comply with the provisions of LQMC Section 13.24.180 (Fees and Deposits). These fees include all deposits and fees required by the City for plan checking and construction inspection. Deposits and fee amounts shall be those in effect when the applicant makes application for plan check and permits. FIRE DEPARTMENT 74.For residential areas, approved standard fire hydrants, located at each intersection, with no portion of any lot frontage more than a maximum of 500 feet from a hydrant. Minimum fire flow for all residential structures shall be 1000 GPM for a 2-hour duration at 20 PSI. 75.For any buildings with public access i.e. recreational halls, clubhouses, etc. or buildings with a commercial use i.e. gatehouses, maintenance sheds, etc. Minimum fire flow for these areas would be 1500 GPM for a 2-hour duration at 20 PSI. 76.The required water system, including fire hydrants, shall be installed and accepted by the appropriate water agency prior to any combustible building material being placed on an individual lot. Two sets of water plans are to be submitted to the Fire Department for approval. 77.Residential fire sprinklers are required in all one and two family dwellings per the California Residential Code. Contact the Riverside County Fire Department for the Residential Fire Sprinkler Standard. 78.Applicant/Developer shall mount blue dot retro-reflectors pavement markers on private streets, public streets and driveways to indicated location of the fire hydrant. It should be 8 inches from centerline to the side that the fire hydrant is on, to identify fire hydrant locations. 79.The minimum dimension for gates is 20 feet clear and unobstructed width and a minimum vertical clearance of 13 feet 6 inches in height. Any gate providing access from a road shall be located at least 35 feet setback from the roadway and shall open to allow a vehicle to stop without obstructing traffic on the road. Where a one-way road with a single traffic lane provides access to a gate entrance, a 38-foot turning radius shall be used. 426 RESOLUTION NO. 2015- CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL SITE DEVELOPMENT PERMIT 2014-942 BEAZER HOMES HOLDINGS CORP. – WATERMARK VILLAS ADOPTED: MAY 19, 2015 Page 19 of 20 80.Fire Apparatus access road and driveways shall be in compliance with the Riverside County Fire Department Standard number 06-05 (located at www.rvcfire.org). Access lanes will not have an up, or downgrade of more than 15%. Access roads shall have an unobstructed vertical clearance not less than 13 feet and 6 inches. Access lanes will be designed to withstand the weight of 70 thousand pounds over 2 axles. Access will have a turning radius capable of accommodating fire apparatus. Access lane shall be constructed with a surface so as to provide all weather driving capabilities. 81.Gates may be automatic or manual and shall be equipped with a rapid entry system (KNOX). Plans shall be submitted to the Fire Department for approval prior to installation. Automatic gate pins shall be rated with a shear pin force, not to exceed 30 pounds. Gates activated by the rapid entry system shall remain open until closed by the rapid entry system. Automatic gates shallbe provided with backup power. 82.Any turn-around requires a minimum 38-foot turning radius. PLANNING DEPARTMENT 83.A Native American Monitor shall be present on site during all site disturbing activities. The monitor shall be empowered to stop and/or redirect activities should cultural resources be encountered. 84.A walking path with dog watering and clean up stations shall be added on the outer (east, west, and south sides) edge of the retention basin. 85.Benches and picnic tables shall be added in the turf area located on the east side of the pool. 86.The Olive and Rhus lancia trees shall be 36’ boxes, all other trees shall be 24’ boxes. 87.All plantings shall be per specifications in the landscaping plan submitted October 15,2014 88.Only the Rhus lancia tree shall be standard type trunk, all other trees shall be multi-trunk. 89.All homes shall be designed with a minimum 18 inch eave/overhang of the roof. 427 RESOLUTION NO. 2015- CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL SITE DEVELOPMENT PERMIT 2014-942 BEAZER HOMES HOLDINGS CORP. – WATERMARK VILLAS ADOPTED: MAY 19, 2015 Page 20 of 20 90.Homes abutting the northernand western boundary of the site, and homes sited on lots 1 and 50 (adjacent to the project entry) shall be single story models. 91.Home abutting the northern and western boundary of the property shall be provided architectural enhancements on their northern elevation facing the Citrus. 428 ATTACHMENT 1 SITE DEVELOPMENT PERMIT 2014-942 BEAZER HOMES HOLDINGS CORP. BEAZER HOMES HOLDINGS CORP. BESSENIAN LAGONI DAVID NEAULT ASSOCIATES INC. ADAMS-STREETER CIVIL ENGINEERS, INC. CONSIDERATION OF A SINGLE FAMILY TRACT OF 82 UNITS ON 20.8 ACRES ON THE FORMER WATERMARK VILLAS PROPERTY NORTHWEST CORNER OF JEFFERSON STREET AND AVENUE 52 CURRENT: MEDIUM/HIGH DENSITY RESIDENTIAL PROPOSED: LOW DENSITY RESIDENTIAL CURRENT: MEDIUM HIGH DENSITY RESIDENTIAL PROPOSED: LOW DENSITY RESIDENTIAL WATERMARK SPECIFIC PLAN (SP 2003-069) BEING AMENDED NORTH: LOW DENSITY RESIDENTIAL/GOLF COURSE EXISTING CITRUS HOMES AND GOLF COURSE SOUTH: GOLF COURSE VACANT (SILVERROCK) EAST: NEIGHBORHOOD COMMERCIAL EXISTING COMMERCIAL DEVELOPMENT WEST: LOW DENSITY RESIDENTIAL/GOLF COURSE EXISTING CITRUS HOMES AND GOLF COURSE 429 430 432 434 BBQ / LOUNGE L L L LIGHTS (TYP) L SHADE CABANA 5' CONCRETE WALK PARKING STALLS 68' L L 18' 9' L L 37' DOG WASTE POOL CABANAS MATCHLINE - SEE SHEET L-5 MATCHLINE - SEE SHEET L-6 MATCHLINE - SEE SHEET L-8 MATCHLINE - SEE SHEET L-9 JEFFERSON STREET LINEN LINEN LINEN 52'-0" 479 480 WATERMARK SPECIFIC PLAN AMENDMENT NO. 1 in the City of La Quinta, California Prepared for: 545 S. Figueroa Street, #1209 Los Angeles, CA 90071 Prepared by: MSA Consulting Inc. 34200 Bob Hope Drive Rancho Mirage, California 92270 March 25, 2015 481 482 WATERMARK SPECIFIC PLAN AMD. NO. 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS Chapter I: Introduction & Setting 1.1Executive Summary ............................................................................................ 1 1.2Purpose & Intent ................................................................................................ 1 1.3Project Location ................................................................................................. 2 1.4Site Characteristics ............................................................................................. 2 1.5Background & History ........................................................................................ 6 1.6Development Concept........................................................................................ 6 1.7Project Objectives .............................................................................................. 6 1.8General Plan & Zoning ....................................................................................... 7 1.9Utility & Service Providers .................................................................................. 8 1.10Community Involvement .................................................................................. 11 1.11Entitlement Process ......................................................................................... 11 Chapter 2: Master Plan 2.1Land Use .......................................................................................................... 13 2.2Circulation........................................................................................................ 15 2.3Open Space & Recreation ................................................................................. 19 2.4Water & Sewer ................................................................................................. 22 2.5Grading & Drainage .......................................................................................... 25 2.6Phasing Plan ..................................................................................................... 28 Chapter 3: Development Regulations 3.1Overview.......................................................................................................... 30 3.2Planning Area 1 ................................................................................................ 30 3.3Planning Area 2 ................................................................................................ 35 Chapter 4: Design Guidelines 4.1Overview.......................................................................................................... 37 4.2Architectural Guidelines ................................................................................... 37 4.3Landscape Guidelines ....................................................................................... 39 Chapter 5: Plan Administration 5.1Overview.......................................................................................................... 45 5.2Implementation ............................................................................................... 45 SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 2003-069 March 2015 i 483 WATERMARK SPECIFIC PLAN AMD. NO. 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS 5.3Amendment ..................................................................................................... 45 5.4Interpretation .................................................................................................. 46 5.5Enforcement .................................................................................................... 46 Chapter 6: General Plan Consistency 6.1Overview ......................................................................................................... 48 6.2Consistency Analysis ........................................................................................ 49 FIGURES 1.1 Regional Location Map .......................................................................................................... 3 1.2 Local Vicinity Map ................................................................................................................. 4 1.3 Site Conditions Map .............................................................................................................. 5 1.4 General Plan Map.................................................................................................................. 9 1.5 Zoning Map ......................................................................................................................... 10 1.6 Public Services..................................................................................................................... 12 2.1 Conceptual Land Use Plan .................................................................................................. 14 2.2 Conceptual Street Plan ........................................................................................................ 16 2.3 Street Cross-Sections .......................................................................................................... 17 2.4 Conceptual Pedestrian Plan ................................................................................................ 18 2.5 Conceptual Open Space Plan .............................................................................................. 20 2.6 Conceptual Fencing & Wall Plan ......................................................................................... 21 2.7 Conceptual Water Plan ........................................................................................................ 23 2.8 Conceptual Sewer Plan ........................................................................................................ 24 2.9 Conceptual Grading Plan ..................................................................................................... 26 2.10 Conceptual Drainage Plan.................................................................................................. 27 2.11 Conceptual Phasing Plan ................................................................................................... 29 3.1 Planning Area Diagram ........................................................................................................ 31 3.2 Planning Area 1 - Residential ............................................................................................... 33 3.3 Planning Area 1 – Typical Residential Lot ............................................................................ 34 3.4 Planning Area 2 – Community Center .................................................................................. 36 4.1 Overall Landscape Plan........................................................................................................ 40 SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 2003-069 March 2015 ii 484 WATERMARK SPECIFIC PLAN AMD. NO. 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLES 1.1 Surrounding Uses .................................................................................................................. 2 1.2 Utility & Service Providers ..................................................................................................... 8 2.1 Land Use Summary.............................................................................................................. 13 3.1 PA-1 Development Standards .............................................................................................. 32 3.2 PA-2 Development Standards .............................................................................................. 35 4.1 Plant Material Palette ......................................................................................................... 44 SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 2003-069 March 2015 iii 485 486 WATERMARK SPECIFIC PLAN AMD. NO. 1 CHAPTER I: INTRODUCTION & SETTING 1.1EXECUTIVE SUMMARY T he Watermark Specific Plan Amendment No. 1 (Specific Plan) is organized in six chapters, as described below: Chapter 1, Introduction & Setting: This section provides an overview of the document, project setting and history, legislative authority for the Specific Plan, entitlement process and other contextual information. Chapter 2, Master Plan: This section describes the primary master plan components required for orderly development of the property. These include land use, circulation, open space and recreation, water and sewer, grading and drainage, and phasing. Chapter 3, Development Regulations: This section establishes the allowable uses and development standards applicable within the Specific Plan Area. Development regulations are listed for each distinct Planning Area. Section 4, Design Guidelines: This section outlines architectural and landscape design approaches and themes intended to guide the visual appearance of future development. Section 5, Plan Administration: This section describes the various processes and procedures used to administer and implement the adopted Specific Plan. Section 6, General Plan Consistency: This section presents a consistency analysis comparing the Watermark project with the development policy outlined in the City’s General Plan. The goal statements contained in each General Plan Element provide a framework for the analysis. 1.2PURPOSE AND INTENT This Specific Plan is intended to guide future development and use of land within the Watermark Specific Plan boundary, including the establishment of site specific development plans, guidelines, and regulations. The Specific Plan is intended to ensure quality development consistent with the goals, objectives, and policies of the City of La Quinta General Plan. While this Specific Plan defines the location, type and amount of development allowed within the Specific Plan Area, consistent with the requirements for Specific Plans identified in State Planning and Land Use Law, it is intended to provide a degree of flexibility to allow development to respond to consumer demand and opportunities in the marketplace. This document has been prepared pursuant to California Government Code Section 65450, which grants local governments the authority to prepare specific plans as a systematic means of implementing their Page 1 487 WATERMARK SPECIFIC PLAN AMD. NO. 1 General Plan. California Government Code Sections 65450 through 65454 establishes the authority to adopt a Specific Plan, identifies the required contents of a Specific Plan, and mandates consistency with the General Plan. 1.3 PROJECT LOCATION The Watermark Specific Plan Area is located approximately 105 miles from the City of Los Angeles and the Pacific coast and approximately 240 miles from the Phoenix/Scottsdale metropolitan region. As shown on Figure 1.1, Regional Location Map, the specific plan is situated in the southeast portion of the Coachella Valley within the corporate limits of the City of La Quinta, Riverside County. The project is accessible from Interstate 10 by way of Jefferson Street with immediate access to Avenue 52 on the south. The Specific Plan consists of 3 parcels totaling 21 acres (APNs 767-220-012; 013; 14) on the northwest corner of Avenue 52 and Jefferson Street. The property contains a partially constructed but abandoned condominium project approved in 2004. The property is surrounded on the north and west by The Citrus Club residential community and private golf club, on the south by Avenue 52 and on the east by Jefferson Street and Mountain View Country Club, private golf course and residential community. Figure 1.2, Local Vicinity Map, depicts the physical setting of the property. Surrounding land uses are listed in Table 1.1. TABLE 1.1 SURROUNDING USES Jurisdiction General PlanZoningExisting Use North La QuintaLDR/OS RL/GCThe Citrus Club South La QuintaOSGC Avenue 52 East La QuintaGC/LDR/OSCN/GC Jefferson Street Mountain View Country Club West La QuintaLDR/OS RL/GCThe Citrus Club General Plan Designations: LDR – Low Density Res. / OS - Open Space / GC- General Commercial Zoning Designations: RL – Low Density Residential / GC – Golf Course / CN – Commercial Neighborhood 1.4 SITE CHARACTERISTICS As shown in Figure 1.3, Site Conditions Map, the property is entirely disturbed and contains a partially constructed condominium project that was abandoned during the housing collapse and global recession in the mid-late 2000’s. On-site features include one completed podium condominium building, ten podium garages, the project’s primary gated entry and perimeter wall, partially paved and graded interior streets and assorted onsite utilities. Page 2 488 WATERMARK SPECIFIC PLAN AMD. NO. 1 Source: U.S.G.S., RCTLMA, ESRIExhibit Date: March 25, 2015 REGIONAL LOCATION MAP FIGURE 1.1 MSA CONSULTING, INC. N.T.S. PAGE 3 www.msaconsultinginc.com 489 WATERMARK SPECIFIC PLAN AMD. NO. 1 Source: City of La QuintaExhibit Date: March 25, 2015 LOCAL VICINITY MAP FIGURE 1.2 MSA CONSULTING, INC. N.T.S. PAGE 4 www.msaconsultinginc.com 490 WATERMARK SPECIFIC PLAN AMD. NO. 1 PROJECT SITE AVENUE 52 Source: City of La QuintaExhibit Date: March 25, 2015 SITE CONDITIONS MAP FIGURE 1.3 MSA CONSULTING, INC. N.T.S. www.msaconsultinginc.com PAGE 5 491 WATERMARK SPECIFIC PLAN AMD. NO. 1 1.5 BACKGROUND AND HISTORY Theproject is currently known as “Watermark Villas at La Quinta” and is a previously approved planned residential, 250-unit condominium community, approved on this site in 2004. At that time, the property contained only a date palm grove. Project entitlements included Specific Plan 2003-069 and Tentative Tract Map 31798, along with a General Plan Amendment, Change of Zone and Conditional Use Permit. The project itself consisted of 31 two-story eight-plex buildings and 1 single-story duplex building all with subterranean parking. A centrally located swimming pool/spa, several smaller pool/spa’s dispersed throughout the project, two lighted tennis courts, a two-story recreation room/restaurant building and a two-story sundry store with office. Following approvals, project construction began with grading of the site and completion of the project entry, perimeter wall and one eight-plex model building for use as a sales center. In addition, ten podium garages, grading of interior streets and assorted onsite utilities were started. However, the project was victim to the housing collapse and global recession of the late 2000’s and construction stalled and never resumed. The property remains in this condition today, vacant with the unfinished remains of the prior project. 1.6 DEVELOPMENT CONCEPT The Watermark Specific Plan Amendment No. 1 will replace the previously approved condominium project. It proposes a residential community of 82 single-family detached homes with three floor plans. The proposed development includes a looped internal private road system, a centrally located community recreation building with pool, and an open, turfed area that serves as a retention basin and passive open space with a walking path following the top of the basin. The project also makes provision for a possible gated golf cart connection to Fresa Circle to provide convenient access should an agreement be made with the Citrus Course and HOA. The existing perimeter wall, primary entry and retention basin will be retained from the prior development. The entry structure has been presented with minor modifications. All other above ground site features will be demolished. Most underground utilities will be removed and reconstructed within the new street system. 1.7 PROJECT OBJECTIVES Various issues were considered and evaluated during the preparation of this Specific Plan. Engineering feasibility, market acceptance, economic viability, water efficiency, General Plan goals, and compatibility with surrounding land uses were considered during the planning process. In order to ensure the functional integrity, economic viability, environmental sensitivity, and positive aesthetic contribution of this Specific Plan, unique project objectives were established as follows: To reflect consistency with the goals and policies of the La Quinta General Plan as described in Chapter 6. To provide high-quality single family residences designed to be marketable and meet increased housing demand driven by population growth and retirees. Page 6 492 WATERMARK SPECIFIC PLAN AMD. NO. 1 To repurpose the site for single family development and incorporate existing site features to the extent practical, including the community perimeter wall, primary entry and retention basin. To develop the property with residential uses in a manner compatible with surrounding development by applying appropriate planning, landscaping and architectural design approaches. To create an attractive public street frontage surrounding the community 1.8 GENERAL PLAN & ZONING General Plan - The La Quinta General Plan, updated in early 2013, establishes the City's policy relative to the planned future pattern, intensity, density, and relationships of land uses in the City and the various infrastructure systems needed to effectively support those land uses. The Specific Plan implements the La Quinta General Plan by bringing detailed policies and regulations together into a focused development plan for the Specific Plan Area. It serves as a link between the La Quinta General Plan and subsequent implementing development proposals within the Specific Plan area. The Specific Plan is a regulatory document which, when adopted by the La Quinta City Council, will govern all facets of project development including the distribution of land uses, location and sizing of supporting infrastructure, as well as development standards and regulations. Figure 1.4, General Plan Map, displays the existing General Plan Land Use and designates this site as “Medium/High Density Residential”, allowing a density of up to 16 dwelling units per acre (du/ac). Although the proposed project density is below the allowable maximum, it is not consistent with the intent statement for this land use designation or with the base zone consistency matrix (GP Table II-2). Consequently, a General Plan Amendment to “Low Density Residential” allowing from 2-4 du/ac will be approved as part of the project. Zoning - Zoning implements the General Plan land use by applying appropriate development standards for allowable uses, minimum lot size, yard setbacks and similar development considerations. Figure 1.5, Zoning Map, displays the existing Zoning for this site as Medium High Density Residential (RMH). The project is not consistent with this base zone and will need to be changed to Low Density Residential (RL) with an allowable density range of 2-4 du/ac. The change of base zone will be accompanied by this Specific Plan Amendment to effectively update the zoning, making the project consistent with both the General Plan Land Use and Zoning classifications. Page 7 493 WATERMARK SPECIFIC PLAN AMD. NO. 1 1.9 UTILITY & SERVICE PROVIDERS The Watermark project is within the service area of the utility and service providers as listed in Table 1.2. 1 TABLE 1.2- UTILITY & SERVICE PROVIDERS Utility/Service Agency Address Phone Sewer CVWD75-525 Hovley Lane, Palm Desert, CA. 92211 760.398.2651 Water CVWD75-525 Hovley Lane, Palm Desert, CA. 92211 760.398.2651 Southern California Natural Gas P.O. Box 3150, San Dimas, CA. 91773 877.238.0092 Electric IIDP.O. Box 937, Imperial, CA. 92251 760.335.3640 Cable TV Time Warner 92211760.340.2225 44-425 Town Center Way Ste H, Palm Desert CA Police County of Riverside 86-625 Airport Blvd., Thermal, CA 92274 760-863-8990 Fire County of Riverside 92211 760.869.8886 77-933 Las Montanas Rd #201 Palm Desert, CA Solid Waste Burrtec 41575 Eclectic Street, Palm Desert, CA. 92260 760.340.2113 Schools DSUSD47-950 Dune Palms Road, La Quinta, CA. 92253760.777.4200 Page 8 494 WATERMARK SPECIFIC PLAN AMD. NO. 1 PROJECT SITE Legend: Low Density Residential Medium/High Density Residential General Commercial Major Community Facilities Open Space - Recreation Source: City of La QuintaExhibit Date: March 25, 2015 GENERAL PLAN MAP FIGURE 1.4 MSA CONSULTING, INC. N.T.S. PAGE 9 www.msaconsultinginc.com 495 WATERMARK SPECIFIC PLAN AMD. NO. 1 PROJECT SITE Legend: Low Density Residential Medium Density Residential High Density Residential Neighborhood Commercial Tourist Commercial Golf Course Source: City of La QuintaExhibit Date: March 25, 2015 ZONING MAP FIGURE 1.5 MSA CONSULTING, INC. N.T.S. PAGE 10 www.msaconsultinginc.com 496 WATERMARK SPECIFIC PLAN AMD. NO. 1 1.10 COMMUNITY INVOLVEMENT Public outreach for this project is planned to include meetings with neighboring communities such as The Citrus Community HOA. 1.11 ENTITLEMENT PROCESS Approval of the following entitlements will implement this project: General Plan Amendment (GPA) - The GPA will amend the General Plan land use designation from “Medium/High Density Residential” to “Low Density Residential”. The GPA requires separate public hearings before the Planning Commission (Commission) and the City Council. Zone Change (ZC) - The ZC will change the base zone of the property from “Medium High Density Residential” (MHDR) to “Low Density Residential” (LDR). The ZC requires separate public hearings before the Planning Commission (Commission) and the City Council. Specific Plan Amendment (SP) - The SP will cover the entire 21-acre site to provide a comprehensive development plan, allowable uses and development standards. The SP requires separate public hearings before the Planning Commission (Commission) and the City Council (Council). Tentative Tract Map (TTM) – The TTM is intended to subdivide the property into single family lots for residential development. The TTM requires review by the Architectural and Landscape Review Board (ALRB) and separate public hearings before the Commission and the Council. Site Development Permit (SDP): The SDP is required by the City for final approval of landscape design, architectural design, and site plan (with single family residences plotted on each lot). This may be processed concurrent with or subsequent to other entitlement approvals. The SDP requires review by the ALRB and separate public hearings before the Commission and the Council. Page 11 497 WATERMARK SPECIFIC PLAN AMD. NO. 1 CITY OF INDIAN WELLS CITY OF INDIO PROJECT SITE CITY OF LA QUINTA Legend: Emergency Services Emergency Services School City BoundaryPolice / City Hall Fire Source: City of La QuintaExhibit Date: March 25, 2015 PUBLIC SERVICES FIGURE 1.6 MSA CONSULTING, INC. N.T.S. www.msaconsultinginc.com PAGE 12 498 WATERMARK SPECIFIC PLAN AMD. NO. 1 CHAPTER 2: MASTER PLAN 2.1 LAND USE T he Specific Plan proposes a residential community of 82 single-family detached homes with a community center. This new land use will replace the partially constructed condominium project approved in 2004 (SP 2003-069). The location of land uses depicted in this Specific Plan are conceptual and will be further refined through implementing Tentative Tract Map and Site Development Permit approvals. Each project component is described below and accompanied by a detailed discussion of land uses and relevant development standards in Chapter 3. Table 2 provides a summary tabulation of land use acreages within the project. PA-1 Residential Use - The project will create a community of 82 new residential homes ranging in size from 2,000 sq. ft. to 3,000 sq. ft. The residential area incorporates a Community Center and an open turfed area to serve as a retention basin and passive open space. A Home Owners Association (HOA) will be formed for the project. PA-2 Community Center – The Specific Plan features a centrally located community recreation center that features a pool and spa with hardscape patio areas, a small clubhouse with a multi-purpose room, restrooms, showers and small open-turfed play area. TABLE 2.1 LAND USE SUMMARY LandUse Acres Density DU's PA-1 Residential 18.8 N/A 82 PA-2 Community Center 0.9 N/A 0 Exterior Street Parkway 1.1 N/A 0 1 TOTALS 20.8 82 3.9 Notes: 1.Allowable density is 2-4 du/ac with adoption of accompanying GPA (MHDR to LDR). Page 13 499 500 PA-1PA-2 WATERMARK SPECIFIC PLAN AMD. NO. 1 WATERMARK SPECIFIC PLAN AMD. NO. 1 2.2 CIRCULATION Vehicular and pedestrian circulation systems are an important component of every development project. Watermark Specific Plan provides direct and convenient vehicular access to each home through a safe and efficient private roadway network that complies with City engineering design standards. These roads, because they carry very low traffic volumes, also accommodate safe pedestrian movement within the project. The Circulation system is illustrated in Figure 2.2, Conceptual Street Plan, and Typical Street Sections shown in Figure 2.3, Typical Street Cross Sections and Figure 2.4, Conceptual Pedestrian Plan. Key aspects of the circulation system include: Entries - Vehicular access to the site is taken from Avenue 52 via an existing entry that was fully constructed as part of the former condominium project. The entry includes textured pavement, entry gates, a gatehouse, a pedestrian walkway connection, entry monuments and landscaped areas. Vehicular Circulation - The vehicular circulation system consists of an interior network of private streets that connects each home to the public roadway system at Avenue 52. Private streets are 37 feet wide with public utility easements on either side. The street section is intended to accommodate double loaded on-street parking. Pedestrian Circulation – Pedestrian circulation is provided within the project’s low speed, low volume private streets as is common in desert communities and a pedestrian walkway at the top of the project’s retention basin. Optional Features – The project contemplates an optional circulation component that is dependent on future conditions that may or may not occur. The project makes provision for a golf cart connection to the Citrus golf course using a gated access to the Citrus private community at the northeast corner of the project. If an agreement is reached to make golf memberships available to residents of the Watermark community, then the golf cart connection would be a desirable feature. If not, the two communities are under separate private ownership and there would be no reason to connect them. Page 15 501 502 WATERMARK SPECIFIC PLAN AMD. NO. 1 WATERMARK SPECIFIC PLAN AMD. NO. 1 C P.U.E.P.U.E. CC L VARIESVARIES P/LP/L 61' (PRIVATE STREET ACCESS EASEMENT)61' (PRIVATE STREET ACCESS EASEMENT) 61' (PRIVATE STREET ACCESS EASEMENT) 6"20'28'6" 12' 8' CURB AND GUTTER8' CURB AND GUTTER 6" MEDIAN CURB PER CITY STD. 202PER CITY STD. 202 PER CITY STD. 210 MAIN ENTRY STREET SECTION PRIVATE N.T.S. 5' - 10'5' - 10' P/LP/L 37' (PRIVATE STREET ACCESS EASEMENT) P.U.E.P.U.E. C CC L 6"18'18'6" 2.0%2.0% 6" CURB & GUTTER 6" CURB & GUTTER PRIVATE STREET SECTION PER CITY STD. 211 PER CITY STD. 211 PRIVATE N.T.S. P/LP/L 25' (PRIVATE STREET ACCESS EASEMENT) 20.5' (NO PARKING) 6" 2' LOT 8/9 2.0% LOT 7 0" CURB 6" WEDGE CURB PER CITY STD. 211 PRIVATE ALLEY SECTION PRIVATE N.T.S. P/LP/L 20' (NO PARKING) 2.5'1.5' 2.0% 0" CURB 6" WEDGE CURB PER CITY STD. 211 EMERGENCY FIRE ACCESS PRIVATE N.T.S. Source: Tentative Tract No. 36762Exhibit Date: March 25, 2015 STREET CROSS SECTIONS FIGURE 2.3 MSA CONSULTING, INC. N.T.S. PAGE 17 www.msaconsultinginc.com 503 Exhibit Date: March 25, 2015 PAGE 18 CONCEPTUAL PEDESTRIAN PLAN Optional Gated Private Pedestrian Walkway Golf Cart Connection Project Boundary 504 2.Private low speed interior streets will also serve as pedestrian access. 1.*Golf cart connection to Citrus HOA property is a feature that may Avenue 52 public sidewalk or may not be provided subject to agreements with the Walkway connection to Citrus HOA and the Citrus Golf Course. N.T.S. Source: Tentative Tract No. 36762 www.msaconsultinginc.com MSA CONSULTING, INC. D A O Notes: S U R TT T I C WATERMARK SPECIFIC PLAN AMD. NO. 1 2.3 OPEN SPACE & RECREATION Open space is a community asset with multiple benefits. It incorporates periodic open spaces into the urban fabric, allows distant vistas, introduces greenery and shade for a more attractive and comfortable living environment, and provides convenient access to recreational opportunities without leaving the community. Relevant features of the project open space system are shown in Figure 2.5,Conceptual Open Space Plan, and Figure 2.6,Conceptual Fencing and Wall Plan. The project proposes five functional classes of open space with classes 1-3 falling under future HOA ownership and maintenance as follows: 1.Active open space (associated with the community recreation center) 2.Passive open space (associated with the retention basin) 3.Connecting open space (associated with the optional golf cart connection) 4.Private open space (associated with individual residential yard areas) 5.Vehicular open space (associated with public streetscape outside the perimeter wall) Community Center (Active Open Space) –The Community Center provides opportunities for active recreation to all residents in the form of swimming, outdoor play, barbequing, and family gatherings. Retention Basin (Passive Open Space) -The existing Retention Basin was constructed with the prior condominium project. It is appropriately sized and situated to serve the drainage needs of the amended project and will be retained in place. This facility also adds a significant open space component to the project design, allowing distant views and providing an opportunity for informal, passive recreation. Pedestrian use of the retention basin will be accommodated via a walking path at the top of the basin. Connecting Pathways -Provision for a possible golf cart connection to the Citrus Club is made at the project’s northeast corner, if agreed to by both communities. Residential Yard Areas (Private Open Space) –Each individual residential lot in the community will have private rear and side yards. These open space areas separate buildings, admit light within the community and provide the homeowner with an opportunity to create outdoor living and barbeque spaces for personal use. Perimeter Streetscape (Vehicular Open Space) -Additional open space is provided outside the project perimeter wall to supplement public parkways along Avenue 52 and Jefferson Street. Although these open space parcels will be owned and maintained by the Watermark Home Owners Association, they lie out outside the community’s outer wall and are primarily a public benefit. These open space areas create an enhanced visual experience for drivers as well as accommodating a meandering pedestrian pathway for public use. Because the project perimeter wall is already constructed, the exterior streetscape open space parcels have already been created and will be fully landscaped with the project improvements. Page 19 505 506 WATERMARK SPECIFIC PLAN AMD. NO. 1 507 WATERMARK SPECIFIC PLAN AMD. NO. 1 WATERMARK SPECIFIC PLAN AMD. NO. 1 2.4 WATER & SEWER The Specific Plan will be fully served withdomestic water and sanitary sewer from public systems managed by the Coachella Valley Water District (CVWD). Both are available at the site, with no offsite extensions required. Domestic Water - As shown in Figure 2.7, Conceptual Water Plan, the Specific Plan proposes a network of water lines within the interior private street system to convey domestic water to residences throughout the community. Water will be looped internally to connect with the public water system at two locations. The first point of connection will be to an existing 18-inch waterline in Avenue 52 while the second will be to an 18-inch waterline in Jefferson Street. Sanitary Sewer - As shown in Figure 2.8, Conceptual Sewer Plan, proposes a system of sewer mains within interior private streets to serve the community. This interior system will be connected to an existing line already stubbed into the property at the primary project entry. This line is connected to a 10-inch sewer main in Jefferson Street. Page 22 508 509 LEGEND: WATERMARK SPECIFIC PLAN AMD. NO. 1 510 LEGEND: WATERMARK SPECIFIC PLAN AMD. NO. 1 WATERMARK SPECIFIC PLAN AMD. NO. 1 2.5 GRADING & DRAINAGE Site topography slopes gently to the southwest from a high elevation of 32.0 at the northeast property corner to a low elevation of 25.9 at the southwest property corner. Because grading and drainage are closely interrelated, they are addressed jointly in this section. Grading - The grading concept is intended to keep the project at similar grades to the existing graded condominium site but modified to accommodate single family residential homes and rerouted streets. Figure 2.9, Conceptual Grading Plan, shows the site contours after grading. Proposed grading will result in the creation of building pads for individual residential homes and streets. The proposed grading will result in ground elevations, which are similar to existing grades. These grades are subject to final engineering and actual field conditions that may result in adjustments to pad and street grades subject to plan check approval by the City. Grading is also designed to achieve positive surface flows (also see Figure 2.11) and protect all structures and physical improvements from the 100-year storm, surface runoff, soil erosion and sedimentation both during and after construction. In addition, the grading design balances on-site earthwork (cut and fill) taking into account excavation generated by site grading and grades needed to achieve minimum cover for underground gravity sewer. Grading activities will follow regulations set forth by the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) to control sediment discharge during construction. Drainage – The project is completely surrounded by an existing perimeter wall that eliminates offsite storm flows from entering or leaving the site. As shown in Figure 2.10, Conceptual Drainage Plan, “developed condition” surface drainage is conveyed by the local street system from residential lots to a system of catch basins and underground storm drains. These intercept the surface water and convey it below ground for discharge to an existing retention basin in the southwest corner of the site. The retention basin was engineered for the prior project but has suitable location and capacity for the new project as well. Page 25 511 512 Legend: WATERMARK SPECIFIC PLAN AMD. NO. 1 513 JEFFERSON STREET WATERMARK SPECIFIC PLAN AMD. NO. 1 Legend: WATERMARK SPECIFIC PLAN AMD. NO. 1 2.6 PHASING PLAN Specific Plan is designed for construction in ten (10) phases including model setup, eight production phases and model build out over approximately two years subject to market conditions. Construction is estimated to begin in 2015 and be completed in 2017. Figure 2.11, Conceptual Phasing Plan reflects the anticipated final map recordation and construction sequence. Phased development will be accompanied by the orderly extension of roadways, public utilities, and infrastructure needed to serve each phase and is subject to change. Page 28 514 515 WATERMARK SPECIFIC PLAN AMD. NO. 1 Legend: WATERMARK SPECIFIC PLAN AMD. NO. 1 CHAPTER 3: DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS 3.1 OVERVIEW lanning Areas represent logical subareas of development with common characteristics and P defining boundary features. The site is relatively small with little topographic variation and few physical constraints. Consequently, the Specific Plan proposes only two Planning Areas based on type of use and defined, for the most part, by roadways and open space areas. Planning areas for this project are depicted in Figure 3.1, Planning Area Diagram. This chapter identifies the development standards applicable to each Planning Area, including a statement of development intent, an area description and a table of allowable uses and relevant development standards. 3.2 PLANNING AREA 1 Statement of Intent – Planning Area 1 (PA-1) is intended to allow the construction of single family detached residential homes with affiliated circulation, open space, and infrastructure systems. Area Description - PA-1 provides for the development of 18.8 acres of land with up to 82 dwelling units on lots with a minimum size of 6,000 s.f. Figure 3.2, Planning Area 1, depicts key development features this area while Figure 3.3, PA-1 Typical SFR Lot, illustrates the minimum allowable yard setbacks and lot dimensions for a typical residential lot. Development Standards Development standards for PA-1 are shown in Tables 3.1 PA-1 Development – Standards. Page 30 516 517 JEFFERSON STREET Legend: WATERMARK SPECIFIC PLAN AMD. NO. 1 WATERMARKSPECIFICPLANAMD.NO.1 TABLE3.1PA1DEVELOPMENTSTANDARDS ReasonforVariation WatermarkSPRLZoneComparison AllowableUses SingleFamilyDwellingsPermittedPermitted DetachedCasitasAccessoryAccessory CoveredPatios,Decks,GazebosAccessoryAccessory Fences,WallsPermittedPermitted Garages,CarportsAccessoryAccessory SwimmingPools,Spas,CabanasAccessoryAccessory RecreationalFacilitiesincludingPermittedPermitted dogparks SatelliteDishes,AntennasAccessoryAccessory LotSize Marketdemand Min.LotSize6,000s.f.7,200s.f. 1 Min.LotWidthЎЎ͸ЏЉ͸Designflexibility Min.lotDepthВЎ͸None BuildingSetbacks Min.FrontYardtoBuildingЊЉ͸ЋЉ͸Facilitateslargerhomeand usablerearyards ЋЉ͸ЋЎ͸ΉЋЉ͸withrollupdoor Min.FrontYardtoStreetfacing Garage Min.FrontYardtoSideloadedЊЉ͸None Garage Min.InteriorSideYardЎ͸Ў͸ Min.CornerSideYardЊЉ͸ЊЉ͸ Min.RearYardЊЉ͸ ЋЉ͸ΉЋЎ͸onimageAccompaniesЋЉ͸wide corridorlandscapeparkwaylot Other Max.StructureHeightЋЋ͸ЋБ͸ΉЋЋ͸onimage corridor Max.LotCoverage60%50%Designflexibility 2 Min.livablearea1,400s.f.1,400s.f. Encroachments(fireplaces,Ћ͸Ћ͸ 3 mediacenters) Encroachments(ACunits)Ќ͸None Encroachments(balconies,Ћ͸Ѝ͸ 4 porches,decks) OffStreetParkingSpacesperDU2garage2garage 2driveway0.5guest bƚƷĻƭʹ Њ͵CƚƩƩĻĭƷğƓŭǒƌğƩƌƚƷƭ͵tźĻƭŷğƦĻķƚƩźƩƩĻŭǒƌğƩƌƚƷƭƒğǤķĻǝźğƷĻ͵ Ћ͵9ǣĭƌǒķźƓŭŭğƩğŭĻ Ќ͵.ǒƷƓƚĭƌƚƭĻƩƷŷğƓЌ͵Ў͸ŅƩƚƒƦƩƚƦĻƩƷǤƌźƓĻ Ѝ͵ CƩƚƓƷƚƩƩĻğƩǤğƩķƭƚƓƌǤ Page32 518 519 PA-2 WATERMARK SPECIFIC PLAN AMD. NO. 1 WATERMARK SPECIFIC PLAN AMD. NO. 1 60' Min. Lot Width* Building Driveway 5' P.U.E. 5'5' PRIVATE STREET Building Min.Min. (OR ALLEY) Side Loaded Garage Detail Garage Legend: Property Line Right of Way Building Setbacks Street Center Line Note: For rectangular lots. Pie shaped or irregular lots may deviate. Source: MSA Consulting, Inc.Exhibit Date: March 25, 2014 PLANNING AREA 1 - TYPICAL RESIDENTIAL LOT 0' 20' FIGURE 3.3 MSA CONSULTING, INC. www.msaconsultinginc.com SCALE: 1" = 20'PAGE 34 520 WATERMARK SPECIFIC PLAN AMD. NO. 1 3.3 PLANNING AREA 2 Statement of Intent – Planning Area 2 (PA-2) is intended to allow a private Neighborhood Community Center to provide recreational amenities for community residents and guests. Area Description - PA-2 provides for the development of 0.8 acres of land with a community center and pool. Figure 3.4, Planning Area 2 – Community Center, depicts key development features of PA-2. Club House: The club house will include a multi-purpose room, restrooms, showers and a pool equipment / storage closet. Pool and Spa: The pool and spa area shall consist of a pool sized for the community as well as a heated spa. Other amenities include a gathering area with fire place and barbecue’s, shade cabanas and an open hardscape area for lounge chairs, and tables. Open Turf Play: There shall be an area dedicated to open play and shall consist of turf and /or play equipment for children. Access: The recreation area is easily accessible by its residents using private streets within the community. For the residents that prefer to drive, there will be a few parking stalls, including an ADA stall provide near the entry of the facility. Development Standards Developmentstandards for PA-2 are shown in Tables 3.2, PA-2 Development – Standards. TABLE 3.2 PA-2 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS Allowable Uses Community FacilitiesPermitted Fences, WallsPermitted Recreational Uses Permitted Restrooms/Changing Rooms Permitted Swimming Pools, Spas, CabanasPermitted Parking Permitted Lot Size Min. Lot AreaNone Min. Lot Width None Min. lot DepthNone Building Setbacks Min. Front Yard 10’ Min. Side Yard 10’ Min. Rear Yard10’ Other Max. Structure Height 28’ FIGURE 3.4 PLANNING AREA 2 – COMMUNITY CENTER Page 35 521 WATERMARK SPECIFIC PLAN AMD. NO. 1 PA-1 PA-2 Parking AVENUE 52 Key Map N.T.S. Planning Area 1 Picnic Barbeque Tables Clubhouse Shade Open Turf Structure Play Area Shade Spa Structure Picnic Tables Community Pool Parking Planning Area 1 To main entry / Avenue 52 public sidewalk Legend: Planning Area Boundary Pedestrian Connections Note: Community Center layout is conceptual only Source: Tentative Tract No. 36762Exhibit Date: March 25, 2015 PLANNING AREA 2 - COMMUNITY CENTER FIGURE 3.4 MSA CONSULTING, INC. N.T.S. www.msaconsultinginc.com PAGE 36 522 WATERMARK SPECIFIC PLAN AMD. NO. 1 CHAPTER 4: DESIGN GUIDELINES 4.1 OVERVIEW he guidelines contained in this chapter identify unifying elements for design of buildings and T landscaping within the Watermark community. Exhibits provided are intended as conceptual illustrations and do not depict final designs, nor should they limit the range of expression among individual builders or their professional design teams. These guidelines will be reflected and refined in subsequent implementing subdivision maps and site development permits. 4.2 ARCHITECTURAL GUIDELINES The overall architectural character theme will include Hacienda, Spanish and La Quinta architectural styles compatible with the local desert environment. HACIENDA STYLE Low-pitched roofs must be 'S' tile or barrel tile, with an eave overhang of 18 inches, play a defining role for this architecture. Typically with one or more prominent arches placed above doors, principal windows or beneath porched roofs, the Hacienda style architecture is derived from a variety of Spanish- inspired forms developed over centuries of history and integrated into a single, identifiable style. Details borrowed from the rich and diverse Spanish history provide additional definition and interest. Wall surfaces are always stucco and the forms are often asymmetrical. Roof Shallow pitched roofs Simple hip, gable and shed forms Dark full ‘S’ style roof tiles Simple rafter tails 18” overhang Windows Deep set windows Arched, segmental or half round window heads Design Features Sand finished stucco Precast style foam trim around windows and entryways Iron accents Stylized shutters in toned accents color Color Earth tones Beige Dark brown accents Page 37 523 WATERMARK SPECIFIC PLAN AMD. NO. 1 Vibrant accents SPANISH REVIVAL STYLE The Spanish Revival style is marked by the prominent use of smooth plaster (stucco) wall, low-pitched clay tile gable or shed roofs, and terracotta or cast concrete ornaments. Spanish Revival is often a more lively and colorful style with accented entryways, usually arched, with small porches or balconies and eave overhangs defined by shaped rafter tails. Roof Shallow pitched roofs Simple hip, gable and shed forms ‘S’ or barrel style roof tiles Shaped rafter tails 18” overhang Windows Deep set windows Simple window proportions and patterns Design Features Architectural chimney element Dark wood style foam lintel details at porches and over doors or windows Shaded corbels Trellis roof features over window Arched entry Color Neutral tones Beige Dark brown accents Vibrant accents LA QUINTA STYLE La Quinta style architecture is inspired from the combination of detail from several eras of Spanish inspired architecture. The style is typically defined by its low-pitched roofs must be clay tile roofs, usually with little or no eave overhang, developed into simple roof forms. Typically a tower like element is developed to accentuate a prominent arches placed above the entry. Lower plate-line forms flanking higher plate-line forms enrich form and massing while maintaining the relaxed character that further enhances the architectural style. Roof Shallow pitched roofs Simple hip, gable and shed forms Dark full ‘S’ style roof tiles Built up eaves 18” overhang Page 38 524 WATERMARK SPECIFIC PLAN AMD. NO. 1 Windows Deep set windows Flared window sill details Design Features Sand finished stucco Precast style foam trim around windows and entryways Stylized shutters in accents color Color White Warm Earth tones Vibrant accents 4.3 LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURAL GUIDELINES Landscaping for the project will utilize desert plant materials and comply with the water conservation requirements of the Coachella Valley Water District. The landscape design of the project shall consist of a combination of water efficient, drought-tolerant plant material to reduce water demand. The overall conceptual landscape design for the project is shown on Figure 4.1, Overall Landscape Plan and design approaches to various key landscape elements are discussed following. MONUMENTS Project Entry The project entry will utilize the existing gates and guard house modified as shown. The project will be identified with the use of enhanced paving, signage, accent pots, Date Palm clusters (shown at maturity) and water features flanking both sides of the entry drive. The date palms are presented as a design element reflecting the legacy of this site as a date farm. The existing water features on site, will be modified to reflect the current project theme as will the building and gates. Page 39 525 Exhibit Date: March 25, 2015 PAGE 40 OVERALL LANDSCAPE PLAN 526 Source: Tentative Tract No. 36762, David Neault Associates, Inc. N.T.S. MSA CONSULTING, INC. www.msaconsultinginc.com WATERMARK SPECIFIC PLAN AMD. NO. 1 Corner Monument The corner of 52nd and Jefferson will be used to help identify the community. Date Palm clusters (shown at maturity) and architectural accents along the perimeter wall shall be used to link this corner and the project entry drive, again emphasizing the heritage of this site as a date palm farm. STREETSCAPES Perimeter Public Streetscape – Jefferson Street & Avenue 52 A meandering parkway shall be provided along both perimeter streets for the entire length of the project and be planted with low growing colorful plant material similar to neighboring communities. A 12-feetwide meandering sidewalk willbe provided on each perimeter street. Street trees will be planted in a random placement behind the sidewalk with a maximum spacing of 40’ o.c. The use of a variety of tree species found along neighboring streetscape is encouraged. Trees shall be spaced at irregular intervals, no more than 40-feet on-center between the sidewalk and the perimeter wall. These trees shall be a minimum of 15 gallon in size. Street trees are classified as large canopy shade trees Landscape planting along the streetscape shall consist of drought tolerant plant material and shall reflect the design of the existing streetscapes of nearby neighborhoods along 52nd and Jefferson. Page 41 527 WATERMARK SPECIFIC PLAN AMD. NO. 1 Local Private Streetscape All corner lot side yards shall consist of a 3-foot minimum landscape buffer between the back of curb and the block privacy wall. A minimum of one (1) street tree shall be provided per lot frontage and a minimum of two (2) trees per side yard streetscape. All street trees shall be a minimum of 15 gallon in size. Interior tract street trees will be a consistent species per street. The landscape parkway and buffer will consist of flowering and mounding evergreen shrubs. WALL AND FENCE The project shall utilize portions of the existing perimeter wall, so long as the existing location reflects the new site design. Perimeter walls, existing and new shall be a 6-foot high CMU slump stone wall with white sack finish. Pilasters shall be 6’6” high CMU slump stone with white sack finish and be located at 100-feet on-center max along Perimeter wall. Non-public viewed interior lot side yard walls shall be 5’6” in height and may be designed with precision block. Rear yards facing the detention basin open space areas may be designed using 6’ slump wall. A 3’ Rail Fence of Vinyl material following the retention walking path Page 42 528 WATERMARK SPECIFIC PLAN AMD. NO. 1 Perimeter Wall Residential Wall Page 43 529 WATERMARK SPECIFIC PLAN AMD. NO. 1 Table 4.1 Plant Material Palette Trees Acacia stenophylla Acacia stenophylla Cercidium "desert museum" Cercidium "desert museum" Olea europaea "wilsonii" Olea europaea "wilsonii" Phoenix dactylifera Phoenix dactylifera Rhus lancea Rhus lancea Schinus molle Schinus molle Washingtonia robusta Washingtonia robusta Shrubs Agave americana Century Plant Agave geminiflora Twin-Flowered Agave Bougainvillea "la jolla"Bougainvillea Baja Calliandra californica Fairy Duster Red Caesalpinia pulcherrima Bird Of Paradise Dasylirion wheeleri Desert Spoon Encelia farinosa Brittle Bush Hesperaloe parviflora Red Yucca Lantana c. "radiation" Lantana Chihuahuan Leucophyllum laevigatum Sage Pink Muhlenbergia "regal mist"Muhly Grass Opuntia v. "santa rita"Purple Opuntia Rosmarinus "tuscan"Upright Rosemary Ruellia peninsularis Desert Ruellia Rosa "iceberg" Iceberg Rose Vines Macfadyena unguis-cati Cat's Claw Vine Rosa banksiae Lady Bank's Rose Groundcovers Acacia r. "desert carpet" Trailing Acacia Baileya multiradiata Desert Marigold Bulbine frutescens "hallmark" Bulbine Carissa g. "green carpet" Natal Plum Spreading Lantana montevidensis Lantana Spreading Lantana m. "new gold" Lantana Rosa "flower carpet red" Groundcover Rose Rosmarinus o. 'Prostratus'Prostrate Rosemary Page 44 530 WATERMARK SPECIFIC PLAN AMD. NO. 1 CHAPTER 5: PLAN ADMINISTRATION 5.1 OVERVIEW his chapter describes the procedures for administration and implementation of the Specific Plan. T 5.2 IMPLEMENTATION The Specific Plan establishes the general intent and comprehensive framework for development of the community. However, prior to construction, various implementing approvals with greater design detail are required, as noted below. Tentative Tract Map - Subdivision of the project into residential lots shall require public hearing approval of a Tentative Tract Map (TTM) by the La Quinta Planning Commission and City Council. The TTM will show the detailed design and improvement information. Upon filing a Tentative Tract Map application with the La Quinta Planning Department, City staff will review the design for consistency with this Specific Plan, other relevant City Zoning regulations, and compliance with acceptable engineering design criteria. Final Tract Map - Following TTM approval, the applicant must record a Final Tract Map to create legal residential lots for sale. Prior to recordation, the applicant must provide final improvement plans for streets, utilities, grading, and landscaping and satisfy relevant conditions of approval. The final map reflects the requirements, standards, design and intent of the approved TTM, as determined by the City Community Development Director. Site Development Permit – Construction of new residential homes and residential amenities require submittal of a site development permit application, including building floor plans, building elevations and landscaping for design review by the Architectural and Landscape Review Board (ALRB) and approval hearings before the Planning Commission and City Council. 5.3 AMENDMENT Administrative Changes - Minor modifications that are consistent with the purpose and intent of the current, Watermark Specific Plan are allowed at the discretion of the Community Development Director or designee. Therefore, it is intended that this Specific Plan provide City Staff with the flexibility to interpret the details of project development as well as those items discussed in general terms in the Specific Plan without requiring a Specific Plan Amendment. Requests for administrative changes shall be made in writing. If and when it is determined that changes or adjustments are necessary or appropriate, these shall be approved administratively by the Community Development Director or designee. After approval, any such administrative change shall be Page 45 531 WATERMARK SPECIFIC PLAN AMD. NO. 1 attached to the Specific Plan as an addendum and may be further changed and amended from time to time as necessary. Representative examples of such changes may include, but are not limited to: The addition of new information to the Specific Plan maps or text that do not substantially change the effect of any regulation. The new information may include more detailed, site- specific information. Changes to the size and configuration of residential lots provided that the maximum number of allowable units is not exceeded. Adjustment of Planning Area boundaries identified in this Specific Plan. Changes to community infrastructure such as drainage systems, roads, water and sewer systems, etc. Modification of architectural or landscape design criteria or details. Deletion of the golf cart garages in the event that a cart connection with The Citrus is not achieved. Modification to existing Guard House and Lettering on entry Water Feature Formal Amendments - If it has been determined that the proposed change is not in conformance with the intent of the current Specific Plan approval, the Specific Plan may be amended in accordance with the procedures set forth in Chapter 9.240 of the City of La Quinta Zoning Code (Zoning Code). 5.4 INTERPRETATION Uses Not Listed - All uses not specifically listed in this Specific Plan are prohibited. However, the Community Development Director may determine that a use not listed is included within or comparable to a listed use and, once so determined; it shall be treated in the same manner as a listed use. Application of Standards - Where there is ambiguity between the Specific Plan and the Zoning Code, the Director of Community Development shall review pertinent information and make a determination as to which code or standard applies. All determinations shall be in writing and shall be attached to the Specific Plan as noted underAdministrative Changes, earlier in this section. 5.5 ENFORCEMENT The enforcement of the provisions of this Specific Plan shall be by the following: The City of La Quinta Community Development Department shall enforce the development standards and design guidelines set forth herein. Page 46 532 WATERMARK SPECIFIC PLAN AMD. NO. 1 Any administrative decision or interpretation of this Specific Plan may be appealed to the Planning Commission. Likewise, any decision by the Planning Commission may be appealed to the City Council per 9.200.120 LQMC provisions. The City of La Quinta shall administer the provisions of the Watermark Specific Plan in accordance with the State of California Government Code, Subdivision Map Act, the City of La Quinta General Plan, and the City of La Quinta Municipal Code. The Specific Plan development procedures, regulations, standards, and specifications shall supersede the relevant provisions of the City's Municipal Code, as they currently exist or may be amended in the future. All regulations, conditions, and programs contained herein shall be deemed separate distinct and independent provisions of this Specific Plan. In the event that any such provision is held invalid or unconstitutional, the validity of all the remaining provisions of this Specific Plan shall not be affected. Any development regulation and building requirement not addressed in this Specific Plan shall be subject to all relevant City of La Quinta ordinances, codes, and regulations. Page 47 533 WATERMARK SPECIFIC PLAN AMD. NO. 1 CHAPTER 6: GENERAL PLAN CONSISTENCY 6.1 OVERVIEW alifornia Government Code (Title 7, Division 1, Chapter 3, Article 8, Section 65450- 65457) permits C the adoption and administration of specific plans as an implementation tool for elements contained in the local general plan. Specific plans must demonstrate consistency in regulations, guidelines, and programs with the goals and policies set forth in the general plan. Consistent with this, the City of La Quinta requires that each Specific Plan include a discussion of the relationship of the Specific Plan to the goals and policies of the various General Plan elements. This chapter provides such a consistency analysis as it relates to the Watermark Specific Plan. th The latest City of La Quinta General Plan update was adopted on December 18, 2012. It is organized around four broad themes: Community Development, Natural Resources, Environmental Hazards, Public Infrastructure and Services, within which are nineteen (19) General Plan Elements as follows. Noise Land Use Air Quality Emergency Soils & Services Circulation Energy & Geology Minerals Sustainable Water, Flooding & Community Biological Sewer & Hydrology Economic Cultural Utilities Hazardous Development Water Public Materials Parks, Open Space/ Facilities Recreation & Conservation Trails Housing Each element of the General Plan contains a summary of key issues, which direct and guide that element's goals, policies, and programs. Consequently, the General Plan goals provide a basis and structure for Specific Plan consistency analysis. To this end, the following sections list the goals in each General Plan Element along with a statement of how the Watermark Specific Plan implements each. Page 48 534 WATERMARK SPECIFIC PLAN AMD. NO. 1 6.2 CONSISTENCY ANALYSIS Land Use Element - The Land Use Element, as required by state law, is intended to function as a guide for long range development in the City. The Land Use Element governs how land is to be utilized; therefore, many of the issues and policies contained in other General Plan elements are linked in some degree to this element. The Land Use Element designates the general distribution, location, and extent of land uses, such as housing, business, industry, open space, agriculture, natural resources, recreation, and public/quasi-public uses. These designations are reflected on the General Plan Land Use Map, which categorize individual parcels of land. A discussion of the key Land Use Element policies that apply to the Watermark Specific Plan is provided below: LAND USE COMPATIBILITY ANALYSIS POLICYANALYSIS Goal LU-1 As a low density residential community, the project is compatible with surrounding low density residential uses. Approval of the Land use compatibility throughout the City. General Plan Amendment will render the project consistent with the General Plan Land Use map. Therefore, the Watermark Specific Plan is consistent with and implements this General Plan policy. Goal LU-2 Residential home architecture and landscaping will be subject to High quality design that complements and review by the City’s ALRB to ensure quality design. enhances the City. Goal LU-3 The project is a self-contained single family residential enclave with a unique identity and sense of place afforded by its Safe and identifiable neighborhoods that architectural and landscape design features. provide a sense of place. Goal LU-4 The project proposal is compatible with surrounding residential Maintenance and protection of existing communities such as the Citrus Club Golf Course and Mountain neighborhoods. View Country Club. Goal LU-5 The project proposes a gated, single family residential community to provide market-rate housing to one segment of the City’s A broad range of housing types and choices population. Therefore the project contributes to the City’s goal of for all residents of the City. providing a broad range of housing types and choices. Goal LU-6 The project does not propose a commercial or office use offering A balanced and varied economic base which goods and services. Therefore, this goal is not applicable to the provides a broad range of goods and project. services to the City’s residents and the region. Page 49 535 WATERMARK SPECIFIC PLAN AMD. NO. 1 Goal LU-7 The project is not located in either of these areas. Therefore this Innovative land uses in the village and on goal is not applicable to the project. Highway 111. Circulation Element – The Circulation Element, as required by state law, is intended to ensure a transportation system with the ability to accommodate a complete range of transportation needs within the City. The Circulation Element incorporates regional plans and thoughtful land planning to assure cost-effective and logical infrastructure able to adequately address transportation needs of the city while retaining quality of life. A discussion of the key Circulation Element policies that apply to the Watermark Specific Plan is provided below: CIRCULATIONCOMPATIBILITY ANALYSIS POLICYANALYSIS Goal CIR-1 The project proposes a private internal circulation system to provide safe and efficient passage for pedestrians, electric A network that can satisfactorily move users vehicles, and motorists throughout the site. The system will be using facilities that meet demands of and built to City standards. projected needs of the City. Goal CIR-2 The project proposes a private circulation system with low-speed, low-volume internal streets that will safely accommodate both A circulation system that promotes and vehicles and pedestrians. Pedestrian and cart paths will be enhances transit, vehicle, bicycle, and included through the center of the project. pedestrian networks. Sustainable Community Element - The Sustainable Community Element is intended to assist the City in developing a more united community through the conservation of resources, enhancement of the built environment, promoting alternative transportation, and improving community health. A discussion of the key Sustainable Community Element policies that apply to the Watermark Specific Plan is provided below: SUSTAINABLE COMMUNITY COMPATIBILITY ANALYSIS POLICYANALYSIS Goal SC-1 The project will contribute to the City’s sustainability and quality of life goals. For water conservation, it proposes to landscape A community that provides the best with drought tolerant plant materials. To facilitate alternative possible quality of life for all its residents. transportation modes, the project includes pedestrian access to the public street system, enabling residents to walk, bike or use electric vehicles to access public sidewalks through the main entry gate. The project will also comply with all applicable green building requirements. Page 50 536 WATERMARK SPECIFIC PLAN AMD. NO. 1 Economic Development Element - The Economic Development Element is intended to institute the foundation for the development of a thriving economic environment in the City. The Economic Development Element intends to ensure that constituents and the City can mutually benefit from the activities of one another. Goals and policies included within the Element aim to broadly guide economic growth within the City. A discussion of the key Economic Development Element policies that apply to the Watermark Specific Plan is provided below: ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENTCOMPATIBILITY ANALYSIS POLICYANALYSIS Goal ED-1 The project supports balanced land use in the City by complying A balanced and varied economic base which with the General Plan Land Use as amended. The residential use provides fiscal stability to the City, and a will contribute incrementally to demand for commercial goods broad range of goods and services to its and services in the region, thus enhancing the local economy. residents and the region. Goal ED-2 The project does not propose any specific tourist or resort The continued growth of the tourism and amenities. Therefore, this goal is not applicable to the project. resort industries in the City. Parks, Recreation and Trails Element - The Parks, Recreation and Trails Element is intended to provide inventory of existing parks and recreational facilities, identify present and future need for recreational opportunities, and develops the goals, policies, and programs to permit the City to maintain the ability to offer adequate recreational amenities and services to its residents. A discussion of the key Parks, Recreation, and Trails Element policies that apply to the Watermark Specific Plan is provided below: PARKS, RECREATION AND TRAILSCOMPATIBILITY ANALYSIS POLICYANALYSIS Goal PR-1 The project proposes a community center, pool, recreation area, pedestrian and cart paths, and possible access to the neighboring A comprehensive system of parks, and Citrus Club Golf Course. Together these offer a variety of private recreation facilities, and services that meet recreational opportunities for residents of the community and the active and passive needs of all residents their guests. and visitors. Housing Element - The Housing Element, as required by state law, is intended to institute the regulatory background for the development of new housing units potentially obtainable by a range of income levels. The Housing Element includes a housing vision statement, a community profile, a housing profile, a housing needs assessment, and a housing constraints and resources analysis.A discussion of the key Housing Element policies that apply to the Watermark Specific Plan is provided below: Page 51 537 WATERMARK SPECIFIC PLAN AMD. NO. 1 HOUSING COMPATIBILITY ANALYSIS POLICYANALYSIS Goal H-1 The project will construct 82 residential homes, thus contributing Provide housing opportunities that meet to the City’s market rate housing stock. the diverse needs of the City’s existing and projected population. Goal H-2.1 This site is not identified as a vacant or underutilized property on Assist in the creation and provision of Exhibit II-14 of the General Plan. Due to its location, this goal is resources to support housing for lower and not applicable to the project. moderate income households. Goal H-3 This project does not establish a regulatory program that would Create a regulatorysystem thatdoes not constrain affordable housing. Therefore, this goal is not applicable unduly constrain the maintenance, to the project. improvement, and development of housing affordable to all La Quinta residents. Goal H-4 The project will complement the surrounding residential communities. Development of the property into single-family Conserve and improve the quality of residences will add value to surrounding neighborhoods and existing La Quinta neighborhoods and individual properties. individual properties. Goal H-5.1 The project does not establish housing policy for the City, but does contribute to this goal by providing quality housing for one Provide equal housing opportunities for all segment of the population. persons. Goal H-6.1 The project promotes water conservation through the use of Provide a regulatory framework that drought tolerant plant materials and water efficient irrigation facilitates and encourages energy and techniques. The project will comply with all City regulations and water conservation through sustainable site building codes for water conservation, energy efficiency, and planning, project design, and green building standards. technologies and building materials. Air Quality Element - The Air Quality Element is intended to define the sources of regional air pollution and presents policies and programs that will aid the City in improve air quality. Goals, policies, and programs identified in the element are intended to prevent, reduce, or limit impacts to air quality expected at general plan build out. A discussion of the key Air Quality Element policies that apply to the Watermark Specific Plan is provided below: Page 52 538 WATERMARK SPECIFIC PLAN AMD. NO. 1 AIR QUALITY COMPATIBILITY ANALYSIS POLICYANALYSIS Goal AQ-1 The project proposes a private circulation system that will accommodate pedestrian use to reduce vehicle emissions. Air A reduction in all air emissions generated quality impacts associated with the project will be prepared as within the City. part of the CEQA review and the project will implement any necessary mitigation measures, including a Fugitive Dust Control Plans to address air quality issues during construction. Energy and Mineral Resources Element - The Energy and Mineral Resources Element is intended to address the City’s relationship between long-term growth and its natural resources. The resources addressed within this element include electric, natural gas, and propane gas services as well as sand and gravel deposits used in construction. A discussion of the key Energy and Mineral Resources Element policies that apply to the Watermark Specific Plan is provided below: ENERGY AND MINERAL RESOURCESCOMPATIBILITY ANALYSIS POLICYANALYSIS The project will incorporate energy efficient appliances in Goal EM-1 residences and low intensity lighting on private streets. The sustainable use and management of Furthermore, it is expected that some residences would elect to energy and mineral resources. install private rooftop solar systems. The project is not located in an area with significant mineral Goal EM-2 deposits and does not include any mining activities. Therefore, The conservation and thoughtful because of its location, this goal is not applicable to the project. management of local mineral deposits to assure the long---term viability of limited resources. Biological Resources Element - The Biological Resources Element identifies the biological resources unique to the City. Resources identified include the City’s natural habitats and native species. The element introduces goals, policies, and programs to assist the City in the preservation of biological resources that may exist in the City. The element also intends to direct the City in compliance with local, state, and federal regulations such as the Coachella Valley Multiple Species Habitat Conservation Plan (CVMSHCP) and Migratory Bird Treaty Act. A discussion of the key Biological Resources Element policies that apply to the Watermark Specific Plan is provided below: Page 53 539 WATERMARK SPECIFIC PLAN AMD. NO. 1 BIOLOGICAL RESOURCESCOMPATIBILITY ANALYSIS POLICYANALYSIS Goal BIO-1 The site was entirely disturbed by previous grading activities associated with the original Watermark Villas Specific Plan. There The protection and preservation of native are no remaining native or environmentally significant biological and environmentally significant biological resources on the property that require protection. resources and their habitats. Cultural Resources Element - The Cultural Resources Element is intended to describe the City’s history and provide goals, policies, and programs intended to assure that cultural resources which have been, and may be identified in the future, are adequately preserved. A discussion of the key Cultural Resources Element policies that apply to the Watermark Specific Plan is provided below: CULTURAL RESOURCES COMPATIBILITY ANALYSIS POLICYANALYSIS Goal CUL-1 The site is not vacant and has been entirely disturbed by prior grading associated with the original Watermark Villas Specific The protection of significant archeological, Plan. Because the project includes a Specific Plan, Native historic, and paleontological resources American Consultation protocols will be followed. The project will which occur in the City. comply with any archaeological, historic or paleontological mitigation identified during the CEQA review. Water Resources Element - The Water Resources Element is intended to set forth goals, policies, and programs relating to water supply management. The element takes into account that the City receives domestic water service from the Coachella Valley Water District and serves CVWD’s goals of managing and conserving water as a resource. A discussion of the key Water Resources Element policies that apply to the Watermark Specific Plan is provided below: WATER RESOURCESCOMPATIBILITY ANALYSIS POLICYANALYSIS Goal WR-1 The project will incorporate features and fixtures for water conservation in both landscape irrigation and domestic use. The The efficient use and conservation of the project’s stormwater retention basin will also allow infiltration of City’s water resources. runoff. Open Space and Conservation Element - The Open Space and Conservation Element, as required by state law, is intended to develop policies and programs in order to effectively protect, conserve and manage open space. Open space resources include scenic mountain vistas and wilderness areas. The Page 54 540 WATERMARK SPECIFIC PLAN AMD. NO. 1 open space and conservation element will aid the City in assuring the long-term viability of open space and will prevent premature or improper conversion of open space to more intense land uses. A discussion of the key Multipurpose Open Space Element policies that apply to the Watermark Specific Plan is provided below: OPEN SPACE AND CONSERVATION COMPATIBILITY ANALYSIS POLICYANALYSIS Goal OS-1 The project includes assorted open space amenities. It will provide a centrally located community recreation center, with Preservation, conservation, and pool, accessible by a landscaped pedestrian paseo. In addition, an management of the City’s open space lands open turfed area that serves as a retention basin in the southwest and scenic resources for enhanced corner will provide passive open space. The project incorporates recreational, environmental, and economic connections to the public sidewalk and trail system for convenient purposes. walking, jogging and biking activities. Goal OS-2 The property contains no geologic hazard zones or significant biological resources suitable for preservation as active or passive Good stewardship of natural open space open space. However, the development does incorporate a and preservation of open space areas. significant open space amenity by providing a recreation center and open turf area for residents and visitors to enjoy. Goal OS-3 The project is not located in an area designated as open space nor is it elevated or visually prominent. The project does not propose Preservation of scenic resources as vital excessively high residential structures out of character with the contributions to the City’s economic health surrounding community that would excessively block mountain and overall quality of life. views. Noise Element - The Noise Element, as required by state law, is intended to identify areas where noise levels are expected to approach unacceptable levels. The element provides policies and programs to ensure noise is maintained at appropriate levels. A discussion of the key Noise Element policies that apply to the Watermark Specific Plan is provided below: NOISECOMPATIBILITY ANALYSIS POLICYANALYSIS Goal N-1 The project would establish a residential use in an existing residential area. Therefore, noise generated by the project will be A healthful noise environment which in keeping with the area. Noise levels on Avenue 52 are not complements the City’s residential and excessive and the project is buffered by a 6-foot high perimeter resort character. wall. The project will comply with any noise mitigations identified during the project CEQA review. Page 55 541 WATERMARK SPECIFIC PLAN AMD. NO. 1 Soils and Geology Element - The Soils and Geology Element is intended to assess the physical characteristics of the City and the community’s overall safety. A discussion of the key Soils and Geology Element policies that apply to the Watermark Specific Plan is provided below: SOILS AND GEOLOGYCOMPATIBILITY ANALYSIS POLICYANALYSIS Goal GEO-1 The project is not subject to any on-site geologic or seismic hazards Therefore, construction of new residential uses does Protection of the residents’ health and threaten the health and safety of project residents. safety, and of their property, from geologic and seismic hazards. Flooding and Hydrology Element - The Flooding and Hydrology Element is intended to define potential drainage and flooding risks in the planning area, as well as future potential for flooding. A discussion of the key Flooding and Hydrology Element policies that apply to the Watermark Specific Plan is provided below: FLOODING AND HYDROLOGY COMPATIBILITY ANALYSIS POLICYANALYSIS Goal FH-1 The Project is not located in a floodplain and is currently surrounded by a perimeter wall which prevents offsite storm Protection of the health, safety, and welfare flows from entering the site. In addition, the existing retention of the community from flooding and basin from the prior development will be retained in the hydrological hazards. southwest corner, where natural drainage flow occurs due to the gently sloping topography. The project design will comply with all mandatory drainage and storm water management regulations. Hazardous Materials Element - The Hazardous Materials Element is intended to address the hazards associated with the storage use, and transport of hazardous materials within the City. Hazardous materials are closely related to public safety. A discussion of the key Hazardous Materials Element policies that apply to the Watermark Specific Plan is provided below: HAZARDOUS MATERIALS COMPATIBILITY ANALYSIS POLICYANALYSIS Goal HAZ-1 The development is not expected to generate any hazardous waste beyond those commonly found in small amounts within Protection of residents from the potential residential homes. The routine transport, use or disposal of impacts of hazardous and toxic materials. hazardous or toxic materials is not anticipated. Household hazardous waste will be disposed of properly through the City and County’s Hazardous Waste Management Plan (HWMP). Page 56 542 WATERMARK SPECIFIC PLAN AMD. NO. 1 Emergency Services Element - The Emergency Services Element is intended to address multiple components of the City’s public safety services, including police and fire service, emergency medical response, and emergency preparedness. The element establishes goals, policies, and programs to aid the City in meeting its responsibilities in an emergency. A discussion of the key Emergency Services Element policies that apply to the Watermark Specific Plan is provided below: EMERGENCY SERVICE COMPATIBILITY ANALYSIS POLICYANALYSIS Goal ES-1 The project design provides adequate access and circulation for emergency service vehicles from Avenue 52. The development is An effective and comprehensive response in close proximity to urban fire and police services. Additionally, to all emergency service needs. the design will comply with all City design standards and building codes and will undergo standard review by the Police and Fire Departments during entitlement approvals. Water, Sewer and Utilities Element - The Water, Sewer and Other Utilities Element is intended to establish goals, policies, and programs intended to ensure that these public services will continue to be provided to the City as it develops. Absence of these services to the City would render continued growth and subsequent build out of the General Plan infeasible. A discussion of the key Water, Sewer, and Utilities Element policies that apply to the Watermark Specific Plan is provided below: WATER, SEWER AND OTHER UTILITIES COMPATIBILITY ANALYSIS POLICYANALYSIS Each residential lot is provided with domestic water service from Goal UTL-1 CVWD’s public water system and will be built to City and CVWD Domestic water facilities and services which standards. adequately serve the existing and long-term needs of the City. Each residential lot is provided with sanitary sewer service from Goal UTL-2 CVWD’s public wastewater collection and treatment system. The Domestic water facilities and services which sanitary sewer system will be built to City and CVWD standards. adequately serve the existing and long-term needs of the City. Public Facilities Element - The Public Facilities Element is intended to provide descriptions of City-owned buildings, the senior center, the public Library, and all schools operated by the Desert Sands Unified School District and the Coachella Valley Unified School District. The element also sets goals, policies, and programs which will allow the City to continue to provide a full range of municipal and scholastic services to its residents and businesses. A discussion of the key Public facilities Element policies that apply to the Watermark Specific Plan is provided below: Page 57 543 WATERMARK SPECIFIC PLAN AMD. NO. 1 PUBLIC FACILITIES COMPATIBILITY ANALYSIS POLICYANALYSIS Goal PF-1 The proposed project has access to a full range of public services including public schools through the Desert Sands Unified School Public facilities and services that is District, a public library and senior center at the La Quinta City available, adequate and convenient to all Hall, as well as police, fire, paramedic and waste disposal services. City residents. Page 58 544 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570